UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20–F

o REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report _______________________

For the transition period from __________________ to __________________

Commission file number 0-30070

AUDIOCODES LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter
and translation of Registrant's name into English)

ISRAEL

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod 70151, Israel

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Ordinary Shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share
Name of each exchange on which registered
Nasdaq Global Market



Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

        Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

        As of December 31, 2006, the Registrant had outstanding 46,051,867 Ordinary Shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share.

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:

Yes o No x



        If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Yes o No x

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x No o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated filer o    Accelerated filer x    Non-accelerated filer o

        Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 o Item 18 x

        If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes o No x



PART I

        Unless the context otherwise requires, "AudioCodes," "us," "we" and "our" refer to AudioCodes Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

  ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 from the audited consolidated financial statements set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report.



(In thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31,
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006(*)
 
Statement of Operations Data:                        
Revenues     $ 27,189   $ 44,228   $ 82,756   $ 115,827   $ 147,353  
Cost of revenues       13,006     20,037     34,375     46,993     61,242  





Gross profit       14,183     24,191     48,381     68,834     86,111  
Operating expense:    
      Research and development, net       13,022     15,476     20,009     24,415     35,416  
      Selling and marketing       14,288     14,537     19,891     25,944     37,664  
      General and administrative       3,353     4,066     4,851     6,004     8,766  





Total operating expenses       30,663     34,079     44,751     56,363     81,846  





Operating income (loss)       (16,480 )   (9,888 )   3,630     12,471     4,265  
Financial income, net       2,623     1,883     2,165     2,457     3,817  
Equity in losses of affiliated companies       300     429     516     693     916  





Income (loss) before taxes on income       (14,157 )   (8,434 )   5,279     14,235     7,166  
Taxes on income       -     -     273     799     289  





      Net income (loss)     $ (14,157 ) $ (8,434 ) $ 5,006   $ 13,436   $ 6,877  





Basic net earnings (loss) per share     $ (0.37 ) $ (0.22 ) $ 0.13   $ 0.33   $ 0.16  





Diluted net earnings (loss) per share     $ (0.37 ) $ (0.22 ) $ 0.12   $ 0.31   $ 0.16  





Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in    
      computing basic net earnings (loss) per share       38,518     37,509     38,614     40,296     41,717  





Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in    
      computing diluted net earnings per share       38,518     37,509     42,607     43,086     43,689  






(*) Including stock-based compensation expenses related to options granted to employees and others as a result of the adoption of SFAR 123R as of January 1, 2006.

December 31,
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
 
Balance Sheet Data:                        
Cash and cash equivalents     $ 47,799   $ 48,898   $ 166,832   $ 70,957   $ 25,171  
Short-term bank deposits, structured notes, marketable    
securities and accrued interest       63,074     -     -     71,792     58,080  
Working capital       108,370     46,232     171,447     152,047     97,454  
Long-term bank deposits, structured notes and    
      marketable securities       -     50,270     50,195     77,572     50,377  
Total assets       129,814     128,530     272,145     292,223     337,056  
Senior convertible notes       -     -     120,660     120,836     121,015  
Total shareholders' equity       113,384     106,518     121,985     139,106     164,685  
Capital stock       114,755     116,639     126,826     130,744     149,336  

- 2 -



B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

        Not applicable.

C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        Not applicable.

D. RISK FACTORS

        We are subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to or arising out of the nature of our business and general business, economic, financing, legal and other factors or conditions that may affect us. We believe that the occurrence of any one or some combination of the following factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We reported a loss for the first quarter of 2007. We may experience additional losses in the remainder of 2007.

        We experienced lower than expected revenues in the first quarter of 2007 and reported a loss in that period after reported profits in the previous eleven quarters. We may continue to report losses in 2007. Our first quarter results were impacted by weakness in our sales in Israel and the Asia Pacific region and weaker than expected performance by our recent acquisitions and our sales of our boards business line. Based on market trends in the boards business line, we do not anticipate recovery of revenues of the boards business line in 2007 to the level experienced in 2006. We will need to increase sales in these regions, improve performance at our acquired companies and reduce expenses if we are to be able to return to profitability.

We are dependent on the development of the VoIP market to increase our sales.

        We are dependent on the development of the Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, market to increase our sales. Most existing networks are still not based on Voice over Packet technology which we use in our products designed for the VoIP market. We cannot be sure that the delivery of telephone and other communications services over packet networks will expand at significant rates, or that there will be a need to interconnect to other networks utilizing the type of technology contained in our products. For example, the need for our Media Gateway products depends on the need to inter connect VoIP networks with traditional non-packet based networks. Our session border control products depend on growth in the need to inter connect Voice over Packet networks with each other. The adaptation process of connecting packet networks and telephone networks can be time consuming and costly. Sales of our VoIP products will depend on the development of packet networks and the commercialization of VoIP services. If this market develops more slowly than we expect, we may not be able to sell our products in a significant enough volume to be profitable.

- 3 -



We intend to expand our business through acquisitions that could result in diversion of resources and extra expenses. This could disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial condition.

        Part of our strategy is to pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses and technologies or to establish joint ventures to expand our business. For example, in April 2003, we purchased a product group from Nortel Networks and in May 2004 we purchased Ai-Logix Inc., now known as AudioCodes USA Inc. In 2005, we invested in two Israeli-based companies, MailVision Ltd. and CTI Squared Ltd., and increased our investment in Natural Speech Communication Ltd. We have recognized losses from the investment in Natural Speech Communication in our results of operations in each of the past three years.

        In July 2006, we acquired Nuera Communications, Inc. (now called AudioCodes San Diego Inc.), in August 2006, we acquired Netrake Corporation (now called AudioCodes Texas Inc.), and in April 2007, we completed our acquisition of CTI Squared Ltd.

        The negotiation of acquisitions, investments or joint ventures, as well as the integration of acquired or jointly developed businesses or technologies, could divert our management’s time and resources. Nuera is significantly larger than any other acquisition we have made. As a result, we have experienced a diversion of our management’s time and resources in connection with the integration and operation of Nuera’s business. In addition, the performance of this acquisition contributed to our reported net loss in the first quarter of 2007.

        Acquired businesses, technologies or joint ventures may not be successfully integrated with our products and operations. The markets for the products produced by the companies we acquire may take longer than we anticipated to develop and to result in increased sales and profits for us. We may not realize the intended benefits of any acquisition, investment or joint venture and we may incur losses from any acquisition, investment or joint venture.

        In addition, acquisitions could result in:

  substantial cash expenditures;

  potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities;

  the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities;

  a decrease in our profit margins;

  amortization of intangibles and potential impairment of goodwill;

  write-offs of in-process research and development;

  reduction of management attention to other parts of the business;

  failure to invest in different areas or alternative investments;

  failure to generate expected financial results or reach business goals; and

  increased expenditures on human resources and related costs.

  If acquisitions disrupt our sales or marketing efforts or operations, our business may suffer.

- 4 -



We may not be able to raise additional financing for our capital needs on favorable terms, or at all, which could limit our ability to grow and to continue our longer term expansion plans.

        We may need to raise additional capital to continue our longer term expansion plans. To the extent that we cannot fund our activities and acquisition program through our existing cash resources and any cash we generate from operations, we may need to raise equity or debt funds through additional public or private financings. In addition, we may be required to repay all or a portion of our outstanding senior convertible notes in November 2009. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. This could inhibit our growth, increase our financing costs or, if we are unable to repay our senior convertible notes, cause us severe financial difficulties.

The slowdown in capital expenditures by telecommunications service providers in prior years had a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Another down turn in technology spending could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        A deterioration of economies around the world and economic uncertainty in the telecommunications market began in 2000 and continued through 2003. There was a curtailment of capital investment by telecommunications carriers and service providers as well as by businesses that use our products, referred to as the enterprise market. It also reduced our ability to forecast orders, also referred to as “low visibility”. We cannot be sure whether recent increased expenditures in the telecommunications industry in general or in the voice over packet portion of the market will continue. Since a substantial portion of our operating expenses consist of salaries, we may not be able to reduce our operating expenses in line with any reduction in revenues or may elect not to do so for business reasons. As a result of this downturn and our relatively stable operating expenses, we incurred a net loss of $13.3 million in 2001, $14.2 million in 2002 and $8.4 million in 2003. Any future industry downturn may increase our inventories, decrease our revenues, result in additional pressure on the price of our products and prolong the time until we are paid, all of which would have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations and on our cash flow from operations.

If new products we recently introduced or expect to introduce in the future fail to generate the level of demand we originally anticipated, we will realize a lower than expected return from our investment in research and development with respect to those products, and our results of operations may suffer.

        Our success is dependent, in part, on the willingness of our customers to transition or migrate to new products, such as our expanded offering of Mediant and IPmedia products, the session border controller products that we now offer as a result of our acquisition of Netrake, or expected future products. We are involved in a continuous process of evaluating changing market demands and customer requirements in order to develop and introduce new products, features and applications to meet changing demands and requirements. We need to be able to interpret market trends and the advancement of technology in order to successfully develop and introduce new products, features and applications. If potential customers defer transition or migration to new products, our return on our investment in research and development with respect to products recently introduced or expected to be introduced in the near future will be lower than we originally anticipated and our results of our operations may suffer.

- 5 -



Our industry is rapidly evolving and we may not be able to keep pace with technological changes, which could adversely affect our business.

        The transmission of multimedia over data networks is rapidly evolving. Short product life cycles place a premium on our ability to manage the transition from current products to new products. Our future success in generating revenues will depend on our ability to enhance our existing products and to develop and introduce new products and product features. These products and features must keep pace with technological developments and address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers. The development of new technologies and products is increasingly complex and uncertain. This increases the difficulty in coordinating the planning and production process and can result in delay in the introduction of new technologies and products.

New industry standards, the modification of our products to meet additional existing standards or the addition of features to our products may delay the introduction of our products or increase our costs.

        The industry standards that apply to our products are continually evolving. In addition, since our products are integrated into networks consisting of elements manufactured by various companies, they must comply with a number of industry standards and practices established by various international bodies and industry forums. Should new standards gain broad acceptance, we will be required to adopt those standards in our products. We may also decide to modify our products to meet additional existing standards or add features to our products. Standards may be adopted by various industry interest groups or may be proprietary and nonetheless accepted broadly in the industry. It may take us a significant amount of time to develop and design products incorporating these new standards. We may also have to pay additional fees to the developers of the technologies which constitute the newly adopted standards.

Our OEM customers or potential customers may develop or prefer to develop their own technical solutions, and as a result, would not buy our products.

        Our products are sold also as components or building blocks to large original equipment manufacturers, or OEM’s, or network equipment providers, or NEP’s. These customers incorporate our products into their product offerings, usually in conjunction with value-added services of their own or of third parties. OEM or NEP customers or potential customers may prefer to develop their own technology or purchase third party technology. They could also manufacture their own components or building blocks that are similar to the ones we offer. Large customers have already committed significant resources in developing integrated product offerings. Customers may decide that this gives them better profitability and/or greater control over supplies, specifications and performance. Customers may therefore not buy components or products from an external manufacturer such as us. This could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell our products and our revenues.

- 6 -



We have depended, and expect to continue to depend, on a small number of large customers. The loss of one of these customers or the reduction in purchases by a significant customer could have a material adverse effect on our revenue.

        Historically, a substantial portion of our revenue has been derived from large purchases by a small number of OEMs and network equipment providers, systems integrators and distributors. For example, our top three customers accounted for approximately 29.0% of our revenues in 2004, 24.8% of our revenues in 2005 and 24.9% of our revenues in 2006. Sales to Nortel Networks, our largest customer, accounted for 15.2% of our revenues in 2006, compared to 16.3% of our revenues in 2005 and 18.6% of our revenues in 2004. We do not enter into sales agreements in which the customer is obligated to purchase a set quantity of our products. Based on our experience, we expect that our customer base may change from period to period. If we lose a large customer and fail to add new customers there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We have a limited order backlog. If revenue levels for any quarter fall below our expectations, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

        We have a limited order backlog, which makes revenues in any quarter substantially dependent on orders received and delivered in that quarter. A delay in the recognition of revenue, even from one customer, may have a significant negative impact on our results of operations for a given period. We base our decisions regarding our operating expenses on anticipated revenue trends, and our expense levels are relatively fixed, or require some time for adjustment. Because only a small portion of our expenses varies with our revenues, if revenue levels fall below our expectations, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

Generally, we sell to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, network equipment providers or system integrator customers, as well as to distributors. As a result, we have less information with respect to the actual requirements of end users and their utilization of equipment. We also have less influence over the choice of equipment by these end users.

        We typically sell to OEM customers, network equipment providers, and system integrators, as well as to distributors. Our customers usually purchase equipment from several suppliers and may be trying to fulfill one of their customers’ specific technical specifications. We rely heavily on our customers for sales of our products and to inform us about market trends and the needs of their customers. We cannot be certain that this information is accurate. If the information we receive is not accurate, we may be manufacturing products that do not have a customer or fail to manufacture products that end users want. Because we are selling products to OEMs, system integrators and distributors rather than directly to end users, we have less control over the ultimate selection of products by end users.

- 7 -



The markets we serve are highly competitive and many of our competitors have much greater resources, which may make it difficult for us to maintain profitability.

        Competition in our industry is intense and we expect competition to increase in the future. Our competitors currently sell products that provide similar benefits to those that we sell. There has been a significant amount of merger and acquisition activity and strategic alliances frequently involving major telecommunications equipment manufacturers acquiring smaller companies, and we expect that this will result in an increasing concentration of market share among these companies, many of whom are our customers.

        Our principal competitors in the sale of signal processing chips are Texas Instruments, Broadcom, Infineon, Centillium and Mindspeed. Several large manufacturers of generic signal processors, such as Motorola, Agere Systems, which merged with LSI Corporation in April 2007, and Intel have begun, or are expected to begin marketing competing processors. Our principal competitors in the communications board market are NMS Communications, Intel, Motorola, Cantata Technology, Aculab and PIKA Technologies, Inc.

        Our principal competitors in the area of analog media gateways (2 to 24 ports) for access and enterprise are Cisco Systems Inc., Mediatrix Telecom, Inc., Vega Stream Limited, Samsung, Innovaphone AG, Quintum Technologies, Tainet Communication System Corp., Welltech, Ascii Corp., D-Link Systems, Inc., Multitech Inc., Inomedia, OKI and LG. In addition we face competition in low, mid and high density gateways from internal development at companies such as Nortel, Alcatel-Lucent, Nokia-Siemens, Huawei, Ericsson, UTstarcom, ZTE and from Cisco Systems, Inc., Veraz Networks, Sonus Networks, General Bandwidth, and Commatch (Telrad).

        Our principal competitors in the media server market segment are Cantata Technology, NMS Communications, Convedia/Radisys, IP Unity Glenayre, Cognitronics and Aculab. In addition, we face competition in software-based and hardware-based media servers from internal development at companies such as Hewlett-Packard, Comverse-NetCentrex, Nortel, Alcatel – Lucent, Nokia – Siemens and Ericsson.

        With respect to session border controllers, we compete against Acme Packets, Nextone, Juniper and Sonus Networks. In the security gateway market, we compete against private companies such as Reefpoint and Azaire.

        We also face significant and increasing competition in the market for products utilized in the VoIP market. Our competitors in the market for VolP products include telecommunications companies, data communication companies and companies specializing in voice over IP products, some of which have greater name recognition, larger installed customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources than we do.

        Many of our competitors have the ability to offer complete network solutions and vendor-sponsored financing programs to prospective customers. Some of our competitors with broad product portfolios may also be able to offer lower prices on products that compete with ours because of their ability to recoup a loss of margin through sales of other products or services. Additionally, voice, audio and other communications alternatives that compete with our products are being continually introduced.

- 8 -



        In the future, we may also develop and introduce other products with new or additional telecommunications capabilities or services. As a result, we may compete directly with our customers with respect to sales to telephone companies and other telecommunications infrastructure providers. Additional competitors may include companies that currently provide computer software products and services, such as telephone, media, publishing and cable television. The ability of some of ours competitors to bundle other enhanced services or complete solutions with VoIP products could give these competitors an advantage over us.

Offering to sell system level products that compete with the products manufactured by our customers could negatively affect our business.

        Our product offerings range from media gateway building blocks, such as chips and boards, to media gateways, media servers and session border control products (systems). These products could compete with products offered by our customers. These customers could decide to decrease purchases from us because of this competition. This could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Offering to sell directly to carriers or service providers may expose us to requirements for service which we may not be able to meet.

        We also sell our products directly to telecommunications carriers, service providers or other end-users. We have traditionally relied on third party distributors and OEMs to test and or sell our products and inform us about the requirements of end-users. We have limited experience selling our products directly to end-user customers. Telecommunications carriers and other service providers have great bargaining power in negotiating contracts. Generally, contracts with end-users tend to be more complex and impose more obligations on us than contracts with third party distributors. Contracts with end-users may also require extensive support teams in the country where the end-user is deploying its network. We may be unable to meet the requirements of these contracts. If we are unable to meet the conditions of a contract with an end-user customer, we may be subject to liquidated damages or liabilities that could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        Selling directly to end-users may adversely affect our relationship with our current third party distributors upon whom we will continue to rely for a significant portion of our sales. Loss of third party distributors and OEMs, or a decreased commitment by them to sell our products as a result of direct sales by us, could adversely affect our sales and results of operations.

We rely on third-party subcontractors to assemble our products and therefore do not directly control manufacturing costs, product delivery schedules or manufacturing quality.

        Our products are assembled and tested by third-party subcontractors. As a result of our reliance on third-party subcontractors, we cannot directly control product delivery schedules. We have in the past experienced delays in delivery schedules. Any problems that occur and persist in connection with the delivery, quality or cost of the assembly and testing of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. This reliance could also lead to product shortages or quality assurance problems, which, in turn, could lead to an increase in the costs of manufacturing or assembling our products.

- 9 -



We may not be able to deliver our products to our customers, and substantial reengineering costs may be incurred if a small number of third-party suppliers do not provide us with key components on a timely basis.

        Texas Instruments Incorporated supplies all of the chips for our signal processor product line. Our signal processor line is used both as a product line in its own right and as a key component in our other product lines. Motorola manufactures all of the communications processors currently used on our communications boards. These suppliers also supply many of our competitors.

        We have not entered into any long-term supply agreements or alternate source agreements with our suppliers and, while we maintain an inventory of critical components, our inventory of chips would likely not be sufficient in the event that we had to engage an alternate supplier for these components.

        Texas Instruments is also one of our major competitors in providing signal processing solutions. An unexpected termination of the supply of the chips provided by Texas Instruments or Motorola or disruption in their timely delivery, would require us to make a large investment in capital and manpower resources to shift to using signal processors manufactured by other companies and may cause a delay in introducing replacement products. Customers may not accept an alternative product design. Supporting old products or redesigning products may make it more difficult for us to support our products.

We utilize other sole source suppliers upon whom we depend without having long term supply agreements.

        Some of our sole source suppliers custom produce components for us based upon our specifications and designs while other of our sole source suppliers are the only manufacturers of certain components required by our products. We have not entered into any long-term supply agreements or alternative source agreements with our suppliers and while we maintain an inventory of components from single source providers, our inventory would likely not be sufficient in the event that we had to engage an alternate supplier of these single source components. In the event of any interruption in the supply of components from any of our sole source suppliers, we may have to expend significant time, effort and other resources in order to locate a suitable alternative manufacturer and secure replacement components. If no replacement components are available, we may be forced to redesign certain of our products. Any such new design may not be accepted by our customers. A prolonged disruption in supply may force us to redesign and retest our products. Any interruption in supply from any of these sources or an unexpected technical failure or termination of the manufacture of components could disrupt production, thereby adversely affecting our ability to deliver products and to support products previously sold to our customers.

        In addition, if demand for telecommunications equipment increases, we may face a shortage of components from our suppliers. This could result in longer lead times, increases in the price of components and a reduction in our margins, all of which could adversely affect the results of our operations.

- 10 -



Our customers may require us to produce products or systems to hold in inventory in order to meet their “just in time”, or short lead time, delivery requirements. If we are unable to sell this inventory on a timely basis, we could incur charges for excess and obsolete inventory which would adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our customers expect us to maintain an inventory of products available for purchase off the shelf subsequent to the initial sales cycle for these products. This may require us to incur the costs of manufacturing inventory without having a purchase order for the products. The VoP industry is subject to rapid technological change and volatile customer demands, which result in a short product commercial life before a product becomes obsolete. If we are unable to sell products that are produced to hold in inventory, we may incur write offs and write downs as a result of slow moving items, technological obsolescence, excess inventories, discontinued products and products with market prices lower than cost. Write offs and write downs could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. We wrote off and wrote down inventory in the amount of $1.2 million in 2004, $1.2 million in 2005 and $1.0 million in 2006.

We are also facing pressure to deliver through customer hubs and to deliver locally from warehouses in the U.S.

        Some of our U.S. customers have requested us to maintain an inventory of products in the U.S. Some of these products held in inventory may be produced only for a specific customer. Maintaining additional inventory in the U.S. requires us to incur additional manufacturing costs and increases the risk that we will incur inventory write offs. Holding in inventory products manufactured for a specific customer results in additional warehouse and carrying costs and could result in additional write-offs if that customer does not purchase inventory manufactured specifically for it. If we are unable to sell inventory held in the U.S. that was not manufactured for a specific customer, we may need to incur additional shipping costs in order to sell the inventory in another country.

Our products generally have long sales cycles and implementation periods, which increase our costs in obtaining orders and reduce the predictability of our revenues.

        Our products are technologically complex and are typically intended for use in applications that may be critical to the business of our customers. Prospective customers generally must make a significant commitment of resources to test and evaluate our products and to integrate them into larger systems. As a result, our sales process is often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval processes that typically accompany the design and testing of new communications equipment. The sales cycles of our products to new customers are approximately six to twelve months after a design win, depending on the type of customer and complexity of the product. This time may be further extended because of internal testing, field trials and requests for the addition or customization of features. This delays the time until we realize revenue and results in our investing significant resources in attempting to make sales.

        Long sales cycles also subject us to risks not usually encountered in a short sales span, including customers’ budgetary constraints, internal acceptance reviews and cancellation. In addition, orders expected in one quarter could shift to another because of the timing of customers’ procurement decisions. The time required to implement our products can vary significantly with the needs of our customers and generally exceeds several months; larger implementations can take multiple calendar quarters. This complicates our planning processes and reduces the predictability of our revenues.

- 11 -



Our proprietary technology is difficult to protect, and our products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. Our business may suffer if we are unable to protect our intellectual property or if we are sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties.

        Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure and other contractual agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights. These agreements and measures may not be sufficient to protect our technology from third-party infringement, or to protect us from the claims of others.

        Enforcement of intellectual property rights may be expensive and may divert attention of management and of research and development personnel away from our business. Intellectual property litigation could also call into question the ownership or scope of rights owned by us. We believe that at least one of our patents may cover technology related to the ITU G.723.1 standard. Because of our involvement in the standard setting process, we may be required to license certain of our patents on a reasonable and non-discriminatory basis to a current or future competitor, to the extent required to carry out the G.723.1 standard. Additionally, our products may be manufactured, sold, or used in countries that provide less protection to intellectual property than that provided under U.S. or Israeli laws or where we do not hold relevant intellectual property rights.

        We believe that the frequency of third party intellectual claims is increasing, as patent holders, including entities that are not in our industry and that purchase patents as an investment or to monetize such rights by obtaining royalties, use infringement assertions as a competitive tactic and a source of additional revenue. Any intellectual property claims against us, even without merit, could cost us a significant amount of money to defend and divert management’s attention away from our business. We may not be able to secure a license for technology that is used in our products and we may face injunctive proceedings that prevent distribution and sale of our products even prior to any dispute being concluded. These proceedings may also have a deterrent effect on purchases by customers, who may be unsure about our ability to continue to supply their requirements. We may be forced to repurchase our products and compensate customers that have purchased such infringing products. We may be forced to redesign the product so that it becomes non-infringing, which may have an adverse impact on the results of our operations.

        In addition, claims alleging that the development, use, or sale of our products infringe third parties’ intellectual property rights may be directed either at us or at our direct or indirect customers. We may be required to indemnify such customers against claims made against them. We may be required to indemnify them even if we believe that the claim of infringement is without merit.

- 12 -



Multiple patent holders in our industry may result in increased licensing costs.

        There are a number of companies besides us that hold patents for various aspects of the technology incorporated in our industry’s standards and our products. We expect that patent enforcement will be given high priority by companies seeking to gain competitive advantages or additional revenues. The holders of patents from which we have not obtained licenses may take the position that we are required to obtain a license from them. We cannot be certain that we would be able to negotiate a license agreement at an acceptable price or at all. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by the payment of any additional licensing costs or if we are prevented from manufacturing or selling a product.

Changes in governmental regulations in the United States or other countries could slow the growth of the VoIP telephony market and reduce the demand for our customers’ products, which, in turn, could reduce the demand for our products.

        In the United States, changes in governmental regulation are being considered that may negatively impact the VoIP telephony market. For example, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has to date treated providers of telephone services over the public Internet as “enhanced service providers”. Enhanced service providers are currently exempt from federal and state regulations governing common carriers, including the obligation to pay access charges. The FCC is examining the enactment of new regulations governing Internet telephony and the question of whether certain forms of telephone services over the Internet should be subject to the same FCC regulations as telecommunications services.

        VoIP equipment can be used as a way to provide telecommunication services while bypassing the local service operator, in what is sometime referred to as “toll bypass”. Telecommunications traffic is diverted from traditional telephone lines to the public Internet, thus avoiding long distance call charges. As the use of VoIP to provide telecommunication services increases, phone companies are seeking the adoption of regulations that would require providers or users of such diverted calls to pay a charge to local service providers.

        In March, 2004, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rule Making that seeks to establish a regulatory framework for Internet Protocol-Enabled Services, including VoIP services. The Notice of Proposed Rule Making seeks comments on how various IP-enabled services, including VoIP, should be differentiated for regulatory purposes, and whether there are technical or other characteristics of particular VoIP services that warrant differential regulatory treatment. When the FCC enacts new regulations governing VoIP, or if it determines that certain telephony providers over the public Internet, or the services they provide, are subject to current FCC regulations governing common carriers, then some of the service providers that buy equipment from our customers may be forced to pay access charges and make universal service contributions, or may be subject to other taxes, fees or restrictions under any such new regulations. The required payment of additional taxes, fees or charges for VoIP services may impact the profitability of these services and the use of VoIP services or technology.

        In May, 2005, the FCC issued an order that requires interconnected VoIP service providers to be able to deliver all 911 calls to the customer’s local emergency operator. Interconnected providers are those companies that enable VoIP customers to receive calls from and make calls to the traditional public switched telephone network. The FCC also indicated that it would adopt rules in the future that would require a method for determining the location of a VoIP customer making a 911 call without the customer having to report this information. VoIP service providers may have difficulties complying with this order in the required time frame, as well as any future orders issued by the FCC. Equipment and software manufacturers may have difficulty in complying with new technical requirements.

- 13 -



        In May, 2006, the FCC issued an order that requires interconnected VoIP service providers to be prepared to accommodate law enforcement wiretaps. The FCC found that VoIP services are covered by the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or “CALEA”, which requires the FCC to preserve the ability of law enforcement agencies to conduct court-ordered wiretaps in the face of technological change. The FCC established a deadline of May 14, 2007 by which covered VoIP service providers had to be in full compliance with all relevant CALEA requirements. VoIP service providers may have difficulties complying with this order in the required time frame, as well as any future orders issued by the FCC. Equipment and software manufacturers may have difficulty in complying with new technical requirements. This could adversely affect our business.

        In June, 2006, the FCC adopted a rule that requires VoIP service providers to help subsidize services in rural and low-income areas. The FCC rule requires contribution of 10.5% of a VoIP service provider’s long-distance revenue to the universal service fund if such long-distance calls pass through traditional phone networks.

        The cost of providing Internet phone service could increase as a result of these actions by the FCC which could result in slower growth and decreased profitability for this industry. The increase in regulation of VoIP services and the increase in the cost of these services could adversely affect sales of our products and adversely affect our results of operations.

        The enactment of any additional regulation or taxation of communications over the public Internet in the United States or elsewhere in the world could have a material adverse effect on our customers’ (and their customers’) businesses and could therefore adversely affect sales of our products. We do not know what effect, if any, possible legislation or regulatory actions in the United States or elsewhere in the world may have on private telecommunication networks, the provision of VoIP services and purchases of our products.

Use of encryption technology in our products is regulated by governmental authorities and may require special development, export or import licenses. Delays in the issuance of required licenses, or the inability to secure these licenses, could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

        Growth in the demand for security features may increase the use of encryption technology in our products. The use of encryption technology is generally regulated by governmental authorities and may require specific development, export or import licenses. Encryption standards may be based on proprietary technologies. We may be unable to incorporate encryption standards into our products in a manner that will insure interoperability. We also may be unable to secure licenses for proprietary technology on reasonable terms. If we cannot meet encryption standards, or secure required licenses for proprietary encryption technology, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected.

- 14 -



We are subject to regulations that will require us to use components based on environmentally friendly materials. Compliance with these regulations may increase our costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

        We are subject to telecommunications industry regulations requiring the use of environmentally-friendly materials in telecommunications equipment. For example, pursuant to a European Community directive, telecom equipment suppliers were required to stop using specified materials that are not “environmentally friendly” by July 1, 2006. In addition, telecom equipment suppliers that take advantage of an exemption with respect to the use of lead in solders are required by this directive to eliminate the lead in solders from their products by 2010. Some of our customers may also require products that meet higher standards than those required by the directive, such as complete removal of additional harmful substances from our products. We will be dependent on our suppliers for components and sub-system modules, such as semiconductors and purchased assemblies and goods, to comply with these requirements. This may harm our ability to sell our products in regions or to customers that may adopt such directives.

        Compliance with these directives, especially with respect to the requirement that products eliminate lead solders, will require us to undertake significant expenses with respect to the re-design of our products. In addition, we may be required to pay higher prices for components that comply with this directive. We may not be able to pass these higher component costs on to our customers. We cannot at this point estimate the expense that will be required to redesign our products in order to include “environmentally friendly” components. We cannot be sure that we will be able to timely comply with these regulations, that we will be able to comply on a cost effective basis or that a sufficient supply of compliant components will be available to us. Compliance with these regulations could increase our product design costs. New designs may also require qualification testing with both customers and government certification boards. We cannot be certain of the reliability of any new designs that utilize non-lead components, in part, due to the lack of experience with the replacement materials and assembly technologies. In addition, the incorporation of new components may adversely affect equipment reliability and durability.

        Our inability or failure to comply with these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, manufacturers of components that use lead solders may decide to stop manufacturing those components prior to the 2010 compliance date. These actions by manufacturers of components could result in a shortage of components that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

- 15 -



A significant portion of our revenues is generated outside of the U.S. and Israel. We intend to continue to expand our operations internationally and, as a result, our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our international operations effectively.

        We generated 28% of our revenues in 2004, 32% of our revenues in 2005 and 35% of our revenues in 2006 outside of the United States and Israel. Part of our strategy is to expand our penetration in existing foreign markets and to enter new foreign markets. Our ability to penetrate some international markets may be limited due to different technical standards, protocols or product requirements in different markets. Expansion of our international business will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our international sales and operations are subject to numerous risks inherent in international business activities, including:

  economic and political instability in foreign countries;

  compliance with foreign laws and regulations;

  different technical standards or product requirements;

  staffing and managing foreign operations;

  foreign currency fluctuations;

  export control issues;

  governmental controls;

  import or currency control restrictions;

  local taxation;

  increased risk of collection; and

  burdens that may be imposed by tariffs and other trade barriers.

        If we are unable to address these risks, our foreign operations may be unprofitable or the value of our investment in our foreign operations may decrease.

        Currently, our international sales are denominated primarily in dollars. Therefore, any devaluation in the local currencies of our customers relative to the dollar could cause customers to decrease or cancel orders or default on payment.

The prices of our products may become less competitive due to foreign exchange fluctuations.

        Foreign currency fluctuations may affect the prices of our products. Our prices in all countries are denominated primarily in dollars. If there is a significant devaluation in a specific country, the prices of our products will increase relative to the local currency and may be less competitive. We cannot be sure that our international customers will continue to place orders denominated in dollars. Our sales to European customers denominated in Euros are increasing. Sales denominated in Euros could make our revenues subject to fluctuation in the Euro/dollar exchange rate.

- 16 -



We may be unable to attract sales representatives who will market our products effectively.

        A significant portion of our marketing and sales involves the aid of independent sales representatives that are not under our direct control. We cannot be certain that our current independent sales representatives will continue to distribute our products or that, even if they continue to distribute our products, they will do so successfully. These representatives are not subject to any minimum purchase requirements and can discontinue marketing our products at any time. In addition, these representatives often market products of our competitors. Accordingly, we must compete for the attention and sales efforts of our independent sales representatives.

Our products could contain defects, which would reduce sales of those products or result in claims against us.

        We develop complex and evolving products. Despite testing by us and our customers, undetected errors or defects may be found in existing or new products. The introduction of products with reliability, quality or compatibility problems could result in reduced revenues, additional costs, increased product returns and difficulty or delays in collecting accounts receivable. The risk is higher with products still in the development stage, where full testing or certification is not yet completed. This could result in, among other things, a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance. We could also be subject to material claims by customers that are not covered by our insurance.

Obtaining certification of our products by national regulators may be time-consuming and expensive. We may be unable to sell our products in markets in which we are unable to obtain certification.

        Our customers may expect us to obtain certificates of compliance with safety and technical standards set by national regulators, especially standards set by U.S. or European regulators. There is no uniform set of standards, and each national regulator may impose and change its own standards. National regulators may also prohibit us from importing products that do not conform to their standards. If we make any change in the design of a product, we are usually required to obtain recertification of the product. The process of certification may be time-consuming and expensive and may affect the length of the sales cycle for a product. If we are unable to obtain certification of a product in a market, we may be unable to sell the product in that market.

We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace.

        Because our products are complex and our market is evolving, the success of our business depends in large part upon the continuing contributions of our management and key personnel. Specifically, we rely heavily on the services of Shabtai Adlersberg, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors. If Shabtai Adlersberg is unable or unwilling to continue with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We do not carry key person insurance for Mr. Adlersberg.

- 17 -



        The success of our business also depends upon our continuing ability to attract and retain other highly-qualified management, technical, sales and marketing personnel. We need highly-qualified technical personnel who are capable of developing technologies and products and providing the technical support required by our customers. We are experiencing increasing competitive pressure with respect to retaining and hiring employees in the high technology sector in Israel. If we fail to hire and retain skilled employees, our business may be adversely affected.

If we do not manage our anticipated growth effectively, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

        We have actively expanded our operations in the past and may continue to expand them in the future. This expansion has required, and may continue to require, the application of managerial, operational and financial resources. We cannot be sure that we will continue to expand, or that we will be able to expand our operations successfully. In particular, our business requires us to focus on multiple markets, including the VoIP, wireline, cable and wireless markets. In addition, we work simultaneously with a number of large OEMs and network equipment providers each of which may have different requirements for the products that we sell to them. We may not have sufficient manpower, or may be unable to devote this manpower when needed, to address the requirements of these markets and customers. If we are unable to manage our expanding operations effectively, our revenues may not increase, our cost of operations may rise and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

        As we grow we may need new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls. The transition to such systems, procedures or controls, as well as any delay in transitioning to new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may seriously harm our ability to accurately forecast sales demand, manage our product inventory and record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis.

We extend credit to customers for purchases of our products. We could incur charges in our statement of operations if we are unable to collect these accounts receivable.

        A portion of our receivables result from credit extended to customers for purchases of our products. We cannot be sure that we will be able to collect all of these accounts receivable. The failure to collect accounts receivable could adversely affect our cash flow position and results of operations.

Our gross profit percentage could be negatively impacted by increased manufacturing costs and other factors. This could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our gross profit percentage increased in 2004 and 2005, but decreased in 2006. The decrease in our gross profit percentage in 2006 was primarily attributable to amortization expenses related to the acquisitions of Nuera and Netrake during the third quarter of 2006 and expenses related to equity-based compensation resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R). Our gross profit percentage could also be negatively affected by an increase in manufacturing costs, a shift in our sales mix towards our less profitable products, increased customer demand for longer product warranties and increased cost pressures as a result of increased competition. Acquisitions of new businesses could also negatively affect our gross profit percentage, which could cause an adverse effect on our results of operations.

- 18 -



The growth in our product portfolio means that we have to service and support more products. This may result in an increase in our expenses and an adverse effect on our results of operations.

        The size of our product portfolio has increased and continues to increase. As a result, we are required to provide to our customers sales support. Customers have requested that we provide a contractual commitment to support a product for a specified period of time. This period of time may exceed the working life of the product or extend past the period of time that we may intend to manufacture or support a product. We are dependent on our suppliers for the components (hardware and software) needed to provide support and may be unable to secure the components necessary to satisfy our service commitments. We do not have long term contracts with our suppliers, and they may not be obligated to provide us with products or services for any specified period of time. We may need to purchase an inventory of replacement components and parts in advance in order to try to provide for their availability when needed. This could result in increased risk of write offs with respect to our replacement component inventory to the extent that we cannot accurately predict our future requirements under our customer service contracts. If any of our component suppliers cease production, cease operations or refuse or fail to make timely delivery of orders, we may not be able to meet our contractual commitments for product support. We may be required to supply upgraded components or parts as substitutes if the original versions are no longer available. Product support may be costly and any extra service revenues may not cover the hardware and software costs associated with providing long-term support.

We are subject to additional costs and risks associated with complying with new and increasing regulation of corporate governance and disclosure standards.

        As a public company, we spend an increased amount of management time and resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new Securities and Exchange Commission regulations and NASDAQ Global Market rules. In connection with our compliance with Section 404 and the other applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time, and may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff, to assure that we comply with these requirements. Compliance may also make some of our activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and other liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain current levels of coverage. The additional management attention and costs relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could materially and adversely affect our growth and financial results.

- 19 -



Risks Relating to Operations in Israel

Conditions in Israel affect our operations and may limit our ability to produce and sell our products.

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, and our principal executive offices and principal research and development facilities are located in the State of Israel. Political, economic and military conditions in Israel directly affect our operations. There has been an increase in unrest and terrorist activity in Israel, which began in September 2000 and which has continued with varying levels of severity through the current period of time. This has led to ongoing hostilities between Israel, the Palestinian Authority and other groups in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The future effect of this deterioration and violence on the Israeli economy and our operations is unclear. In January 2006, Hamas, an Islamic movement responsible for many attacks against Israelis, won the majority of the seats in the Parliament of the Palestinian Authority. Further, in the summer of 2006, extensive hostilities began along Israel’s northern border with Lebanon and, to a lesser extent, in the Gaza Strip, which involved rocket attacks on populated areas in the northern and central parts of Israel. In June 2007, there was an escalation of violence in the Gaza Strip, resulting in Hamas effectively controlling the Gaza Strip. Ongoing violence between Israel and the Palestinians, as well as tension between Israel and the neighboring Syria and Lebanon, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

        We cannot predict the effect on us of an increase in these hostilities or any future armed conflict, political instability or violence in the region. Additionally, some of our officers and employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual military reserve duty and are subject to being called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. We cannot predict the full impact of these conditions on us in the future, particularly if emergency circumstances or an escalation in the political situation occur. If many of our employees are called for active duty, our operations in Israel and our business may be adversely affected. Additionally, a number of countries continue to restrict or ban business with Israel or Israeli companies, which may limit our ability to make sales in those countries.

The Israeli rate of inflation may negatively impact our costs if it exceeds the rate of devaluation of the New Israeli Shekel against the U.S. dollar. This could adversely affect our results of operations.

        A substantial portion of the cost of our Israeli operations, mainly personnel and facility-related, is incurred in New Israeli Shekels (NIS). In 2006, approximately 36% of our costs were incurred in NIS. Our NIS related costs, as expressed in US dollars, are influenced by the exchange rate between the dollar and the NIS. As a result, we bear the risk that the rate of inflation in Israel will exceed the rate of devaluation of the New Israeli Shekel in relation to the dollar or that the timing of such devaluations were to lag considerably behind inflation, which will increase our costs as expressed in dollars. In recent times, there has been a significant fluctuation including depreciation in the value of the dollar compared to the NIS. If this continues, we could experience an increase in the cost of our operations, which are based in dollars in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

        To protect against the changes in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flows resulting from payments in NIS, we maintain a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of our forecasted expenses denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts. These measures may not adequately protect us from material adverse effects due to the impact of inflation in Israel.

- 20 -



The Israeli government programs and tax benefits that we currently participate in, or receive, require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs.

        We benefit from certain government programs and tax benefits, particularly as a result of exemptions and reductions resulting from the “approved enterprise” status of our existing production facilities and programs in Israel. Until recently, the designation required advance approval from the Investment Center of the Israel Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor (the Investment Center). To be eligible for these programs and tax benefits, we must continue to meet conditions relating principally to adherence to the approved programs and to periodic reporting obligations. We believe that we are currently in compliance with these requirements. However, if we fail to meet these conditions, we will be subject to corporate tax at the rate then in effect under Israeli law for such tax year.

        In April, 2005, an amendment to the law came into effect (the “Amendment”) which significantly changed the provisions of the law. The Amendment limited the scope of enterprises which may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as a Privileged Enterprise, such as provisions generally requiring that at least 25% of the Beneficiary Enterprise’s income be derived from export. Additionally, the Amendment enacted major changes in the manner in which tax benefits are awarded under the law so that companies no longer require Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax benefits.

        In addition, the law provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval granted prior to December 31, 2004 will remain subject to the provisions of the law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore, our existing “Approved Enterprises” will generally not be subject to the provisions of the Amendment. As a result of the Amendment, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the law as amended, will subject us to taxes upon distribution or liquidation and we may be required to record a deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income.

        In 2006, we recognized a grant of $1,111,000 from the Government of Israel, through the Office of the Chief Scientist, or the OCS, for the financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. The OCS budget has been subject to reductions, which may affect the availability of funds for these prospective grants and other grants in the future. As a result, we cannot be certain that we will continue to receive grants at the same rate, or at all. In addition, the terms of any future OCS grants may be less favorable than our past grant.

The government grants we have received for research and development expenditures limit our ability to manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of Israel and require us to satisfy specified conditions. If we fail to satisfy these conditions, we may be required to refund grants previously received together with interest and penalties.

        In connection with research and development grants received from the OCS, we must pay royalties to the OCS on the revenue derived from the sale of products, technologies and services developed with the grants from the OCS. The terms of the OCS grants and the law pursuant to which grants are made restrict our ability to manufacture products or transfer technologies developed outside of Israel if OCS grants funded the development of the products or technology. An amendment to the relevant law may facilitate the transfer of technology or know-how developed with the funding of the OCS to third parties outside of Israel, but any future transfer would still require the approval of the OCS, which may not be granted, and is likely to involve a material payment to the OCS. This restriction may limit our ability to enter into agreements for those products or technologies without OCS approval. We cannot be certain that any approval of the OCS will be obtained on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.

- 21 -



        In order to meet specified conditions in connection with the grants and programs of the OCS, we have made representations to the Government of Israel about our Israeli operations. From time to time the conduct of our Israeli operations has deviated from our representations. If we fail to meet the conditions related to the grants, including the maintenance of a material presence in Israel, or if there is any material deviation from the representations made by us to the Israeli government, we could be required to refund the grants previously received (together with an adjustment based on the Israeli consumer price index and an interest factor) and would likely be ineligible to receive OCS grants in the future. The inability to receive these grants would result in an increase in our research and development expenses.

It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against us, our officers and directors, assert U.S. securities law claims in Israel or serve process on substantially all of our officers and directors.

        We are incorporated in Israel. Substantially all of our executive officers and directors are nonresidents of the United States, and a majority of our assets functional currency and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult to enforce a judgment obtained in the United States against us or any such persons or to effect service of process upon these persons in the United States. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S. securities laws because Israel is not the most appropriate forum to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing these matters. Additionally, there is doubt as to the enforceability of civil liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act in original actions instituted in Israel.

Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult a merger with or an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and therefore depress the price of our shares.

        Provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make undesirable a merger or an acquisition of all or a significant portion of our shares or assets. Israeli corporate law regulates acquisitions of shares through tender offers and mergers, requires special approvals for transactions involving significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. These provisions of Israeli law could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders. These provisions may limit the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares. In addition, our articles of association contain certain provisions that may make it more difficult to acquire us, such as a staggered board and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock. Furthermore, Israel tax considerations may make potential transactions undesirable to us or to some of our shareholders. See “Description of Share Capital – Possible Anti-Takeover Effects.”

- 22 -



Risks Relating to the Ownership of our Ordinary Shares and our Notes

The price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly.

        The market price for our ordinary shares, as well as the prices of shares of other technology companies, has been volatile. Between January 1, 2005 and June 15, 2007, our share price has fluctuated from a low of $5.01 to a high of $17.00. The following factors may cause significant fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares:

  fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and earnings or those of our competitors;

  shortfalls in our operating results compared to levels forecast by securities analysts;

  announcements concerning us, our competitors or telephone companies;

  announcements of technological innovations;

  the introduction of new products;

  changes in product price policies involving us or our competitors;

  market conditions in the industry;

  integration of acquired businesses, technologies or joint ventures with our products and operations;

  the conditions of the securities markets, particularly in the technology and Israeli sectors; and

  political, economic and other developments in the State of Israel and worldwide.

        In addition, stock prices of many technology companies fluctuate significantly for reasons that may be unrelated or disproportionate to operating results. The factors discussed above may depress or cause volatility of our share price, regardless of our actual operating results.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and we expect these fluctuations to continue. Fluctuations in our results of operations may disappoint investors and result in a decline in our share price.

        We have experienced and expect to continue to experience significant fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations. In some periods, our operating results may be below public expectations or below revenue levels and operating results reached in prior quarters or in the corresponding quarters of the previous year. If this occurs, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline. We lowered our forecast for the first quarter of 2007 which resulted in a decrease in the price of our ordinary shares.

- 23 -



        The following factors have affected our quarterly results of operations in the past and are likely to affect our quarterly results of operations in the future:

  size, timing and pricing of orders, including order deferrals and delayed shipments;

  launching of new product generations;

  length of approval processes or market testing;

  technological changes in the telecommunications industry;

  competitive pricing pressures;

  the timing and approval of government research and development grants;

  accuracy of telecommunication company, distributor and original equipment manufacturer forecasts of their customers' demands;

  changes in our operating expenses;

  disruption in our sources of supply; and

  general economic conditions.

        Therefore, the results of any past periods may not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

Our actual financial results might vary from our publicly disclosed financial forecasts.

        From time to time, we publicly disclose financial forecasts. Our forecasts reflect numerous assumptions concerning our expected performance, as well as other factors which are beyond our control and which might not turn out to be correct. As a result, variations from our forecasts could be material. Our financial results are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those identified throughout this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report. If our actual financial results are worse than our financial forecasts, the price of our ordinary shares may decline. For example, during the first quarter of 2007 we lowered our forecast for the quarter which resulted in a decrease in the price of our ordinary shares.

- 24 -



We have recently announced that we will not be providing quarterly forecasts of the results of our operations. This change could affect the willingness of analysts to provide research with respect to our ordinary shares which could affect the trading market for our ordinary shares.

        We recently announced that we will not be providing quarterly forecasts of the results of our operations. This could result in the reduction of research analysts who cover our ordinary shares. Any reduction in research coverage could affect the willingness of investors, particularly institutional investors, to invest in our shares which could affect the trading market for our ordinary shares and the price at which our ordinary shares are traded.

Our ordinary shares are listed for trading in more than one market and this may result in price variations.

        Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, and on The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange, or TASE. Trading in our ordinary shares on these markets is made in different currencies (U.S. dollars on Nasdaq and New Israeli Shekels on TASE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Israel). Actual trading volume on the TASE is generally lower than trading volume on Nasdaq, and as such could be subject to higher volatility. The trading prices of our ordinary shares on these two markets often differ resulting from the factors described above, as well as differences in exchange rates. Any decrease in the trading price of our ordinary shares on one of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading price of our ordinary shares on the other market.

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends on our ordinary shares.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not plan to pay any cash dividends in the near future. Our current policy is to retain all funds and earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business.

U.S. shareholders face certain income tax risks. In any tax year, we could be deemed a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. shareholders.

        Based on the composition of our gross income and the composition and value of our gross assets during 2004, 2005 and 2006, we do not believe that we were a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes during any of such tax years. It is likely, however, that we would be deemed to have been a PFIC in 2001, 2002 and 2003. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will not be deemed a PFIC for any future tax year in which, for example, the value of our assets, as measured by the public market valuation of our ordinary shares, declines in relation to the value of our passive assets (generally, cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities). If we are a PFIC for any tax year, U.S. shareholders who owned our ordinary shares during such year may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liabilities and reporting requirements for such year and succeeding years, even if we are no longer a PFIC in such succeeding years.

        We urge U.S. holders of our ordinary shares to carefully review Item 10E. – “Taxation – United States Tax Considerations – United States Federal Income Taxes” in this Annual Report and to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax risks related to owning and disposing of our ordinary shares and the consequences of PFIC status.

- 25 -



The trading prices of our notes could be significantly affected by the market price of our ordinary shares.

        We believe that the trading price of our notes is significantly affected by the market price of our ordinary shares, which may be affected by a variety of factors as set forth in these risk factors. This relationship may result in greater volatility in the trading prices of our notes than would be expected for non-convertible debt securities.

Our notes are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

        Our notes are general, unsecured obligations and are effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured indebtedness we may have. In addition, our notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries or any future subsidiaries and, accordingly, our notes are effectively subordinated to the existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. These liabilities may include indebtedness, trade payables, guarantees, lease obligations and letter of credit obligations. Therefore, our rights and the rights of our creditors, including the holders of the notes, to participate in the assets of any subsidiary upon that subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that we may ourselves be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary. However, even if we are a creditor of one of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in, or mortgages or other liens on, the assets of that subsidiary and would be subordinate to any indebtedness of the subsidiary senior to that held by us. As of June 15, 2007, our existing subsidiaries had no outstanding indebtedness (excluding intercompany debt and other liabilities).

There are no restrictive covenants in the indenture for the notes relating to our ability to incur future indebtedness or complete other transactions.

        The indenture governing our notes does not contain any financial covenants or restrictions on the payment of dividends. The indenture does not restrict the issuance or repurchase of securities by us or our subsidiaries. The indenture contains no covenants or other provisions to afford holders of our notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, such as a leveraged recapitalization, that would increase the level of our indebtedness, or a change in control except for the ability of the holders to require us to redeem the notes under certain circumstances. The indenture governing our notes does not restrict us from incurring senior secured debt in the future or from guaranteeing our indebtedness, nor does it limit the amount of indebtedness that we can issue that is equal to our notes in right of payment. If we or our subsidiaries were to incur additional debt or liabilities, our ability to pay our obligations on the notes could be adversely affected.

- 26 -



Our indebtedness and debt service obligations increased upon the issuance of our notes, which may adversely affect our cash flow, cash position and stock price.

        We intend to fulfill our debt service obligations with respect to our notes from our existing cash, investments and operations. In the future, if we are unable to generate cash or raise additional cash financings sufficient to meet these obligations and need to use existing cash or liquidate investments in order to fund these obligations, we may have to delay or curtail research, development and commercialization programs.

        Our indebtedness could have significant additional negative consequences, including, without limitation:

  requiring the dedication of a portion of our expected cash flow to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing the amount of our expected cash flow available for other purposes, including funding our research and development programs and other capital expenditures;

  increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions;

  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing; and

  placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors and competitors that have better access to capital resources.

Holders of our notes are not entitled to any rights with respect to our ordinary shares, but they are subject to all changes made with respect to our ordinary shares.

        Holders of our notes are not entitled to any rights with respect to our ordinary shares (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive dividends, if any, or other distributions on our ordinary shares), but such holders are subject to all changes affecting our ordinary shares. Holders of our notes are entitled to rights on the ordinary shares if and when we deliver ordinary shares to such holders in exchange for their notes. For example, in the event that an amendment is proposed to our articles of association requiring shareholder approval and the record date for determining the shareholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to delivery to a converting holder of our notes of our ordinary shares, such holders will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although that holder will nevertheless be subject to any changes in the powers, preferences or special rights of our ordinary shares.

Our ability to fulfill our obligations under our notes is dependent upon our future financial and operating performance.

        Our ability to make interest and principal payments on our notes when due depends in part upon our future financial performance and upon our ability to refinance this debt obligation or to raise additional equity capital. We may be required to pay all or a portion of our notes in November 2009. Prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make these payments.

        If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt services obligations or to repay the principal of our notes, we will have to pursue one or more alternatives, such as:

  reducing our operating expenses;

  reducing or delaying capital expenditures;

- 27 -



  selling assets; or

  raising additional debt or equity capital.

        We cannot be sure that any of these alternatives could be accomplished on satisfactory terms, if at all, or that those actions would provide sufficient funds to retire our notes.

We may not have the ability to purchase our notes for cash if required to do so by holders on November 9, 2009, November 9, 2014 or November 9, 2019, or upon the occurrence of a fundamental change.

        On November 9, 2009, November 9, 2014 or November 9, 2019, or upon specified fundamental changes relating to us, each holder of the notes may require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of such holder’s notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such notes to but excluding the date of purchase. In addition, in the case of certain fundamental changes occurring before November 9, 2009, we may be required to pay a make-whole premium to holders of the notes. We cannot be sure that we will have sufficient financial resources to purchase the notes for cash, or will be able to raise debt financing if we are required to purchase the notes at the option of the holders of such notes or upon the occurrence of a fundamental change. This repurchase requirement may also delay or make it harder for others to obtain control of us.

- 28 -



  ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

        AudioCodes Ltd. was incorporated in 1992 under the laws of the State of Israel. Our principal executive offices are located at 1 Hayarden Street, Airport City, Lod, 70151 Israel. Our telephone number is 972-3-976-4000. Our agent in the United States is AudioCodes Inc., 2099 Gateway Plaza, San Jose, California 95134.

Major Developments since January 1, 2006

Acquisition of Nuera Communications, Inc.

        In July, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Nuera Communications, Inc. Nuera was acquired for a purchase price of $82.5 million in cash, subject to reduction for certain expenses, plus an earn out arrangement under which we have agreed to pay up to an additional $5 million if Nuera achieves certain revenue milestones during the first twelve months after consummation of the transaction. Nuera designs, manufactures and sells packet voice getaways to communication service providers worldwide. These products can be transmitted over cable, wireless, copper and fiber networks. Nuera’s Open Reliable Communications Architecture, product portfolio of VoIP gateways, softswitches and management systems provide telephony solutions for cable and DSL networks, international long distance networks and enterprise networks.

Acquisition of Netrake Corporation

        In August, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Netrake Corporation. Netrake was acquired for a purchase price of $13.8 million in cash. Netrake is a provider of session border controllers and security gateways to fixed and mobile service providers for real-time delivery of voice and multimedia solutions across IP networks. Utilizing Netrake’s session border controllers and security gateways, service providers can leverage market leading security capabilities, reliability, scalability, and feature richness to interconnect and secure networks and users.

Acquisition of CTI Squared Ltd.

        In April 2007, we completed our acquisition of CTI Squared Ltd. We exercised an option to acquire the remaining shares of CTI Squared for a purchase price of $10 million, with $5 million paid in cash at the closing and $5 million payable in cash by February 28, 2008. CTI Squared is a provider of enhanced messaging and communications platforms to service providers and enterprises. CTI Squared Ltd.‘s platforms integrate data and voice messaging services over internet, intranet, PSTN, cellular, cable and enterprise networks.

- 29 -



Investment in Other Companies

        Through December 31, 2006, we had invested an aggregate of $3.3 million in Natural Speech Communication Ltd., a privately-held company engaged in speech recognition. In addition, during 2005 and 2006, we made convertible loans in the aggregate amount of $902,000 to this company. Assuming a full conversion of all outstanding convertible securities to ordinary shares, we currently own approximately 40.9% of the equity in this company.

        In July, 2005, we invested $707,000 in MailVision Ltd., a privately-held company engaged in developing and marketing enhanced services platforms for Wireless service providers. As of December 31, 2006, we owned 19.5% of its ordinary shares. In November 2006, we made a convertible loan in the amount of $44,000 to this company. The loan bears interest at the rate of 9% per annum and is convertible into shares of this company.

        In December 2006, we made a convertible loan in the amount of $1,000,000 to Kayote Networks Inc. , a privately-held company engaged in VoIP interconnectivity and interoperability services. This loan bears interest at the rate of LIBOR+2% per annum and is due and payable in December 2007 unless converted into shares of this company.

Other Recent Developments

         Acquisition of AudioCodes USA Inc (formerly called Ai-Logix Inc.)

        In May, 2004, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Ai-Logix Inc., now known as AudioCodes USA, a leading provider of advanced voice recording hardware technology located in Somerset, New Jersey.

        AudioCodes USA is a strategic provider of voice and data hardware integration cards for the call recording and voice/data logging industry. AudioCodes USA provides a wide variety of voice processing cards to its customers, which include contact centers, public safety agencies, financial institutions, air traffic control and other government agencies. Its products include proprietary public exchange integration products as well the SmartWORKS™ family of products that are designed for all segments of the call recording industry. AudioCodes USA offers voice processing cards that support all three product segments in the call recording industry, including passive analog trunk interface cards, passive digital trunk interface cards and passive digital PBX telephone set integration cards.

        Recent trends evidence a growing momentum in the use of VoIP technology in new network deployments and an expected shift of communications budgets in the enterprise market towards IP-based architectures. The call recording industry is experiencing similar trends. According to Datamonitor, the contact center market and the call logging and recording industries are rapidly adopting IP-based networking solutions. A significant portion of future voice recording and call logging revenues are expected to be generated from deployments of VoIP architectures. We believe that our acquisition of AudioCodes USA will enhance our board line business and provide an entry into the call recording market and computer telephony integration (CTI) market by leveraging our VoIP expertise with AudioCodes USA’s technology, strategic partnerships and customer base.

- 30 -



         Acquisition of UAS

        In April 2003, we purchased from Nortel Networks Limited selected assets of its Universal Audio Server business, or UAS. As part of the transaction, Nortel Networks granted to us a license to use its UAS technology. We undertook to act as an exclusive supplier to Nortel Networks for its UAS products over a period of three years that ended in April 2006.

        The UAS products provide enhanced conferencing, multi-language announcement functionality, and other regulatory media server applications for voice over packet networks.

         Sale of Our 2.00% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2024

        In November 2004, we raised net proceeds of approximately $120.2 million in a private placement of $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024. These notes were issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. Holders of the notes are entitled to convert the notes into our ordinary shares at a conversion rate of 53.4474 ordinary shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which is the equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $18.71 per share. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, such as changes in our capital structure or upon the issuance by us of share dividends or certain cash distributions. The notes may be redeemed by us, in whole or in part at any time on or after November 9, 2009. The holders may require us to redeem the notes on November 9, 2009, November 9, 2014 or November 9, 2019, or upon certain fundamental changes.

B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Introduction

        We design, develop and market enabling technologies and system products for the transmission of voice, data, fax and multimedia communications over packet networks, which we refer to as the new voice infrastructure. Our products enable our customers to build high-quality packet networking equipment and network solutions and provide the building blocks to connect traditional telephone networks to the new voice infrastructure, as well as connecting and securing multimedia communication between different packet-based networks. Our products are sold primarily to leading original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, system integrators and network equipment providers in the telecommunications and networking industries.

        Packet networks are data communications networks that transport information, that is usually compressed and segmented into “packets”, over IP infrastructure shared simultaneously by several users. Equipment based on advanced voice communications standards enables packet networks to carry voice and data more efficiently than the traditional telephone networks, which were designed principally to transmit high quality voice calls.

        Our voice compression technology permits the high quality transmission of voice over packet networks using substantially less network capacity than used in traditional telephone networks. Our products enable our customers to build highly-efficient, high capacity gateways and access equipment that are used to connect traditional telephone networks to packet networks. In addition, our gateway product offering provides our customers with a substantial building block for voice over packet carrier-based solutions, as an alternative to our customers developing or building their own gateways.

- 31 -



        Our products consist of:

  Signal processor chips, which process voice, data and fax signals and compress this information into packets so that it can be sent between traditional telephone networks and packet networks.

  Communications boards and modules for communication system products that are deployed on both access networks and enterprise networks. The carrier network applications for these boards and modules include media gateways, which terminate calls from the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), packetize and compress the call and then switch the call to the packet network, and vice-versa. The enterprise applications for these products include Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) deployments for contact centers, providing call logging and recording utilizing either industry standard or proprietary protocols.

  System products, including media servers and media gateways, for access networks, trunking applications in carrier networks, and enterprise networks. These systems enable voice, data and fax to be transmitted over Internet and other protocols, and interface with third party equipment to facilitate the introduction of enhanced voice and data services. Media servers provide enhanced conferencing, multi-language announcement functionality, and other media server applications for voice over packet networks. Our media gateway products include low density analog media gateways and low, mid and high density digital media gateways.

  Session border controllers that enable connectivity, policies and security for real-time sessions such as VoIP and video when traversing IP to IP networks. In addition, security gateways that enable secure real-time sessions across WIFI, broadband and wireless networks in fixed mobile convergence deployments.

        Our products are based upon voice compression and fax detection and processing technologies, which transform voice and fax transmissions into small digital “packets.” We were involved in the development of the voice coding standard that was adopted for use in packet networks by the Voice over IP Forum, an industry group founded to ensure the interoperability and high quality of telephone service over packet networks. We have also developed advanced technologies for processing compressed voice transmissions and have significant voice communication system design expertise.

        We sell our products to leading original equipment manufacturers, system integrators and distributors in the telecommunications and networking industries for use in markets providing:

  telephony over packet networks based on Internet protocols;

  telephony over the wireless or cable television infrastructure; and

  telephone service over high speed modems operating over wireless links or data modems, known as digital subscriber line, or DSL, modems.

- 32 -



        Customers for our products consist of primarily OEMs, network equipment providers and systems integrators. In addition, our proprietary voice compression technology is licensed to a broad group of companies that manufacture equipment for a variety of markets. As one of the original developers of the standards for voice compression technology used in packet networks, we are positioned to take advantage of the rapidly growing demand for advanced communications components enabling high quality converged voice and data services.

Industry Background

Market Trends

        The networking and telecommunications industries have experienced rapid change over the last few years. The primary factors driving this change include the following:

  Growth in data communications traffic. The growth of the Internet has led to a surge in data communications traffic. This growth has been fueled by the increasing number of users of the Internet, as well as by the increased use of electronic mail and multimedia content and the increased volume of information retrieved from the World Wide Web or transmitted or received over the network. In addition, organizations are increasingly turning to the use of intranets and private networks to increase productivity and create competitive advantages. This proliferation of intranets and private networks has further contributed to the surge in data traffic.

  Emergence of packet networks and advances in networking technologies. Traditional voice communications networks were not designed to handle the dramatic increase in data traffic, the need for high-speed data communication and the need to serve a much larger number of users. As data traffic becomes the dominant factor in communications and as service providers begin to build and maintain converged networks for integrated voice and data services, a new generation of data-centric networks is being developed. This development has been enabled by a new generation of packet networking technologies. The capabilities to effectively carry voice, data and fax and preserve the quality of communications over these new networks have been made possible by the recent rapid advances in voice compression technologies, the advent of digital signal processing chips and packet voice, fax and data networking technologies and protocols. The surge in data traffic has led to the need for new packet-based infrastructures. As a result, service providers are seeking to exploit the advances in high speed and packet voice networking technologies to build networks that are more cost effective than the traditional circuit-switched telephone networks.

- 33 -



  Competition in the telecommunications industry. Competitive local exchange carriers and alternative carriers are trying to penetrate the local telecommunications market with varying degrees of success by bypassing the incumbent local telephone company network through the use of emerging packet technologies in new functions like telephony transmission over cable networks and digital subscriber line networks. In addition, there is a growth of toll bypass service providers, who seek to use public or private networks in order to bypass incumbent networks. Although these new and traditional service providers are not our direct customers, they are creating market demand for equipment manufactured by our customers. The surge in data traffic and the growth in overall volume and capacity of infrastructures have also created a need for new infrastructure equipment that is capable of more efficient utilization of the available networks.

  New technologies. The introduction of broadband access technologies alongside related technologies, such as new voice compression algorithms, quality of service mechanisms and security and encryption algorithms and protocols, have enabled delivery of voice over packet to residential and enterprise customers with more reliability, higher quality and greater security. Examples of such broadband access technologies include: third generation cellular, WiMax, WiFi, data over cable, digital subscriber line technologies and fiber networks (FTTx). Packet technologies enable delivery of real time and non real time services by different service providers that do not necessarily own the access network or the part of the network through which the subscriber accesses the network.. This allows for the growth of alternative or virtual service providers that do not own an access network. Competition by alternative service providers with incumbent and traditional service providers is causing incumbents to deploy advanced broadband access technologies and increase their competitiveness by offering bundled services to their subscribers, such as voice, video and data, and online gaming . In addition, the emergence of wide band vocoders that use a higher sampling rate than used in legacy TDM networks allows service providers to offer higher quality voice and music over their newly established IP network .

  New services enabled by broadband access . Changes in the regulatory environment affecting service providers and the availability of new technologies or standards allow service providers to compete with one another in the provision of additional services over and above the traditional telephony service of voice, fax and dial-up modem internet connectivity. New services that could be offered include internet connectivity over broadband access or access to rich multimedia content such as music, video and games.

  Increasing need for peering between VoIP networks. Service providers and enterprises are increasingly building out VoIP networks.  As a result, there is an increasing need to connect between two VoIP networks.  In order to interconnect between two VoIP networks, service providers and enterprises need session border controllers to provide connectivity and security.

- 34 -



Circuit-Switched versus Packet Networks

        Traditionally, voice, data and fax communications have been transmitted and managed on separate networks, each with its own distinct industry standards and protocols. Voice, data and fax have been transmitted primarily over the traditional telephone network that is based on circuit-switched technology. When a call is placed on a circuit-switched network, a dedicated circuit is established between the two callers and is maintained for the duration of the call. This dedicated channel, which requires bandwidth of 64 kilobits per second, is unavailable for use by other callers on the network until the call is terminated.

        Packet networks differ fundamentally from circuit-switched networks in that the packet network’s resources and infrastructure can be shared simultaneously by several users and bandwidth can be flexibly allocated. Packet-based communications systems format the information to be transmitted, such as e-mail, voice, fax and data, into a series of smaller digital packages of information called “packets.” Each of these packets is then transmitted over the network and is reassembled as a complete communication at the receiving end. The various packet networks employ different network protocols for different applications, priority schemes and addressing formats to ensure reliable communication.

        Packet networks offer a number of advantages over circuit-switched networks. Rather than requiring a dedicated circuit for each individual call, packet networks commingle packets of voice, fax and data from several communications sources on a single physical link. This provides superior utilization of network resources, especially in dealing with information sources with bursts of information followed by periods of silence. This superior utilization means that the same amount of traffic can be carried using fewer network resources. Additionally, the integration of voice and data communications makes possible an enrichment of services and an entire range of new, value-added applications, such as unified messaging and voice enabled web sites. In addition, voice traffic over packet networks is usually compressed to provide a further reduction in the use of or demand for bandwidth. For example, the rate at which information is transmitted over packet networks is generally between 6.3 and 8 kilobits per second as compared to 64 kilobits per second over circuit-switched telephone networks.

Convergence of Voice and Data

        The proliferation of data-centric networks since the mid-1990s has made the transmission of voice and fax over these networks a cost-effective alternative to existing circuit-switched telephone networks. Most of the recent growth in packet networks has taken place over networks based on Internet protocols, and, to a lesser extent, on packet networks based on other protocols. “Voice over IP”, or VoIP, is the industry terminology used to describe the transmission of voice over Internet protocol-based networks.

        The need to re-route voice and fax traffic from the traditional circuit-switched networks onto the new packet networks has led to the development of interface equipment between the two networks, generally referred to as gateways or access equipment, depending on the type of network. The processing of the voice and fax signals in gateway and access equipment is done according to industry-wide standards. These standards are needed to ensure that all traditional telephony traffic is seamlessly switched and routed over the packet network and vice versa.

- 35 -



        Gateway equipment for Internet protocol-based packet networks has continued to experience significant development and growth. The gateway equipment can be generally divided into two key categories: open telecommunications architecture systems, built around industry-standard (e.g., personal computers, compact PCI, ATCA, and IBM BladeCenter) and workstation platforms for which components are available from a number of suppliers, and proprietary architecture-based gateways which are built around a custom design of a telecommunications equipment manufacturer. Voice over IP gateway equipment can be generally segmented into three classes: carrier class gateways for use in central office facilities; enterprise gateways for use by corporations and in small offices; and residential gateways for use at homes.

The Challenges

        Despite the inherent advantages and the economic attractiveness of packet voice networking, the transmission of packet voice and fax poses a variety of technological challenges. These challenges relate to quality of service, reliability of equipment, functionality and features, and ability to provide a good return on investment.

         Quality of Service . The most critical issues leading to poor quality of service in the transmission of voice and fax over packet networks are packet loss, packet delay and packet delay jitter. For real time signals like voice, the slightest delay in the arrival of a packet may render that packet unusable and, in a voice transmission, the delayed packet is considered a lost packet. Delay is usually caused by traffic hitting congestion or a bottleneck in the network. The ability to address delay is compounded by the varying arrival times of packets, called packet-jitter, which results from the different routes taken by different packets. This “jitter” can be eliminated by holding the faster arriving packets until the slower arriving packets can catch up, but this introduces further delay. These idiosyncrasies of packet networks do not noticeably detract from the quality of data transmission since data delivery is relatively insensitive to time delay. However, even the slightest delay or packet loss in voice and fax transmission can have severe ramifications such as voice quality degradation or, in the case of a fax transmission, call interruption. Therefore, the need to compensate for lost or delayed packets without degradation of voice and fax quality is a critical issue.

         Gateway Reliability . In order for a packet network to be efficient for voice or fax transmission, the VoIP gateway equipment that is installed in core networks must be able to deliver a higher level of performance than existing switching equipment located at central offices. The telecommunications providers’ central offices contain circuit-switching equipment that typically handles tens of thousands of lines and is built to meet severe performance criteria relating to reliability, capacity, size, power consumption and cost.

         Connectivity and Security. In contrast with legacy circuit switched voice and video communications, Internet Protocol based communications are more susceptible to attacks, interceptions and fraud by unauthorized entities. In addition, the complexity and relative immaturity of IP networks and protocols pose significant quality of service and connectivity challenges when sessions cross between separate IP networks .

         Functionality . In order to effectively replace legacy circuit-switching equipment, packet network equipment must be able to deliver equivalent and improved functionality and features for the service providers and network users.

- 36 -



         Return on Investment . With the reduction in profitability of service providers there is an even greater need for them to achieve better returns on investment from capital expenditures on new equipment. Given the evolving nature of packet technologies and capabilities, there is greater pressure to provide cost effective technological solutions.

        In order to maximize the benefits of using packet networks for the transmission of voice, data and fax, products must be able to address and solve these inherent problems and challenges. These products must also be standards-based to support interoperability among different equipment manufacturers and to allow operation over various networks.

AudioCodes Solution

        Using our proprietary voice compression algorithms and industry standards, advanced digital signal processing techniques and voice communications system design expertise, our products address the quality of service problems posed by packet delay, packet delay jitter and packet loss. As a result, we enable our customers to build packet networking equipment that provides communication quality comparable to the traditional telephone networks. In addition, our communications boards and modules improve gateway efficiency and provide the building blocks for high performance, large capacity, open telecommunications platform-based gateways. We work closely with our customers, tailor our products to meet their specific needs, assist them in integrating our products within their systems and help them bring their systems to market on a timely basis. We also work with our customers in deploying their systems in various network environments.

        We believe that the following strengths have enabled us to develop our products and provide services to our customers:

  Leadership in voice compression technology. We are a leader in voice compression technology. Voice compression exploits redundancies within a voice signal to reduce the bit rate of data required to digitally represent the voice signal while still maintaining acceptable voice quality. Our key development personnel have significant experience in developing voice compression technology. We were involved in the development of the ITU G.723.1 voice coding standard that was adopted by the Voice over IP Forum and the International Telecommunications Union as the recommended standard for use in voice over IP gateways. We implement industry voice compression standards and work directly with our customers to design state-of-the-art proprietary voice compression algorithms that satisfy specific network requirements. We believe that our significant knowledge of the basic technology permits us to optimize its key elements and positions us to address further technological advances in the industry. We also believe that our technological expertise has resulted in us being sought out by leading equipment manufacturers to work with them in designing their systems and provision of solutions to their customers.

- 37 -



  Digital signal processing design expertise. Our extensive experience and expertise in designing advanced digital signal processing algorithms enables us to implement them efficiently in real time systems. Digital signal algorithms are computerized methods used to extract information out of signals. In designing our signal processors, we use minimal digital signal processing memory and processing power resources. This allows us to develop higher density solutions than our competitors. Our expertise is comprehensive and extends to all of the functions required to perform voice compression, fax and modem transmission over packet networks and telephone signaling processing.

  Compressed voice communications systems design expertise. We have the expertise to design and develop the various building blocks and the complete gateways and media servers required for complete voice over packet systems. In building these systems, we develop hardware architectures, voice packetization software and signaling software, and integrate them with our signal processors to develop a complete, high performance compressed voice communications system. We assist our customers in integrating our signal processors into their hardware and software systems to ensure high voice quality, high completion rate of fax and data transmissions and telephone signaling processing accuracy. Further, we are able to customize our off-the-shelf products to meet our customers’ specific needs, thereby providing them with a complete, integrated solution and enabling them to market their products with a reduced time to market.

We believe that our products possess the following advantages:

  Voice over Packet signal processors. Our multi-channel signal processors enable our customers and us to create products that meet the reliability, capacity, size, power consumption and cost requirements needed for building high capacity gateways.

  Multiple and comprehensive product lines . We address both the standards-based open telecommunications architecture market or the proprietary system market, we are able to address both segments. We can do this because we enable our customers to offer multiple applications and address different market segments. For example, our voice over IP communications boards target the open telecommunications architecture market, while our signal processors, modules and voice packetization software target the proprietary system market. Our analog and digital media gateways target access, trunking and enterprise applications and our digital media gateways target wireless, wire line and cable networks. Our session border controllers target access and peering networks.

  Extensive feature set. Our products incorporate an extensive set of signal processing functions and features (such as coders, fax processing and echo cancellation), functionalities (such as H.323, media gateway control protocol, or MGCP, trunking gateway control protocol, or TGCP, media gateway control, or Megaco, and session initiated protocol, or SIP) and implement a complete system. We offer the ability to manage multiple channels of communications working independently of each other, with each channel capable of performing all of the functions required for voice compression, fax and modem transmission, telephone signaling processing and other functions. These functions include voice, fax or data detection, echo cancellation, telephone tone signal detection and generation and other telephony signaling processing.

- 38 -



  Cost effective solutions. We are able to address different market segments and applications with the same hardware platforms thus providing our customers with efficient and cost effective solutions.

  Open architecture. Our voice over packet communications boards target the open architecture gateway market segment, which enables our customers to use hardware and software products widely available for standards-based open telecommunications platforms. We believe that this provides our customers with an improved time to market and the benefits of scalability, upgradeability and enhanced functionality without the need to completely redesign their systems for evolving applications.

  Various entry level products . Our wide product range (chips to media gateways, session border controllers and media servers) provides our customers with a range of entry level products. We believe that these building blocks enable our customers to significantly shorten their time to market by adding their value added solution.

  VoIPerfect TM architecture. Our VoIPerfect architecture serves as the underlying technology platform common to all of our products since 1998. VoIPerfect TM is regularly updated and upgraded with features and functionalities required to comply with evolving standards and protocols. VoIPerfect TM architecture comprises VoP digital signal processing, or DSP, software and media streaming embedded software, integrated public telephone switched network, or PTSN, signaling protocols and VoIP standard control protocols, provisioning and management engines. Additional features enable carrier-grade quality and high availability. VoIPerfect TM architecture components are available in AudioCodes’ products at various levels of integration – from the chip level, through peripheral component interconnect mezzanine card, or PMC, modules and PCI/compact PCI (cPCI) blades, to high-availability and non-high-availability analog and digital media gateway platforms.

- 39 -



Business Strategy

        Our goal is to be the leading provider of enabling technologies and products for the transmission of voice, data and fax over packet networks. The following are key elements of our strategy:

  Maintain and extend technological leadership. We intend to capitalize on our expertise in voice compression technology and proficiency in designing voice communications systems. In 1995, we co-authored the ITU G.723.1 voice coding standard that was adopted by the Voice over IP Forum as the recommended standard for use in voice over IP gateways. In 1998, we introduced NetCoder®, a new voice coder that was designed specifically for IP networks. In 2001, we introduced TrunkPack ® 1610, a cPCI Telephony board supporting PSTN, signaling, MGCP and MEGACO call controls. In 2002, we introduced the Mediant TM Media Gateways as part of our initiative to provide complete media gateways to our network equipment provider. In 2002, we also launched our media server product family to support IP-based local access and enhanced services for wireless, cable, voice virtual private network and IP centrex markets. In 2006, we launched our nCite™ session border controller product line as a result of our acquisition of Netrake. In 2007, we have acquired CTI Squared, which will add application software to our product portfolio. We continually upgrade our product lines with additional functionalities, interfaces and densities. We have invested heavily and are committed to continued investment in developing technologies that are key to providing high performance voice, data and fax transmission over packet networks and to be at the forefront of technological evolution in our industry.

  Strengthen and expand strategic relationships with key customers. Our strategy has been to sell our products to leading equipment manufacturers in the telecommunications and networking industries and to establish and maintain long-term working relationships with them. We work closely with our customers to engineer products and subsystems that meet each customer’s particular needs. The long development cycles usually required to build equipment incorporating our products frequently results in close working relationships with our customers. By focusing on leading equipment manufacturers with large volume potential, we believe that we reach a substantial segment of our potential customer base while minimizing the cost and complexity of our marketing efforts.

  Expand and enhance the development of highly-integrated products. We plan to continue designing, developing and introducing new product lines and product features that address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers. We believe that our knowledge of core technologies and system design expertise enables us to offer better solutions that are more complete and contain more features than competitive alternatives. We believe that the best opportunities for our growth and profitability will come from offering broad range of highly-integrated network product lines and product features, such as our continuously updated analog and digital media gateways and products from our recently acquired companies including session boarder controllers, security gateways, messaging platforms and cable telephony gateways.

  Build upon existing technologies to penetrate new markets. The technology we developed in connection with the IP telephony market can be used to serve similar product requirements in multiple emerging markets utilizing similar packet networking technologies. These markets include those providing telephony over digital subscriber lines, wireless networks and the cable television infrastructure.

  Develop a network of strategic partners. Part of our strategy has been to sell our products through customers that can offer our products as part of a full-service solution to their customers. We expect to further develop our strategic partner relationships with system integrators and other service providers in order to increase our customer base.

- 40 -



  Acquire complementary businesses and technologies. We expect to pursue the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies or the establishment of joint ventures to broaden our product offerings, enhance the features and functionality of our systems, increase our penetration in targeted markets and expand our marketing and distribution capabilities. As part of this strategy, we acquired the UAS business from Nortel in April 2003 and AudioCodes USA, formerly known as Ai-Logix, in May 2004 . We also acquired Nuera in July 2006, Netrake in August 2006 and CTI Squared in April 2007.

Products

        Our products facilitate the transmission of voice, data and fax over packet networks. To date, we have incorporated our algorithms, technologies and systems design expertise in product lines:

  voice over packet processors;

  VoIP communication boards (TrunkPack®);

  media processing boards for enhanced services and functionalities such as conferencing and messaging (IPmedia TM );

  voice and data logging hardware integration board products;

  analog media gateways for toll bypass access and enterprise applications;

  digital media gateways with various capacities for wireless, wireline (Mediant TM ) and cable (Mediant TM Cable);

  media server for enhanced services and functionalities such as conferencing and messaging (IPmedia(TM) Media Servers);

  session border controllers, or SBCs, that enable connectivity, contain protocol and connectivity policies, and provide security for real-time sessions such as VoIP and video when traversing from a public to a private network. In addition, security gateways enable secure real-time sessions across wifi, broadband and wireless networks in fixed mobile convergence deployments; and

  element management system, or EMS.

        In addition, we continue to offer customers our professional services, which usually involve customization and development projects for customers.

- 41 -



        Our products are designed to build on our core technology and competence extending them both vertically (chips inserted into boards, boards inserted into digital media gateways) and horizontally into different applications for different market segments, such as enterprise, wireline, cable and wireless.

Voice Over Packet Processors

        Our signal processor chips compress and decompress voice, data and fax communications. This enables these communications to be sent from circuit-switched telephone networks to packet networks. Our chips are digital signal processors on which we have embedded our algorithms. These signal processor chips are the basic building blocks used by our customers and us to enable their products to transmit voice, fax and data over packet networks. These chips may be incorporated into our communications boards, media gateway modules and analog media gateways for access and enterprise applications or they may be purchased separately and incorporated into other boards or customer products.

        Our signal processor chips implement a complete signal processing system, supporting voice compression, echo cancellation, fax and modem processing and telephony signaling processing. The signal processor chips also enhance gateway efficiency by supporting multiple independently processed channels of communication.

        We provide a range of voice over packet processors of voice communications over different types of packet networks, such as IP and ATM. Our processors are used by original equipment manufacturers, known as OEMs, in their products enabling simple development and a significant reduction in time-to-market. Each processor constitutes a full voice band subsystem that includes standards-based low bit rate voice compression, echo cancellation, in-band signaling detection and generation fax transmission and other signaling tones handling.

VoIP Communication Boards

        Our communications boards are designed to operate in gateways connecting the circuit-switched telephone network to packet networks based on Internet protocols. Our boards comply with voice over IP industry standards and allow for interoperability with other gateways. The boards also enable high capacity operations while fitting into a single PCI or compact PCI platform. Just as our signal processor chips can handle multiple channels on a single processor, our communications boards can support multiple telephony trunk processing and differing modes of operations to provide manufacturers with greater system flexibility.

        Our boards support standards-based open telecommunications architecture systems and combine our signal processor chips with communications software, signaling software and proprietary hardware architecture to provide a cost efficient interoperable solution for high capacity gateways. We believe that using open architecture permits our customers to bring their systems to market quickly and to integrate our products more easily within their systems.

        Our boards represent a combined functionality of both media streaming processing (voice fax and modem) and on-board telephony interfaces, along with their associated signaling protocols.

- 42 -



Analog Media Gateways for Toll Bypass Access and Enterprise Applications

        MediaPack TM , our analog and BRI media gateways for toll bypass access and enterprise applications, empower the next-generation network by providing cost-effective, cutting-edge technology solutions that deliver voice and fax services to the corporate market, small businesses and home offices. Our analog media gateways for access and enterprise applications provide media streaming functionality while being either controlled by a centralized call agent or use on box VoIP control protocols (H.323, MGCP and SIP). Convergence of data, voice and fax is achieved by a combination of the media gateway with any IP access technology, eliminating the cost of multiple access circuits. This product family utilizes our experience and digital signal processing, or DSP, technology for echo cancellation, voice compression, silence suppression and comfort noise generation.

        The MediaPack TM family represents a feature rich product for streaming voice quality with a powerful analog interface supporting all major control protocols such as H323, SIP, MGCP and MEGACO.

Digital Media Gateways with Various Capacities for Wireless, Wireline and Cable (Mediant TM )

        Mediant TM is our family of converged media gateways for wireline, cable, wireless (GSM and CDMA), fixed-mobile-convergence and enterprise networks. The Mediant TM product family offers scalability and functionality, providing a full suite of standards compliant control protocols and public switched telephone network, or PSTN, signaling interfaces for a variety of enterprise, wireline, cable and wireless media gateway applications in most softswitch controlled environments. This product family is compatible with popular wireline, cable and wireless voice coders and protocols including code-division multiple access (CDMA), global system for mobile communications (GSM), CDMA2000 and universal mobile telecommunications service (UMTS) It builds on our TrunkPack® architecture, which is installed in millions of lines worldwide. The Mediant TM family provides carriers with a comprehensive line of different sized gateways. Small or medium-sized gateways enable cost-effective solutions for enterprise or small points of presence, as well as entry into fast growing new and emerging markets. The large gateway scales to central office capacities and is designed to meet carriers’ operational requirements. The entire Mediant TM gateway family shares our same VoIP media gateway boards, assuring mature, field-proven solutions.

        For the cable market, the Mediant TM gateway family complies with packet telephony standards and is designed for either hybrid or all IP cable network architecture. The Mediant gateway enables deployment of advanced packet-based cable telephony at multiple service operators own pace, without costly hardware changes. The Mediant TM gateway can be initially deployed as a V5.2 IP access terminal and then easily migrated by software upgrade to a cable telephony media gateway with external call management provided by a softswitch and an SS7 interface to the PSTN.

- 43 -



         IPmedia TM Boards and Servers for Enhanced Services and Functionalities such as Conferencing and Messaging (IPmedia TM Platforms)

        The IPmedia TM product family is designed to allow OEMs and application partners to provide sophisticated content and services that create revenue streams and customer loyalty through the ability to provide additional services. The IPmedia TM platforms interface both packet and switched-circuit telephony modules, while saving space. The IPmedia TM platform provides voice and fax processing capabilities to enable, together with our partners, an architecture for development and deployment of enhanced services.

        IPmedia TM platforms are designed to answer the growing market demand for enhanced voice services over packet networks, particularly network-based applications like unified communications, call recording, and conferencing by carriers and application service providers. IPmedia TM enables our customers to develop and market applications such as: unified communications, interactive voice response, call-centers, conferencing and voice-activated personal assistant. IPmedia TM products are currently offered on our PCI and cCPI boards and on the 2000, 3000, 5000 and 8000 series (IPmedia TM 2000, IPmedia TM 3000, IPmedia TM 5000 and IPmedia TM 8000).

Session Border Controllers and Security Gateways

        We provide the nCite session border controller, or SBC, and security gateway products that help service providers and network equipment providers to enable connectivity between different VoIP networks and to provide security to deployments of fixed mobile convergence, or FMC networks, for integrating wireline and wireless networks.

        nCite session border controllers provide secure VoIP and multimedia traversal of firewall, or FW, and network address translation, or NAT, systems, as well as denial of service, or DoS, attack prevention at both the signaling and media layers. NAT and FW traversal are necessary to allow VoIP and multimedia session to pass from the Service Provider (“SP”) network to the residential or enterprise networks. DoS attack prevention protects the SP network from attacks that load the network until it crashes. The nCite SBCs also provide comprehensive Quality of Service, or QoS, mechanisms and protocol interworking (translation from one VoIP protocol to another, or between two variants of same VoIP protocol to enable two softswitches to communicate with each other). AudioCodes nCite solutions offer proven interoperability with major softswitches, SIP servers, application servers, IP PBXs and a large number of IP-based voice and video endpoints.

        The nCite security gateway enables secure (authenticated and encrypted) real-time sessions across Wi-Fi, broadband and wireless networks in FMC deployments. The nCite security gateway, or nCite SG, provides secure termination and aggregation for IP phones, dual-mode Wi-Fi and cellular-capable VoIP handsets that are used in converged wireline and wireless networks.

- 44 -



Element Management System

        Our element management system, or EMS, is an advanced solution for centralized, standards-based management of our VoP gateways, covering all areas vital to the efficient operations, administration, management and provisioning of our Mediant TM and MediaPack TM VoP gateways.

        Our EMS offers network equipment providers and system integrators fast setup of medium and large VoP networks with the advantage of a single centralized management system that configures, provisions and monitors all of AudioCodes gateways deployed, either as customer premises equipment, access or core network platforms.

Voice and Data Logging Hardware Integration Board Products

        The SmartWORKS TM family of products is our voice and data logging hardware integration board product line. SmartWORKS TM boards for the call recording and voice voice/data logging industry are compatible with a multitude of private branch exchange, or PBX, telephone system integrations.

Core Technologies

        We believe that one of our key competitive advantages is our broad base of core technologies ranging from advanced voice compression algorithms to complex architecture system design. We have developed and continue to build on a number of key technology areas.

Low Bit Rate Voice Compression Algorithms

        Voice compression techniques are essential for the transmission of voice over packet networks. Voice compression exploits redundancies within a voice signal to reduce the bit rate required to digitally represent the voice signal, from 64 kilobits per second, or kbps, down to low bit rates ranging from 5.3 kbps to 8 kbps, while still maintaining acceptable voice quality. A bit is a unit of data. Different voice compression algorithms, or coders, make certain tradeoffs between voice quality, bit rate, delay and complexity to satisfy various network requirements. Use of voice activity detection techniques and silence removal techniques further reduce the transmission rate by detecting the silence periods embedded in the voice flow and discarding the information packets which do not contribute to voice intelligibility.

        We are one of the innovators in developing low bit rate voice compression technologies. Our patented MP-MLQ TM coder was adopted in 1995 by the ITU as the basis for the G.723.1 voice coding standard for audio/visual applications over the circuit-switched telephone networks. By adhering to this standard, system manufacturers guarantee the interoperability of their equipment with the equipment of other vendors.

Advanced Digital Signal Processing Algorithms

        To provide a complete voice over packet communications solution, we have developed a library of digital signal processing functions designed to complement voice compression coders with additional functionality, including: echo cancellation; voice activity detection; facsimile and data modem processing; and telephony signaling processing. Our extensive experience and expertise in designing advanced digital signal processing solutions allows us to implement algorithms using minimal processing memory and power resources. Our algorithms include:

- 45 -



  Echo cancellation . Low bit rate voice compression techniques introduce considerable delay, necessitating the use of echo cancellation algorithms. The key performance criterion of an echo canceller is its ability to deal with large echo reflections, long echo delays, fast changing echo characteristics, diverse telecommunications equipment and network effects. Our technology achieves low residual echo and fast response time to render echo effects virtually unnoticeable.

  Fax transmission. There are two widely used techniques for real time transmission of fax over networks based on Internet protocols: fax relay and fax spoofing. Fax relay takes place when a fax is sent from a fax machine through a gateway over networks based on Internet protocols in real time to a fax machine at the other end of the network. At the gateway, the analog fax signals are demodulated back into digital data, converted into packets, routed over the packet network and reassembled at the receiving end. Fax relay is used when the round trip network delay is small (typically below one second). When the round trip network delay increases, one of the fax machines may time out while waiting for a response from the other fax machine to arrive.

  Data modem technology . We have developed data modem technologies that facilitate data relay over packet networks. Our data modem relay software algorithms support all existing data modem standards up to a bit rate of 14.4 kbps.

  Telephony signaling processing. Various telephony signaling standards and protocols are employed to route calls over the traditional telephone network, some of which use “in-band” methods, which means that the signaling tones are sent over the telephone line just like the voice signal. As a result, in-band signaling tones may have to undergo the compression process just like the voice signal. Most low bit-rate voice coders, however, are optimized for speech signals and exhibit poor tone transfer performance. To overcome this, our processors are equipped with tone detection and tone generation algorithms. To provide seamless transparency between the traditional telephone network and packet networks for signaling, we employ various digital signal processing techniques for efficient tone processing.

Voice Communications Software

        To transmit the compressed voice and fax over packet networks, voice packetization processes are required to construct and deconstruct each packet of data for transmission. The processing involves breaking up information into packets and adding address and control fields information according to the specifications of the appropriate packet network protocol. In addition, our software provides the interface with the signal processors and addresses packet delay and packet loss issues.

Media Processing

        Our media processing products provide the enabling technology and platforms for developing enhanced service applications for legacy and next generation networks. We have developed media processing technologies such as message recording/playback, announcements, voice coding and mixing and call progress tone detection that enable our customers to develop and offer advanced revenue generating services such as conferencing, network announcements, voice mail and interactive voice response. Our media processing technology and products offer PSTN and packet interfaces to enable flexible deployment options.

- 46 -



Digital Cellular Communications Technology

        Convergence of wireline and wireless networks is becoming a key driver for deployment of voice over packet networks, enabling operators to use common equipment for both networks, thus lowering capital expenditures and operating expenses, while offering enriched services.

        Our voice over packet products provide a cost effective solution for these convergence needs, complying with 2G and 3G cellular standards, for GSM/UMTS, UMA and CDMA/CDMA2000 networks. These include support for cellular vocoders (concurrently with wireline vocoders), interfaces and protocols. These interfaces and protocols are being defined by special standardization groups (e.g., 3GPP and 3GPP2) and include capabilities such as mediation (mobile to mobile calls with no transcoding), support for handoff and lawful intercept and various other cellular-specific capabilities.

VoIP for Telephony over Cable Networks

        Telephony over cable networks is characterized by technical challenges due to the intrinsic nature of the cable system which broadcasts across the subscriber network. The cable telephony market is divided into two main standards: softswitch solutions and IP access terminal, or IPAT, V5.2 solutions utilizing Class 5 switches. We have developed media gateway technology that is capable of supporting both standards while migration from IPAT solutions to softswitch solutions may be done by a software only upgrade, thus protecting the end customer’s investment. Our technology complies with PacketCable standards including security/encryption technology, support for quality of service, call control and signaling.

Hardware Architectures for High Density Multi-Trunk Voice over Packet Systems

        Our voice over packet product offerings include high density, multi-trunk voice over packet systems for standards-based open telecommunications platforms in access equipment. Multi-trunk processing is centered around a design encompassing two key processing elements, signal processors performing voice, fax and data processing and a communications processor. Overall system performance, reliability, capacity, size, cost and power consumption are optimized, based on our hardware architecture, which supports high throughput rates for multi-trunk processing. On-board efficient network and system interfaces relieve the system controller from extensive real time data transfer and processing of data streams.

Carrier Grade System Expertise

        To provide state of the art carrier grade media gateways, we have developed a wide expertise in a number of fields essential to such a product line. We have developed or integrated the various components required to implement a full digital media gateway solution that behaves as a unified entity to the external world. This required a major investment in adapting standard cPCI platforms to our needs. Such adaptation included optimizing power supply and cooling requirements, adding centralized shelf controllers, fabric switches and alarm cards to the chassis. Another aspect of the expertise we developed relates to high availability software and hardware design. High availability is a required feature in any carrier grade media gateway platform. We have also developed a sophisticated EMS to complete our offering. Our EMS enables the user to provision and monitor a number of media gateways from a centralized location.

- 47 -



Customers

        Our customers consist of OEMs, network equipment providers and systems integrators, carriers and distributors. Historically, we have derived the majority of our revenues from sales to a small number of customers. The identities of our principal customers have changed and we expect that they will continue to change, from year to year. We expect that a small number of customers will continue to account for a large percentage of our sales. Sales to Nortel Networks accounted for 18.6% of our revenues in 2004, 16.3% of our revenues in 2005 and 15.2% of our revenues in 2006. No other customer accounted for more than 10.0% of our revenues in 2004, 2005 or 2006.

Sales and Marketing

        Our sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with industry leaders in our targeted markets. Prospective customers generally must make a significant commitment of resources to test and evaluate our products and to integrate them into larger systems. As a result, our sales process is often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval processes that typically accompany the design and testing of new communications equipment. For these reasons, the sales cycles of our products to new customers are often lengthy, averaging approximately six to twelve months after achieving a design win. This time may be further extended because of internal testing, field trials and requests for the addition or customization of features.

        We also provide our customers with reference platform designs, which enable them to achieve easier and faster transitions from the initial prototype designs we use in the test trials through final production releases. We believe this significantly enhances our customers’ confidence that our products will meet their market requirements and product introduction schedules.

        We market our products in the United States, Europe, Asia, Latin America and Israel primarily through a direct sales force. Marketing managers are dedicated to principal customers to promote close cooperation and communication. Additionally, we market our products in these areas through independent sales representatives and system integrators. We select these independent entities based on their ability to provide effective field sales, marketing communications and technical support to our customers. We have generally entered into a combination of exclusive and non-exclusive sales representation agreements with these representatives in each of the major countries in which we do business. These agreements are typically for renewable 12-month terms, are terminable at will by us upon 90 days notice, and do not commit the sales representative to any minimum sales of our products to third parties. Some of our representatives have the ability to return some of the products they have previously purchased and purchase more up to date models.

- 48 -



Manufacturing

        Texas Instruments Incorporated supplies all of the signal processor chips used for our signal processors. The communications processor currently used on our communications boards is manufactured by Motorola. We believe that similar communications processors are available from other suppliers. Other components are generic in nature and we believe they can be obtained from multiple suppliers.

        We have not entered into any long-term supply agreements. To date, we have been able to obtain sufficient amounts of these components to meet our needs and do not foresee any supply difficulty in obtaining timely delivery of any parts or components. However, an interruption in supply from any of these sources, especially with regard to signal processors from Texas Instruments Incorporated, or an unexpected termination of the manufacture of certain electronic components could disrupt production, thereby adversely affecting our results. We generally maintain an inventory of critical components used in the manufacture and assembly of our products although our inventory of signal processor chips would likely not be sufficient in the event that we had to engage an alternate supplier for these components.

        We utilize contract manufacturing for substantially all of our manufacturing processes. Much of our manufacturing is carried out by third-party subcontractors in Israel. We have extended our manufacturing capabilities through third party subcontractors in the United States, Mexico and China. Our internal manufacturing activities consist primarily of the production of prototypes, test engineering, materials purchasing and inspection, final product configuration and quality control and assurance.

Industry Standards and Government Regulations

        Our products must comply with industry standards relating to telecommunications equipment. Before completing sales in a country, our products must comply with local telecommunications standards, recommendations of quasi-regulatory authorities and recommendations of standards-setting committees. In addition, public carriers require that equipment connected to their networks comply with their own standards. Telecommunication-related policies and regulations are continuously reviewed by governmental and industry standards-setting organizations and are always subject to amendment or change. Although we believe that our products currently meet applicable industry and government standards, we cannot be sure that our products will comply with future standards.

        We are subject to telecom industry regulations and requirements set by telecommunication carriers that address a wide range of areas including quality, final testing, safety, packaging and use of environmentally friendly components.  We comply with the European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (under certain exemptions) that requires telecom equipment suppliers to stop the usage of some materials that are not environmentally friendly by July 1, 2006.  These materials include cadmium, hexavalent chromium, lead, mercury, polybrominated biphenyls and polybrominatel diphenyl ethers. Under the directive, an extension for compliance through 2010 was granted with respect to the usage of lead in solders in Network Infrastructure equipment. We expect that other countries, including countries we operate in, will adopt similar directives or other additional regulations in the near future.

- 49 -



Competition

        Competition in our industry is intense and we expect competition to increase in the future. Our competitors currently sell products that provide similar benefits to those that we sell. There has been a significant amount of merger and acquisition activity and strategic alliances frequently involving major telecommunications equipment manufacturers acquiring smaller companies, and we expect that this will result in an increasing concentration of market share among these companies, many of whom are our customers.

        Our principal competitors in the sale of signal processing chips are Texas Instruments, Broadcom, Infineon, Centillium and Mindspeed. Several large manufacturers of generic signal processors, such as Motorola, Agere Systems, which merged with LSI Corporation in April 2007, and Intel have begun, or are expected to begin marketing competing processors. Our principal competitors in the communications board market are NMS Communications, Intel, Motorola, Cantata Technology, Acculab and PIKA Technologies, Inc.

        Our principal competitors in the area of analog media gateways (2 to 24 ports) for access and enterprise are Cisco Systems Inc., Mediatrix Telecom, Inc., Vega Stream Limited, Samsung, Innovaphone AG, Quintum Technologies, Tainet Communication System Corp., Welltech, Ascii Corp., D-Link Systems, Inc., Multitech Inc., Inomedia, OKI and LG. In addition we face competition in low, mid and high density gateways from internal development at companies such as Nortel, Lucent, Alcatel, Siemens, Huawei, Ericsson, UTstarcom, ZTE and from Cisco Systems, Veraz Networks, Sonus Networks, General Bandwidth, and Commatch (Telrad).

        Our principal competitors in the media server market segment are Cantata Technology, NMS Communications, Convedia/Radisys, IP Unity/Glenayre, Cognitronics and Aculab. In addition, we face competition in software-based and hardware-based media servers from internal development at companies such as Hewlett-Packard, Comverse-NetCentrex, Nortel, Alcatel – Lucent, Nokia-Siemens and Ericsson.

        With respect to session border controllers, we compete against Acme Packets, Nextone, Juniper and Sonus. In the security gateway market, we compete against private companies such as Reefpoint and Azaire.

        We also face significant and increasing competition in the market for products utilized in the VoIP market. Our competitors in the market for VolP products include telecommunications companies, data communication companies and companies specializing in voice over IP products, some of which have greater name recognition, larger installed customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources than we do.

- 50 -



        Many of our competitors have the ability to offer vendor-sponsored financing programs to prospective customers. Some of our competitors with broad product portfolios may also be able to offer lower prices on products that compete with ours because of their ability to recoup a loss of margin through sales of other products or services. Additionally, voice, audio and other communications alternatives that compete with our products are being continually introduced.

        In the future, we may also develop and introduce other products with new or additional telecommunications capabilities or services. As a result, we may compete directly with telephone companies and other telecommunications infrastructure providers. Additional competitors may include companies that currently provide computer software products and services, such as telephone, media, publishing and cable television. The ability of some of ours competitors to bundle other enhanced services or complete solutions with VoIP products could give these competitors an advantage over us.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

        Our success is dependent in part upon proprietary technology. We rely primarily on a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary rights. We also rely on trademark protection concerning various names and marks that serve to identify it and our products. While our ability to compete may be affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property, we believe that, because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, maintaining our technological leadership and our comprehensive familiarity with all aspects of the technology contained in our signal processors and communication boards is also of primary importance.

        We own U.S. patents that relate to our voice compression and session border control technologies. We also actively pursue patent protection in selected other countries of interest to us. In addition to patent protection, we seek to protect our proprietary rights through copyright protection and through restrictions on access to our trade secrets and other proprietary information which we impose through confidentiality agreements with our customers, suppliers, employees and consultants.

        There are a number of companies besides us who hold or may acquire patents for various aspects of the technology incorporated in the ITU’s standards or other industry standards or proprietary standards, for example, in the fields of wireless and cable. While we have obtained cross-licenses from some of the holders of these other patents, we have not obtained a license from all of the holders. The holders of these other patents from whom we have not obtained licenses may take the position that we are required to obtain a license from them. Companies that have submitted their technology to the ITU (and generally other industry standards making bodies) for adoption as an industry standard are required by the ITU to undertake to agree to provide licenses to that technology on reasonable terms. Accordingly, we believe that even if we were required to negotiate a license for the use of such technology, we would be able to do so at an acceptable price. Similarly, however, third parties who also participate with respect to the same standards-setting organizations as do we may be able to negotiate a license for use of our proprietary technology at a price acceptable to them, but which may be lower than the price we would otherwise prefer to demand.

- 51 -



        Under a pooling agreement dated March 3, 1995, as amended, between AudioCodes and DSP Group, Inc., on the one hand, and France Telecom, Université de Sherbrooke and their agent, Sipro Lab Telecom, on the other hand, we and DSP Group, Inc. granted to France Telecom and Université de Sherbrooke the right to use certain of our specified patents, and any other of our and DSP Group, Inc. intellectual property rights incorporated in the ITU G.723.1 standard. Likewise France Telecom and Université de Sherbrooke granted AudioCodes and DSP Group, Inc. the right to use certain of their patents and any other intellectual property rights incorporated in the G.723.1 standard. In each case, the rights granted are to design, make and use products developed or manufactured for joint contribution to the G.723.1 standard without any payment by any party to the other parties.

        In addition, each of the parties to the agreement granted to the other parties the right to license to third parties the patents of any party included in the intellectual property required to meet the G.723.1 standard, in accordance with each licensing party’s standard patent licensing agreement. The agreement provides for the fee structure for licensing to third parties. The agreement provides that certain technical information be shared among the parties, and each of the groups agreed not to assert any patent rights against the other with respect of the authorized use of voice compression products based upon the technical information transferred. Licensing by any of the parties of the parties’ intellectual property incorporated in the G.723.1 standard to third parties is subject to royalties that are specified under the agreement.

        Each of the parties to the agreement is free to develop and sell products embodying the intellectual property incorporated into the G.723.1 standard without payment of royalties to other parties, so long as the G.723.1 standard is implemented as is, without modification. The agreement expires upon the last expiration date of any of the AudioCodes, DSP Group, Inc., France Telecom or Universite de Sherbrooke patents incorporated in the G.723.1 standard. The parties to the agreement are not the only claimants to technology underlying the G.723.1 standard.

        We are aware of parties who may be infringing our technology that is part of the G.723.1 standard. We evaluate these matters on a case by case basis, directly or through our licensing partner. Although we have not yet determined whether to pursue legal action, we may do so in the future. There can be no assurance that any legal action will be successful.

        Third parties have claimed, and from time to time in the future may claim, that our past, current or future products infringe their intellectual property rights. Intellectual property litigation is complex and there can be no assurance of a favorable outcome of any litigation. Any future intellectual property litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of the efforts of our technical and management personnel. Litigation could also disrupt or otherwise severely impact our relationships with current and potential customers as well as our manufacturing, distribution and sales operations in countries where relevant third party rights are held and where we may be subject to jurisdiction. An adverse determination in any proceeding could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require disputed rights to be licensed from such parties, assuming licenses to such rights could be obtained, or require us to cease using such technology and expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology. We may not be able to obtain a license at an acceptable price.

- 52 -



        We have entered into technology licensing fee agreements with third parties. We expect that in the ordinary course of business we may be required to enter into additional licensing agreements. Under one agreement, we agreed to pay a third party royalty fees until 2008, based on 0.3% – 0.9% of our revenues.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not a party to any material legal proceedings, except for the proceedings referred to below related to our Nuera subsidiary.

        Prior to the acquisition of Nuera by us, one of Nuera’s customers had been named as a defendant in a patent infringement suit involving technology the customer purchased from Nuera. In the suit, the plaintiff alleged that the customer used devices to offer services that infringe upon a patent the plaintiff owns. The customer has sought indemnification from Nuera pursuant to the terms of a purchase agreement between Nuera and the customer relating to the allegedly infringing technology at issue. We believe that Nuera has provided a sufficient allowance with respect to this claim.

        Prior to the acquisition of Nuera by us, eight former employees of a French subsidiary of Nuera filed a labor grievance against the subsidiary claiming they were unfairly terminated. The French subsidiary filed for bankruptcy in 2004 and, in 2005, the court appointed liquidator sought to hold Nuera liable for the obligations of its French subsidiary. In June 2006, the court ruled in favor of Nuera that it was not liable for the obligations of its French subsidiary. In March 2007, the liquidator decided to appeal the judgment. We believe that Nuera has provided a sufficient allowance with respect to this claim.

C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

List of Significant Subsidiaries

        AudioCodes Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a Delaware corporation.

        AudioCodes National Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc., is a Delaware corporation.

        AudioCodes USA Inc., formerly known as Ai-Logix, a wholly owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc., is a Delaware corporation.

        AudioCodes San Diego Inc., formerly known as Nuera Communications, Inc. a wholly owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc., is a Delaware corporation.

        AudioCodes Texas Inc., formerly known as Netrake Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc., is a Delaware corporation.

        AudioCodes Europe Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is incorporated in England.

        CTI Squared Ltd., our wholly-owned subsidiary, is organized under the laws of Israel.

- 53 -



D. PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

        We lease our main facilities, located in Airport City, Lod, Israel, which currently occupy approximately 128,000 square feet for annual lease payments (including management fees) of approximately $2.0 million. We have entered into an agreement to increase the size of the property we lease by approximately an additional 74,000 square feet for annual lease payments (including management fees) of approximately $2.1 million. In addition, we have entered into an agreement regarding the neighboring property by which a building of approximately 145,000 square feet will be erected and leased to us for period of eleven years. This new building is expected to be completed in 2010. We estimate the annual lease payments (including management fees) to be in the range of $2.0 million and $3.2 million depending the amount expended by the lessor on the fittings.

        Our U.S. subsidiary, AudioCodes Inc., leases a 7,000 square foot facility in San Jose, California. Our subsidiary has additional offices total of 20,000 square foot in Raleigh, Chicago, Boston and Dallas. Our U.S. subsidiary, AudioCodes USA, Inc., leases a 29,000 square foot facility in Somerset, New Jersey. Our U.S. subsidiary, AudioCodes San Diego, Inc., leases a 20,000 square foot facility in San Diego, California. Our U.S. subsidiary, AudioCodes Texas, Inc., leases a 20,000 square foot facility in Plano, Texas. The annual lease payments (including management fees) for all our offices in the United States is approximately $1.5 million.

        We believe that these properties are adequate to meet our current needs. We may need to increase the size of our current facilities, seek new facilities, close certain facilities or sublease portions of our existing facilities in order to address our needs in the future.

  ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

  ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS.

         Statements in this Annual Report concerning our business outlook or future economic performance; anticipated revenues, expenses or other financial items; product introductions and plans and objectives related thereto; and statements concerning assumptions made or expectations as to any future events, conditions, performance or other matters, are “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined under the United States Federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated in such statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

- 54 -



Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or US GAAP. These accounting principles require management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions based upon information available at the time that they are made, historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented.

        On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition and allowance for sales returns, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventories, investment in an affiliated companies, goodwill and income taxes and valuation allowance. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

        Our management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with our Audit Committee. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contain additional information regarding our accounting policies and other disclosures required by US GAAP.

        Management believes the significant accounting policies that affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating AudioCodes’ reported financial results include the following:

  Revenue recognition and allowance for sales returns;

  Allowance for doubtful accounts;

  Inventories;

  Investment in affiliated companies;

  Goodwill and intangible assets;

  Income taxes and valuation allowance; and

  Stock-based compensation.

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Sales Returns

        We generate our revenues primarily from the sale of products. We sell our products through a direct sales force and sales representatives. Our customers include original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), network equipment providers, systems integrators and distributors in the telecommunications and networking industries, all of whom are considered end users.

- 55 -



        Revenues from products are recognized in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulleting (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” when the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery of the product has occurred, (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability is probable. We have no obligation to customers after the date on which products are delivered, other than pursuant to warranty obligations and any applicable right of return. We generally grant our customers the right of return or the ability to exchange a specific percentage of the total price paid for products they have purchased over a period of three months for other products.

        We maintain a provision for product returns and exchanges. This provision is based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. This provision amounted to $619,000 in 2004, $545,000 in 2005 and $636,000 in 2006.

        Revenues from the sale of products which were not yet determined to be final sales due to market acceptance or technological compatibility were deferred and included in deferred revenues.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts. Management exercises its judgment as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices. For those invoices not specifically reviewed, provisions are made based upon the age of the receivable. In determining the provision, we analyze our historical collection experience and current economic trends. If the historical data used to calculate the allowance provided for doubtful accounts does not reflect the future ability to collect outstanding receivables, additional provisions for doubtful accounts may be needed and the future results of operations could be materially affected.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the “moving average cost” method for raw materials and on the basis of direct manufacturing costs for finished products. We periodically evaluate the quantities on hand relative to current and historical selling prices and historical and projected sales volume and technological obsolescence. Based on these evaluations, inventory write-offs and write-down provisions are provided to cover risks arising from slow moving items, technological obsolescence, excess inventories, discontinued products and for market prices lower than cost. We wrote-off and wrote-down inventory in a total amount of $1.2 million in 2004, $1.2 million in 2005 and $1.0 million in 2006.

Investment in Affiliated Companies

        Through December 31, 2006, we had invested an aggregate of $3.3 million in Natural Speech Communication Ltd., a privately-held company engaged in speech recognition. In addition, during 2005 and 2006, we made convertible loans in the aggregate amount of $902,000 to this company. Assuming a full conversion of all interests (and those of the other shareholders and ourselves) to ordinary shares, we currently own approximately 40.9% of the equity in this company. This investment is accounted for by the equity method and is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investment may not be recoverable. As of December 31, 2006, based on management’s most recent analyses, no impairment losses have been identified in connection with this investment.

- 56 -



        In July, 2005, we invested $707,000 in MailVision Ltd., a privately-held company. As of December 31, 2006, we owned 19.5% of its ordinary shares. This investment is accounted for by the equity method and is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investment may not be recoverable. In November 2006, we made a convertible loan in the amount of $ 44,000 to this company. The loan bears interest at the rate of 9% per annum and is convertible into shares of this company. As of December 31, 2006, based on management’s most recent analyses, no impairment losses have been identified in connection with this investment.

        In February, 2006, we entered into a share purchase agreement with CTI Squared Ltd. to acquire 10% of its ordinary shares for a total purchase price in the amount of $1,000,000. In October 2006, we received a call option to invest an additional $10,000,000 for the remaining 90% of this company’s share capital. As of December 31, 2006, based on management’s most recent analyses, no impairment losses have been identified in connection with this investment. In April 2007, we exercised the option to acquire the remaining shares of CTI Squared for a purchase price of $10 million, with $5 million paid in cash at the closing and $5 million payable in cash by February 28, 2008.

        In December 2006, we made a convertible loan in the amount of $1,000,000 to another privately-held company. This loan bears interest at the rate of LIBOR+2% per annum and is due and payable in December 2007 unless converted into shares of this company. As of December 31, 2006, based on management’s most recent analyses, no impairment losses have been identified in connection with this investment.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        SFAS No.142 requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at least annually or between annual tests in certain circumstances, and written down when impaired. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment during the analysis. We operate in one operating segment, and this segment comprises our only reporting unit. Fair value is generally determined using discounted cash flows, market multiples and market capitalization. Significant estimates used in the fair value methodologies include estimates of future cash flows, future short-term and long-term growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and estimates of market multiples of the reportable unit. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges for our goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life.

        The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of our annual or periodic analyses, we make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of that reporting unit. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit over its estimated remaining useful life. In addition, we make certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. We also consider our and our competitor’s market capitalization on the date we perform the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.

- 57 -



        We allocated the purchase price of the companies we acquired to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values. These valuations require management to make significant estimations and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include future expected cash flows from the business acquired, technology, trade names and customer relations. In addition, other factors considered are the brand awareness and market position of the products sold by the acquired companies and assumptions about the period of time the technology will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio. Management’s estimates of fair value are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

        If we did not appropriately allocate these components or we incorrectly estimate the useful lives of these components, our computation of depreciation and amortization expense may not appropriately reflect the actual impact of these costs over future periods, which will affect our net income.

        As of December 31, 2006, the amortized cost of intangible assets in our balance sheet was $21.2 million. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the value of those assets as of December 31, 2006, has been reviewed and it was determined that no indicators for impairment existed.

        In connection with our acquisition of selected assets of UAS, we recorded $4.3 million of goodwill in 2003 and $1.0 million of goodwill in 2004. We recorded $3.8 million of goodwill in 2004 in connection with our acquisition of AudioCodes USA, formerly Ai-Logix. We paid an additional $10 million in March 2005 based on the achievement of revenue milestones and additional terms by AudioCodes USA during 2004 and 2005. This contingent payment was recorded as part of the acquisition cost as additional goodwill during 2005. Goodwill in connection with the acquisition of AudioCodes USA was reduced in the amount of $456,000 upon utilization of pre–acquisition carry forward tax losses in accordance with SFAS No. 141. In 2006, we recorded $80 million of goodwill in connection with our acquisition of AudioCodes San Diego, formerly Nuera, and $10.4 million of goodwill in connection with our acquisition of AudioCodes Texas, formerly Netrake.

        Goodwill in connection with the UAS, AudioCodes USA (formerly Ai-Logix), AudioCodes San Diego (formerly Nuera) and AudioCodes Texas (formerly Netrake) acquisitions was reviewed for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2006. No impairment losses have been identified in connection with these acquisitions.

- 58 -



Income Taxes and Valuation Allowance

        As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax expense in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our actual current tax exposure, which is accrued as taxes payable, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We may record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.

        Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, there is no assurance that the final tax outcome and the valuation allowance will not be different than those which are reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals.

        We have filed or are in the process of filing federal, state and foreign tax returns that are subject to audit by the respective tax authorities. Although the ultimate outcome is unknown, we believe that adequate amounts have been provided for and any adjustments that may result from tax return audits are not likely to materially adversely affect our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Stock-based Compensation

        Effective January 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Statements Standards No. 123R-“Share-Based Payments”. We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based compensation at the date of grant. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding dividend yields, expected volatility, expected life of options and risk-free interest rates. These assumptions reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in these inputs and assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value and the amount of our stock-based compensation expenses. We recognized $8.7 million of stock-based compensation expense in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, there was approximately $12.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements granted by us. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years.

A. OPERATING RESULTS

         You should read this discussion with the consolidated financial statements and other financial information included in this Annual Report.

Overview

        We design, develop and market enabling technologies and system products for the transmission of voice, data, fax and multimedia communications over packet networks, which we refer to as the new voice infrastructure. Our products enable our customers to build high-quality packet networking equipment and network solutions and provide the building blocks to connect traditional telephone networks to the new voice infrastructure, as well as connecting and securing multimedia communication between different packet-based networks. Our products are sold primarily to leading original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, system integrators and network equipment providers in the telecommunications and networking industries. We have continued to broaden our offerings, both from internal development and through acquisitions, as we have expanded in the last few years from selling chips to boards, subsystems, media gateway systems, media servers, session border controllers and messaging platforms.

- 59 -



        Our headquarters and R&D facilities are located in Israel with R&D extensions in the U.S. and in the U.K. We have other offices located in Europe, the Far East, and Latin America.

        Effective January 1, 2006, we account for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Statements Standards No. 123R-“Share-Based Payments”. SFAS No. 123(R) requires the fair value of all equity-based awards granted to employees to be recognized in financial statements beginning in the first quarter of 2006. The result is that we are required to record an expense with respect to stock option grants, even if the exercise price of the stock options is equal to the market price of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) had a material adverse affect on our results of operations in 2006 as we recognized $8.7 million of stock-based compensation expense in 2006.

        Nortel Networks accounted for 18.6% of our total revenues in 2004, 16.3% of our revenues in 2005 and 15.2% of our revenues in 2006. Our top five customers accounted for 35.7% of our revenues in 2004, 31.1% of our revenues in 2005 and 29.1% of our revenues in 2006. Based on our experience, we expect that our largest customers may change from period to period. If we lose a large customer and fail to add new customers to replace lost revenue our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

        Revenues based on the location of our customers for the last three fiscal years are as follows:

2004
2005
2006
 
Americas       62.3 %   57.5 %   56.6 %
Far East       14.3     12.5     12.8  
Europe       13.3     19.4     22.2  
Israel       10.1     10.6     8.4  



Total       100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %




        The increase in the percentage of our revenues in 2006 from customers located in Europe was due to demand in Europe increasing at a higher pace compared to the other locations.

        Part of our strategy involves the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies. Our first strategic acquisition involved the purchase of the UAS product group from Nortel Networks in April 2003. This acquisition added new media server technology and products that we could offer to our customers and provided us with research and development capability in the United States. As a result of our supply agreement with Nortel in connection with this transaction, we significantly increased our sales to Nortel. Our sales to Nortel accounting for 15.2% of our revenues in 2006 compared to 16.3% of our revenues in 2005 and 18.6% of our revenues in 2004. We expect that sales to Nortel will continue to account for a high percentage of our revenues in 2007.

- 60 -



        We completed a second acquisition in May 2004, acquiring AudioCodes USA formerly Ai-Logix, a leading provider of advanced voice recording hardware technology. We believe that this acquisition has enhanced our board line business and provides an entry into the call recording market and the computer telephony integration, or CTI, market by leveraging our VoP expertise with the technology, strategic partnerships and customer base of AudioCodes USA. We paid $10.0 million in cash at the closing of the transaction. We paid an additional $10.0 million in March 2005 based on the achievement of revenue milestones and additional terms by the AudioCodes USA during 2004 and 2005. The payment was recorded as part of the acquisition cost as additional goodwill in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141 in 2005.

        In July, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Nuera (renamed AudioCodes San Diego Inc. in 2007). Nuera was acquired for a purchase price of $82.5 million in cash, including acquisition costs, plus an earn out arrangement under which we have agreed to pay up to an additional $5 million if Nuera achieves certain revenue milestones during the first twelve months after consummation of the transaction. Nuera provides Voice over Internet Protocol infrastructure solutions for broadband and long distance networks. This transaction is significantly larger than our other acquisitions and investments to date. Nuera became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc. and, accordingly, its results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in integrating Nuera’s products, employees and operations into our organization or that we will be able to operate Nuera’s business in a profitable manner.

        In August 2006, we acquired Netrake (renamed AudioCodes Texas Inc. in 2007), a provider of session border controller, or SBC, and security gateway solutions. SBCs enable connectivity, policies and security for real-time media sessions, such as VoIP, video or fax, between public or private IP networks. Security gateways enable secure real-time sessions across wifi, broadband and wireless networks in field mobile onvergence deployments. We paid $13.8 million in cash, including acquisition costs, to acquire Netrake. Netrake became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc. and, accordingly, its results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141.

        In April 2007, we completed the acquisition of CTI Squared. We exercised an option to acquire the remaining shares of CTI Squared for a purchase price of $10 million, with $5 million paid in cash at the closing and $5 million payable in cash by February 28, 2008. CTI Squared is a provider of enhanced messaging and communications platforms deployed globally by service providers and enterprises. CTI Squared’s platforms integrate data and voice messaging services over internet, intranet, PSTN, cellular, cable and enterprise networks.

        We experienced lower than expected revenues in the first quarter of 2007 and reported a loss in that period. We may continue to report losses in 2007. Our first quarter results were impacted by weakness in our sales in Israel and the Asia Pacific region and weaker than expected performance by our recent acquisitions and sales of our boards business line. We have begun to implement corrective measures to strengthen our sales in the Asia Pacific region and to increase sales in the session border controller business line that exhibited weaker than expected performance. However, based on market trends in the boards business line, we do not anticipate recovery of revenues of the boards business line in 2007 to the level experienced in 2006. In addition, we have taken steps to bring our expenses in line with the anticipated revenues for 2007. Our goal is to increase sales and reduce expenses to allow us to return to profitability.

- 61 -



        We believe that prospective customers generally are required to make a significant commitment of resources to test and evaluate our products and to integrate them into their larger systems. As a result, our sales process is often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval processes that typically accompany the design and testing of new communications equipment. For these reasons, the sales cycles of our products to new customers are often lengthy, averaging approximately six to twelve months. As a result, we may incur significant selling and product development expenses prior to generating revenues from sales.

        The currency of the primary economic environment in which our operations are conducted is the U.S. dollar, and as such, we use the dollar as our functional currency. Transactions and balances originally denominated in dollars are presented at their original amounts. All transaction gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary balance sheet items denominated in non-dollar currencies are reflected in the statement of operations as financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

        The increase in demand for Voice over IP, or VoIP, technology has impacted our business during the last three years. In recent years, the shift from traditional circuit-switched networks to next generation packet-switched networks continued to gain momentum. As data traffic becomes the dominant factor in communications, service providers are building and maintaining converged networks for integrated voice and data services. In developed countries, traditional and alternative service providers adopt bundled triple play (voice, video and data) and quadruple play (voice, video, data and mobile) offerings. This trend, enabled by voice and multimedia over IP, has fueled competition among cable, wireline, ISP and mobile operators, increasing the pressure for adopting and deploying VoIP networks. In addition, underdeveloped markets without basic wire line service in countries such as China and India and certain countries in Eastern Europe are adopting the use of VoIP technology to deliver voice and data services that were previously unavailable.

- 62 -



Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth the percentage relationships of certain items from our consolidated statements of operations, as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Statement of Operations Data :                
     
Revenues       100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
Cost of revenues       41.5     40.6     41.6  



Gross profit       58.5     59.4     58.4  
Operating expenses:    
     Research and development, net       24.2     21.1     24.0  
     Selling and marketing       24.0     22.4     25.6  
     General and administrative       5.9     5.2     5.9  



Total operating expenses       54.1     48.7     55.5  



Operating income       4.4     10.7     2.9  
Financial income, net       2.6     2.1     2.6  
Equity in losses of affiliated companies, net       0.6     0.6     0.6  



 Income before taxes on income       6.4     12.2     4.9  
Taxes on income       0.3     0.7     0.2  



Net income       6.1 %   11.5 %   4.7 %




Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

         Revenues . Revenues increased 27.2% to $147.4 million in 2006 from $115.8 million in 2005. The increase in revenues was primarily due to an increase of $16.7 million in sales in the United States and an increase of $10.7 million in sales in Europe. Our results of operation include Nuera beginning in July 2006 and Netrake beginning in August 2006. Our increase in revenues in 2006 also reflected the increased interest and activity in the market for packet-based VoIP products.

         Gross Profit . Cost of revenues includes the manufacturing cost of hardware, quality assurance, overhead related to manufacturing activity and technology licensing fees payable to third parties. Gross profit increased to $86.1 million in 2006 from $68.8 million in 2005. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues decreased to 58.4% in 2005 from 59.4% in 2005. The decrease in our gross profit percentage was primarily attributable to amortization expenses in 2006 related to the acquisitions of Nuera and Netrake during the third quarter of 2006. Amortization expense allocated to cost of revenues amounted to $1.2 million in 2006. The decrease in our gross margin was also due to expenses related to equity-based compensation resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R). Equity-based compensation expenses allocated to cost of revenues amounted to $620,000 in 2006. The decrease in gross profit percentage was partially offset by the higher sales volume that allowed us to leverage our manufacturing overhead over a larger sales base. The decrease in gross profit percentage was also offset by a reduction in manufacturing costs which was primarily due to a reduction in our raw material costs.

- 63 -



         Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs of employees engaged in ongoing research and development activities, development-related raw materials and the cost of subcontractors. Research and development expenses increased 45.1% to $35.4 million in 2006, from $24.4 million in 2005 and increased as a percentage of revenues to 24.0% in 2006 from 21.1% in 2005. The increase in net research and development expenses, both on an absolute and a percentage basis, was primarily due to expenses related to equity-based compensation resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R). Equity-based compensation expenses allocated to research and development expenses amounted to $3.1 million in 2006. The increase in research and development expenses was also due to additions to our research and development personnel resulting from the acquisitions of Nuera and Netrake during the third quarter of 2006. We expect that research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollar terms in 2007 as a result of our continued development of new products, as well as the inclusion of Nuera and Netrake for a full year and the inclusion of CTI Squared beginning in April 2007.

         Selling and Marketing Expenses . Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation for selling and marketing personnel, as well as exhibition, travel and related expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased 45.2% in 2006 to $37.7 million from $25.9 million in 2005. As a percentage of revenues, selling and marketing expenses increased to 25.6% in 2006 from 22.4% in 2005. The increase in selling and marketing expenses, on an absolute and a percentage basis, was primarily due to expenses related to equity-based compensation resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R). Equity-based compensation expenses allocated to selling and marketing expenses amounted to $3.6 million in 2006. The increase in selling and marketing expenses was also due to an increase in selling and marketing personnel and amortization expenses as a result of the acquisitions of Nuera and Netrake. Amortization expense allocated to sales and marketing amounted to $ 522 thousands in 2006. We expect that selling and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollar terms as a result of an expected increase in our sales force and marketing activities, as well as the inclusion of Nuera and Netrake for a full year and the inclusion of CTI Squared beginning in April 2007.

         General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for finance, human resources, general management, rent, network and bad debt reserve, as well as insurance and professional services expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 46.0% to $8.8 million in 2006 from $6.0 million in 2005. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.9% in 2006 from 5.2% in 2005. The increase in general and administrative expenses, both on an absolute and a percentage basis, in 2006 was primarily the result of expenses related to equity-based compensation resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R). Equity-based compensation expenses allocated to general and administrative expenses amounted to $1.4 million in 2006. The increase in general and administrative expenses was also due to consolidating the expenses of our Nuera and Netrake subsidiaries, which were acquired in July 2006 and August 2006. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollar terms to support our expected growth, as well as the inclusion of Nuera and Netrake for a full year and the inclusion of CTI Squared beginning in April 2007.

         Equity in Losses of Affiliated Companies, Net . Equity in losses of affiliated companies, net were $916,000 in 2006 compared to $693,000 in 2005. We believe that the products being developed by affiliated companies may enable us to enter new markets and to offer new products.

- 64 -



         Financial Income, Net . Financial income consists primarily of interest derived on cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term marketable securities, short-term and long-term bank deposits and structured notes, net of interest accrued in connection with our senior convertible notes and bank charges. Financial income, net, in 2006 was $3.8 million compared to $2.5 million in 2005. The increase in financial income, net in 2006 was primarily due to higher interest rates and interest income, net, on the remaining net proceeds from our sale of senior convertible notes in November 2004.

         Taxes on Income Our effective tax rate was 4.0% in 2006 and 5.6% in 2005. These relatively low tax rates were mainly the result of the utilization of net operating losses and the Approved Enterprise status granted to our production facilities in Israel.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

         Revenues . Revenues increased 40.0% to $115.8 million in 2005 from $82.8 million in 2004. The increase in revenues was primarily due to an increase of $15.0 million in sales in the United States derived mainly from the inclusion of the results of AudioCodes USA for all of 2005. In 2004, the results of AudioCodes USA were included only beginning with its acquisition in May 2004. Sales in Europe increased by $11.5 million primarily as a result of higher demand in Eastern Europe for our products. Our increase in revenues in 2005 also reflected the increased interest and activity in the market for packet-based VoIP products.

         Gross Profit . Cost of revenues includes the manufacturing cost of hardware, quality assurance, overhead related to manufacturing activity and technology licensing fees payable to third parties. Gross profit increased to $68.8 million in 2005 from $48.4 million in 2004. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased to 59.4% in 2005 from 58.5% in 2004. The increase in our gross profit percentage was primarily a result of higher sales volume that allowed us to leverage our operations as our manufacturing overhead was spread over a larger sales base. In addition, the improvement in gross margin was due to favorable product mix in 2005. The increase in gross profit percentage was also due to our ability to offset the continued decline in average selling prices of our products with a reduction in manufacturing costs. The reduction in manufacturing costs was primarily due to a reduction in our raw material costs.

         Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs of employees engaged in ongoing research and development activities, development-related raw materials and the cost of subcontractors. Research and development expenses increased 22.0% to $24.4 million in 2005, from $20.0 million in 2004 and decreased as a percentage of revenues to 21.1% in 2005 from 24.2% in 2004. The increase in net research and development expenses was primarily due to additions to our research and development personnel resulting from the acquisition of AudioCodes USA during the second quarter of 2004.

         Selling and Marketing Expenses . Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation for selling and marketing personnel, as well as exhibition, travel and related expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased 30.4% in 2005 to $25.9 million from $19.9 million in 2004. As a percentage of revenues, selling and marketing expenses decreased to 22.4% in 2005 from 24.0% in 2004. The increase in selling and marketing expenses was primarily due to an increase in selling and marketing personnel and associated expenses, as well as additional personnel as a result of the acquisition of AudioCodes USA.

- 65 -



         General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for finance, human resources, general management, rent, network and bad debt reserve, as well as insurance and professional services expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 23.8% to $6.0 million in 2005 from $4.9 million in 2004. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.2% in 2005 from 5.9% in 2004. The increase in general and administrative expenses in 2005 was primarily the result of consolidating the expenses of our AudioCodes USA subsidiary, which was acquired in May 2004.

         Equity in Losses of Affiliated Companies, Net . Equity in losses of affiliated companies, net were $693,000 in 2005 compared to $516,000 in 2004.

         Financial Income, Net . Financial income consists primarily of interest derived on cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term marketable securities, short-term and long-term bank deposits and structured notes, net of interest accrued in connection with our senior convertible notes and bank charges. Financial income, net, in 2005 was $2.5 million compared with financial income of $2.2 million in 2004. The increase in financial income during 2005 was primarily due to higher interest rates and interest income, net, on the $120.2 million of net proceeds from our sale of senior convertible notes in November 2004.

         Taxes on Income Our effective tax rate was 5.2% in 2004 and 5.6% in 2005. These relatively low tax rates were mainly achieved as a result of the Approved Enterprise status granted to our production facilities in Israel.

Impact of Inflation, Devaluation and Fluctuation of Currencies on Results of Operations, Liabilities and Assets

        Since the majority of our revenues are paid in or linked to the dollar, we believe that inflation and fluctuations in the NIS/dollar exchange rate have no material effect on our revenues. However, a portion of the cost of our Israeli operations, mainly personnel and facility-related, is incurred in NIS. Inflation in Israel and dollar exchange rate fluctuations, however, have some influence on our expenses and, as a result, on our net income. Our NIS costs, as expressed in dollars, are influenced by the extent to which any increase in the rate of inflation in Israel is not offset (or is offset on a lagging basis) by a devaluation of the NIS in relation to the dollar.

        To protect against the changes in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flows resulting from payments in NIS, we maintain a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of our forecasted expenses denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts. These measures may not adequately protect us from material adverse effects due to the impact of inflation in Israel.

- 66 -



        The following table presents information about the rate of inflation in Israel, the rate of devaluation of the NIS against the dollar, and the rate of inflation in Israel adjusted for the devaluation:

Year ended
December 31,

Israeli inflation rate %
NIS Devaluation Rate %
Israeli inflation adjusted for devaluation %
2004 1.2 (1.6) 2.8
2005 2.4 6.8 (4.4)
2006 (0.1) (8.2) 8.1

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (step two) is only addressed if step one has been satisfied (i.e., the position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained). Under step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more- likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

        FIN 48 applies to all tax positions related to income taxes subject to the Financial Accounting Standard Board Statement No. 109, “Accounting for income taxes” (“FAS 109”). This includes tax positions considered to be “routine” as well as those with a high degree of uncertainty. FIN 48 has expanded disclosure requirements, which include a tabular roll forward of the beginning and ending aggregate unrecognized tax benefits as well as specific detail related to tax uncertainties for which it is reasonably possible the amount of unrecognized tax benefit will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months. These disclosures are required at each annual reporting period unless a significant change occurs in an interim period. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The cumulative effect of applying FIN 48 will be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of FIN 48 on our financial statements.

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). This statement provides a single definition of fair value, a framework for measuring fair value, and expanded disclosures concerning fair value. Previously, different definitions of fair value were contained in various accounting pronouncements creating inconsistencies in measurement and disclosures. SFAS No. 157 applies under those previously issued pronouncements that prescribe fair value as the relevant measure of value, except SFAS No. 123(R) and related interpretations. The statements does not apply to accounting standard that require or permit measurement similar to fair value but are not intended to measure fair value. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 157.

- 67 -



        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, although earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 159 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        We have financed our operations for the last three years, from our sale of convertible notes, as well as with cash from operations in those three years. In November 2004, we raised net proceeds of approximately $120.2 million in a private placement of $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024.

        As of December 31, 2006, we had $133.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term marketable securities, short-term and long-term bank deposits and structured notes, a decrease of approximately $86.7 million from $220.3 million at December 31, 2005. During 2006, we used $82.5 million of cash in connection with our acquisition of Nuera and $13.8 million of our cash in connection with our acquisition of Netrake. We may be required to use an additional $5.0 million of cash in 2007 in connection with the earnout related to our acquisition of Nuera. We also used $1.0 million of cash in 2006 and $5.0 million of cash in February 2007 in connection with our acquisition of CTI and expect to use another $5.0 million of cash in February 2008 in connection with this acquisition.

        Our operating activities provided cash in the amount of $6.6 million in 2006, primarily due to our net income which was partially offset by an increase of $9.8 million in trade receivables and a decrease of $4.7 million in trade and other payables. Our receivables increased primarily as a result of higher sales volume as well as longer payment terms granted by us to our customers. Our payables decreased due to repayment of payable balances after the acquisitions of Nuera and Netrake. Our operating activities provided cash in the amount of $13.3 million in 2005, primarily due to our net income which was partially offset by an increase of $3.5 million in trade receivables and $2.0 million in deferred tax assets. Our receivables increased as a result of higher sales volume and our deferred tax assets increased due to the utilization of net operating losses. Our operating activities provided cash in the amount of $3.5 million in 2004, primarily due to our net income and an increase of $4.8 million in trade payables and other payables and accrued expenses, which were partially offset by an increase of $4.9 million in trade receivables, $3.7 million in inventories and $1.2 million in other receivables and prepaid expenses. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily a result of higher sales volume which also caused us to increase our purchases and result in higher accounts payable. Similarly, our higher sales and sales forecasts resulted in our maintaining higher inventory levels to support growth while keeping lead-times steady or decreasing.

- 68 -



        In 2006, our investing activities used cash in the amount of $61.6 million, primarily due to our investment in Nuera and Netrake, offset in part by the net proceeds from the maturity of bank deposits. In 2005, our investing activities used cash in the amount of $113.0 million, primarily due to our investment of a significant portion of the proceeds from our sale of convertible notes in short-term and long-term marketable securities, short-term and long-term bank deposits and structured notes and payments in connection with the acquisition of AudioCodes USA. In 2004, our investing activities used cash in the amount of $15.9 million, primarily due to the acquisition of AudioCodes USA and UAS and the purchase of property and equipment. Our capital expenditures were $3.1 million in 2006, $2.4 million in 2005 and $4.3 million in 2004. The majority of our capital investment has been for testing equipment, an enterprise resources planning system, computers, peripheral equipment, software, office furniture and leasehold improvements. We used our working capital to finance these expenditures.

        In 2006, financing activities provided $9.2 million due to proceeds from issuance of our shares upon exercise of options and from purchases of our shares under our Employee Stock Purchase Plans. In 2005, financing activities provided $3.8 million due to proceeds from issuance of our shares upon exercise of options and from purchases of our shares under our Employee Stock Purchase Plans. In 2004, financing activities provided $130.4 million, due to the net proceeds of $120.2 million from our private placement of $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024 and $10.2 million from the issuance of our shares upon exercise of options and from purchases of our shares under our Employee Stock Purchase Plans.

        We anticipate that our operating expenses and acquisitions will be a material use of our cash resources for the foreseeable future. We believe that our current working capital is sufficient to meet our present operating cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. Part of our strategy is to pursue acquisition opportunities. If we do not have available sufficient cash to finance our operations and the completion of additional acquisitions, we may be required to obtain additional debt or equity financing. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain, if required, additional financing on acceptable terms or at all.

C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

Research and Development

        In order to accommodate the rapidly changing needs of our markets, we place considerable emphasis on research and development projects designed to improve our existing products and to develop new ones. We are developing more advanced communications boards, analog and digital media gateways for carrier and enterprise applications, media servers and session border controllers. Our platforms will feature increased trunk capacity, new functionalities, enhanced signaling software and compliance with new control protocols. As of December 31, 2006, 312 of our employees were engaged primarily in research and development on a full-time basis. We also employed 10 employees on a part-time basis.

- 69 -



        Our research and development expenses were $35.4 million in 2006 compared to $24.4 million in 2005 and $20.0 million in 2004. From time to time we have received royalty-bearing grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor, or the OCS. As a recipient of grants from the OCS, we are obligated to perform all manufacturing activities for projects subject to the grants in Israel unless we receive an exemption. Know-how from the research and development which is used to produce products may not be transferred to third parties without the approval of the OCS and may further require material payments. The OCS approval is not required for the export of any products resulting from such research or development. Through December 31, 2006, we had obtained grants from the OCS aggregating $2.6 million for certain of our research and development projects. We are obligated to pay royalties to the OCS, amounting to 3%-4.5% of the sales of the products and other related revenues generated from such projects, up to 100% of the grants received, linked to the U.S. dollar and bearing interest at the rate of LIBOR at the time of grant. The obligation to pay these royalties is contingent on actual sales of the products and in the absence of such sales no payment is required.

D. TREND INFORMATION

        The accelerated demand for VoIP technology has impacted our business during the last few years. Over the past few years, the shift from traditional circuit-switched networks to next generation packet-switched networks continued to gain momentum. As data traffic becomes the dominant factor in communications, service providers are building and maintaining converged networks for integrated voice and data services. In addition, underdeveloped markets without basic wire line service in countries such as China and India and certain countries in Eastern Europe are beginning to use VoP technology to deliver voice and data services that were previously unavailable. In addition, the growth in broadband access and related technologies has driven the emergence of alternative service providers. This in turn stimulates competition with incumbent providers, encouraging them to adopt voice over packet technologies. The entry of new industry players and the demand for new equipment have impacted our business in the last few years.

        In 2006, we continued to experience pressure to shorten our lead times in supplying products to customers. Some of our customers are implementing “demand pull” programs by which they only purchase our product very close to the time, if not simultaneously with the time, they plan to sell their product. We are increasing our sales efforts in new markets, such as Latin America, Eastern Europe and Far East. We have introduced new system level products, and applications in our product lines. We are still experiencing low visibility into customer demand for our products and our ability to predict our level of sales.

E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

        We do not have any “off-balance sheet arrangements” as this term is defined in Item 5E of Form 20-F.

- 70 -



F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

        As of December 31, 2006, our contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands):

PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
TOTAL
LESS THAN 1 YEAR
1-3 YEARS
3-5 YEARS
MORE THAN 5 YEARS
 
Senior convertible notes     $ 125,000                     $ 125,000  
Rental and lease commitments       20,641     3,686     6,871     6,212     3,872  
Other commitments       3,734     2,726     1,008     -     -  
 
Total cash obligations     $ 149,375   $ 6,412   $ 7,791   $ 6,212   $ 128,872  

        Our obligation for accrued severance pay under Israel’s Severance Pay Law as of December 31, 2006 was $7.9 million, of which $7.2 million was funded through deposits into severance pay funds, leaving a net obligation of approximately $684,000.

  ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our directors, senior executive officers and key employees at June 15, 2007:

Name
Age
Position
 
Shabtai Adlersberg 54  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Nachum Falek 36  Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer
Hanan Maoz 43  Vice President, Business Operations
Eyal Frishberg 48  Vice President, Operations
Eli Nir 40  Vice President, Research and Development
Lior Aldema 41  Vice President, Marketing and Product Management
Ben Rabinowitz 40  Vice President, Marketing and Sales, North America
Yehuda Hershkovits 40  Vice President, Systems
Tal Dor 38  Vice President, Human Resources
Gary Drutin 46  Vice President, Sales for Europe, Middle East and Latin America
Moshe Tal 53  President and Chief Executive Officer, AudioCodes USA Inc.
David E. Perez 45  Vice President, Sales, Asia Pacific
Joseph Tenne 51  Director
Dr. Eyal Kishon 47  Director
Doron Nevo 51  Director
Karen Sarid 56  Director

- 71 -



         Shabtai Adlersberg co-founded AudioCodes in 1993, and has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since inception. Mr. Adlersberg co-founded DSP Group, a semiconductor company, in 1987. From 1987 to 1990, Mr. Adlersberg served as the Vice President of Engineering of DSP Group, and from 1990 to 1992, he served as Vice President of Advanced Technology. As Vice President of Engineering, Mr. Adlersberg established a research and development team for digital cellular communication which was spun-off in 1992 as DSP Communications. Mr. Adlersberg also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Natural Speech Communication Ltd. and as a director of MailVision Ltd and CTI Squared Ltd. Mr. Adlersberg holds an M.Sc. in Electronics and Computer Engineering from Tel Aviv University and a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion-Israel Institute of Technology, or the Technion.

         Nachum Falek joined AudioCodes in April 2000 and became our Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer in November 2003. From 2000 to 2003, he served as Director of Finance. Prior to joining AudioCodes, Mr. Falek served as Controller at ScanVec-Amiable Ltd. From 1998 to 1999, he was a Manager at Ernst & Young in Israel. Mr. Falek holds a B.A. in Accounting and Economics from Haifa University, an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University, and is a licensed CPA in Israel.

         Hanan Maoz joined AudioCodes in February 2007 as Vice President of Business Operations. Mr. Maoz has over 17 years of experience in enterprise software sales and operations. From August 2003 until joining AudioCodes in 2007, Mr. Maoz was a Managing Director and Co-Founder of PerformanceSoft Israel, a privately held consulting firm providing corporate performance planning and business monitoring. From June 1996 to June 2003, Mr. Maoz worked for Oracle Corp. (Israel) in a variety of executive sales, alliances and business development positions. Mr. Maoz has an MBA in Finance and a MSc. in Information Technologies, both from the Tel-Aviv University, and is expecting his PhD in Industrial Engineering and Management from Ben-Gurion University.

         Eyal Frishberg has served as our Vice President, Operations since October 2000. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Frishberg served as Associate Vice President, SDH Operations in ECI Telecom Ltd., a major telecommunication company. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Frishberg worked in various operational positions in ECI Telecom including as manager of ECI production facility and production control. Mr. Frishberg worked from 1994 until 1997 for ELTA company, part of Israeli Aircraft Industries in the planning and control department. Mr. Frishberg holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering from Tel Aviv University and an M.B.A. from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev.

         Eli Nir has served as our Vice President, Research and Development since April 2001. He has been employed by us since 1996, when he founded and headed our System Software Group in our research and development department. Prior to 1996, Mr. Nir served as an officer in the Technical Unit of the Intelligence Corps of the Israeli Defense Forces (Major), heading both operational units and large development groups mostly related to digital processing. Mr. Nir holds an M.B.A. and an M.Sc. from Tel Aviv University in Digital Speech Processing and a B.Sc. from the Technion.

         Lior Aldema has served as our Vice President, Product Management since January 2002. Mr. Aldema has also served as our Vice President Marketing since February 2003. He has been employed by us since 1998, when he was team leader and later headed our System Software Group in our research and development department. Prior to 1998, Mr. Aldema served as an officer in the Technical Unit of the Intelligence Corps of the Israeli Defense Forces (Major), heading both operational units and large development groups related to various technologies and headed one of the largest projects conducted in the IDF and executed by the Israeli Defense industry corporations. Mr. Aldema holds an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University and a B.Sc. from the Technion.

- 72 -



         Ben Rabinowitz joined us in December, 1999 and became our Vice President of Marketing and Sales for North America in October 2004. Previously, Mr. Rabinowitz served as Vice President of our Systems Group. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Rabinowitz served as Director for Product Marketing at Westell Inc., a broadband access company. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Rabinowitz served as Senior Director within the strategy practice of Technology Solutions Company, a technology consulting firm. Mr. Rabinowitz also previously served in Ernst & Young’s consulting practice from 1994 to 1997, and provided consulting services to telecommunications companies. Mr. Rabinowitz holds an M.B.A. from Georgetown University.

         Yehuda Hershkovits has served as our Vice President, Systems Group since 2003. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Hershkovits served as our Vice President, Advanced Products. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Hershkovits served as our Director of Advanced Technologies. From 1994 to 1998 and during 1999, Mr. Hershkovits held a variety of research and development positions at Advanced Recognition Technologies, Ltd., a voice and handwriting recognition company, heading its research and development from 1999 to 2000 as Vice President, Research and Development. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Hershkovits developed various wireless communication algorithms at Comsys, a telecommunications company. Mr. Hershkovits holds an M.Sc. and a B.Sc., from the Technion both in the area of telecommunications.

         Tal Dor has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since March 2000. For more than three years prior to March 2000, Ms. Dor acted as a consultant in Israel to, among others, telephone and cable businesses, as well as health and social service organizations. Ms. Dor holds a B.A. in psychology, from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev and an M.A. in psychology from Tel Aviv University.

         Gary Drutin has served as our Vice President Sales for Europe, Middle East and Latin America since 2005 and previously held the position of Vice President of Channel Operations and Marketing from 2004 until 2005. From 2001 until 2004, Mr. Drutin was Country Manager and General Manager for Cisco Israel, Cyprus and Malta and from 1997 until 2001 served as regional sales manager for service providers and enterprises for Cisco Israel. From 1990 until 1997, he served in sales management roles at Digital Equipment Corporation Israel. Mr. Drutin holds an M.B.A degree from Tel-Aviv University in Information Systems and Marketing and a B.Sc. degree in Computer Engineering from the Technion.

         Moshe Tal joined us in May 2004 in connection with our acquisition of Ai-Logix, now known as AudioCodes USA, Inc. and serves as the President and CEO of our AudioCodes USA subsidiary. Mr. Tal co-founded Ai-Logix in 1991, and has served as its President and CEO since 1998. Mr. Tal has more than twenty-five years of product design and engineering experience, principally associated with analog and digital signal processing technologies. Mr. Tal holds a B.Sc. in Electronic Engineering from Tel Aviv University

- 73 -



         David E. Perez joined us in February 2002, and became our Vice President of the Asia Pacific region in January 2006. Mr. Perez served as our Vice President of Sales for Latin America, Iberia and the Mediterranean area from 2003 until January 2006. Between 1998 and  2002, Mr. Perez served as Director of the Consulting Division and member of the management team for Oracle in Israel.  From 1988 to 1998 Mr. Perez  led the implementation group  for New Applicom , a member of the Matrix group. Mr. Perez holds a BS.c in Industrial Engineering and Information Systems from the Technion.

         Joseph Tenne has served as one of our directors since June 2003. Mr. Tenne is currently the Chief Financial Officer of Ormat Technologies, Inc., a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, which is engaged in the geothermal and recovered energy business. From 2003 to 2004 Mr. Tenne was the Chief Financial Officer of Treofan Germany GmbH & Co. KG, a German company, which is engaged in the development, production and marketing of oriented polypropylene films, which are mainly used in the food packaging industry. From 1997 until 2003, Mr. Tenne was a partner in Kesselman & Kesselman, Certified Public Accountants in Israel and a member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited. Mr. Tenne holds a B.A. in Accounting and Economics and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University. Mr. Tenne is also a Certified Public Accountant in Israel.

         Dr. Eyal Kishon has served as one of our directors since 1997. Since 1996, Dr. Kishon has been Managing Partner of Genesis Partners, an Israel-based venture capital fund. From 1993 to 1996, Dr. Kishon served as Associate Director of Dovrat-Shrem/Yozma-Polaris Fund Limited Partnership. Prior to that, Dr. Kishon served as Chief Technology Officer at Yozma Venture Capital from 1992 to 1993. Dr. Kishon serves as a director of Allot Communications Ltd and Celtro Inc. From 1991 to 1992, Dr. Kishon was a Research Fellow in the Multimedia Department of IBM Science & Technology. From 1987 to 1989, Dr. Kishon worked in the Robotics Research Department of AT&T Bell Laboratories. Dr. Kishon holds a B.A. in Computer Science from the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology and an M.Sc. and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from New York University.

         Doron Nevo has served as one of our directors since 2000.  Mr. Nevo is President and CEO of KiloLambda Technologies Ltd., an optical subsystems company, which he co-founded in 2001.  From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Nevo was involved in fund raising activities for Israeli-based startup companies.  From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Nevo served as President and CEO of NKO, Inc.  Mr. Nevo established NKO in early 1995 as a startup subsidiary of Clalcom, Ltd. NKO designed and developed a full scale, carrier grade, IP telephony system platform and established its own IP network.  From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Nevo was President and CEO of Clalcom Ltd.  Mr. Nevo established Clalcom in 1992 as a telecom service provider in Israel.  He also serves on the board of a number of companies, including Utility Wireless Corp. (a manufacturer of radio frequency sub-systems), Elcom Technologies (manufacturer of Satcom and digital radio synthesizers), Notox, Ltd. (a biotech company), BioCancell, Inc.and Bank Adanim.  Mr. Nevo holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology and an M.Sc. in Telecommunications Management from Brooklyn Polytechnic.

- 74 -



         Karen Sarid has served as one of our directors since December 2006. She is the General Manager, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer of Galil Medical Israel, a medical device company, that develops, manufactures and markets an innovative cryotherapy platform a position she has held since April 2007. Prior to that, Ms. Sarid was the General Manager of Orex Computed Radiography Ltd., a company owned by Eastman Kodak Co. that focuses on radiography systems for the digital x-ray market, a position she held starting in September 2000. Prior to this, she held the position of Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Orex. From September 1999 until September 2000, she was Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of Forsoft Ltd., a software solutions provider and a subsidiary of the Formula Group. From 1996 until August 1999, Ms. Sarid was Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of ESC Medical Systems Ltd., a medical laser manufacturer which at the time was traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. She was the Chief Financial Officer of LanOptics Ltd. from 1993 through 1996. Ms. Sarid currently serves as a director of Gilat Satellite Networks Ltd., LanOptics Ltd. and Oridion Systems Ltd. Ms. Sarid received a B.A. in Economics and Accounting from Haifa University.

B. COMPENSATION

        The aggregate direct remuneration paid to the 15 persons who served in the capacity of director or senior executive officer during the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $2.2 million, including approximately $223,000 which was set aside for pension and retirement benefits. This does not include amounts expended by us for automobiles made available to our officers, expenses (including business, travel, professional and business association dues and expenses) reimbursed to officers and other fringe benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in Israel.

        Stock options to purchase our ordinary shares granted to persons who served in the capacity of director or executive officer under our 1997 and 1999 Stock Option Plans are generally exercisable at the fair market value at the date of grant, and expire ten years (under the 1997 Plan) and seven years (under the 1999 Plan), respectively, from the date of grant. The options are generally exercisable in four or five equal annual payments, commencing one year from the date of grant.

        A summary of our stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 for the 15 persons who served in the capacity of director or senior executive officer during the year ended December 31, 2006 is as follows:

2004
2005
2006
Number
of
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
of
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
Of
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
Outstanding at the beginning of the year       1,526,702   $ 7.48     1,909,435   $ 9.01     2,006,685   $ 9.06  
    Adjustments to opening balance       (39,600 )         42,500           (44,000 )      
     
   Granted       531,250   $ 11.77     60,000   $ 10.17     220,000   $ 10.33  
   Cancelled       -           -           (20,000 )      
   Exercised       (108,917 ) $ 5.16     (5,250 ) $ 3.77     (90,850 ) $ 5.02  






     
Outstanding at the end of the year       1,909,435   $ 9.11     2,006,685   $ 9.06     2,071,835   $ 9.42  







- 75 -



        As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase 1,451,335 ordinary shares were exercisable by the 15 persons who served as an officer or director during 2006 at an average exercise price of $8.99 per share.

        Under the Israeli Companies Law, the compensation arrangements for officers who are not directors require the approval of the board of directors, unless the articles of association provide otherwise. Arrangements regarding the compensation of directors require the approval of the audit committee, the board and the shareholders, in that order.

C. BOARD PRACTICES

Independent Directors; Audit Committee; Internal Auditor

        Under the Israeli Companies Law, Israeli companies that have offered securities to the public in or outside of Israel are required to appoint at least two “outside” directors. Doron Nevo, Dr. Eyal Kishon and Karen Sarid are our outside directors. Under the requirements for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, we are required to have a majority of our directors be independent as defined by Nasdaq rules. Doron Nevo, Dr. Eyal Kishon, Karen Sarid and Joseph Tenne are independent directors for purposes of the Nasdaq rules.

        To qualify as an outside director under Israeli law, an individual or his affiliates may not have, and may not have had at any time during the previous two years, any affiliation with the company or its affiliates, as such terms are defined in the Companies Law. In addition, no individual may serve as an outside director if the individual’s position or other activities create or may create a conflict of interest with his or her role as an outside director or are likely to interfere with his or her ability to serve as a director. For a period of two years from termination from office, a former outside director may not serve as a director or employee of the company or provide professional services to the company for consideration. Pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law, at least one of the outside directors appointed by a publicly-traded company must have “financial and accounting expertise.” The other outside directors should possess “financial and accounting expertise” or “professional expertise,” as these terms are defined in regulations promulgated under the Companies Law. This requirement does not apply to outside directors elected prior to January 2006. All of the outside directors must serve on the company’s statutory audit committee.

        The outside directors must be elected by the shareholders, including at least one-third of the shares of non-controlling shareholders voted on the matter. However, the outside directors can be elected by shareholders without this one-third approval if the total shares of non-controlling shareholders voted against the election do not represent more than one percent of the voting rights in the company. The term of an outside director is three years and may be extended for one additional three-year term. An outside director can be removed from office only under very limited circumstances. Each committee of a company’s board of directors is required to include at least one outside director. If, at the time outside directors are elected, all current members of the board of directors are of the same gender, then at least one outside director must be of the other gender.

- 76 -



        Under the Companies Law and the requirements for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, our board of directors is required to appoint an audit committee. Our audit committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the outside directors. The audit committee consists of: Dr. Eyal Kishon, Doron Nevo, Joseph Tenne and Karen Sarid. Our Board of Directors has determined that Joseph Tenne is an “audit committee financial expert” and that all members of the Audit Committee are independent under the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq Global Market rules.

        The audit committee may not include the chairman of the board, a controlling shareholder and the members of his immediate family, or any director who is employed by the company or provides services to the company on a regular basis. Under Israeli law, the role of the audit committee is to examine flaws in our business management, in consultation with the internal auditor and the independent accountants, and to propose remedial measures to the board. The audit committee also reviews for approval transactions between the company and office holders or interested parties, as described below.

        We have adopted an audit committee charter as required by the Nasdaq rules. Our audit committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the quality and integrity of our accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices and financial statements and the independence qualifications and performance of our independent auditors. The audit committee also has the authority and responsibility to oversee our independent auditors, to recommend for shareholder approval the appointment and, where appropriate, replacement of our independent auditors and to pre-approve audit fees and all permitted non-audit services and fees.

        Under the Companies Law, our board of directors is also required to appoint an internal auditor proposed by the audit committee. The internal auditor may be our employee, but may not be an interested party or office holder, or a relative of any interested party or office holder, and may not be a member of our independent accounting firm. The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, whether our activities comply with the law and orderly business procedure. Eitan Hashachar CPA has been our internal auditor since January 2001.

        Nasdaq rules require that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection either by a committee composed solely of independent directors or by a majority of independent directors. Our Nominating Committee assists the board of directors in its selection of individuals as nominees for election to the board of directors and/or to fill any vacancies or newly created directorships on the board of directors. The Nominating Committee consists of four members: Dr. Eyal Kishon, Doron Nevo, Joseph Tenne and Karen Sarid. All members of the Nominating Committee are independent under the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq Global Market rules.

        Nasdaq rules also provide that the compensation of a company’s chief executive officer and other executive officers is required to be approved either by a majority of the independent directors on the board or a committee comprised solely of independent directors. Our board of directors has appointed Dr. Eyal Kishon and Joseph Tenne to serve on the compensation committee of the board of directors.

- 77 -



        Pursuant to our articles of association, our directors, other than our outside directors, are classified into three classes (classes I, II and III). The members of each class of directors and the expiration of the term of office is as follows:

Vacant Class I 2007
Joseph Tenne Class II 2008
Shabtai Adlersberg Class III 2009

        We currently do not have a Class I director.

        Our outside directors under the Companies Law, Doron Nevo, Dr. Eyal Kishon and Karen Sarid, are not members of any class and serve in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law. Mr. Nevo’s and Ms. Sarid’s terms end in 2009 and Dr. Kishon’s term ends in 2008.

D. EMPLOYEES

        We had the following number of employees as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 in the areas set forth in the table below:

As of December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Research and development       213     233     312  
Sales & marketing, technical service & support       144     186     240  
Operations       63     73     102  
Management and administration       25     30     47  



        445     522     701  




        Our employees were located in the following areas as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

As of December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Israel       320     373     416  
United States       105     124     234  
Europe       3     5     25  
Far East       15     17     22  
Latin America       2     3     4  



        445     522     701  




- 78 -



        The growth in the number of our employees in 2005 was primarily attributable to an increase in research and development personnel, increased sales and marketing efforts and in 2006 was primarily attributable to our acquisitions of Nuera, now known as AudioCodes San Diego, and Netrake, now known as AudioCodes Texas.

        Israeli labor laws and regulations are applicable to our employees in Israel. These laws principally concern matters such as paid annual vacation, paid sick days, length of the workday, pay for overtime, insurance for work-related accidents, severance pay and other conditions of employment. Israeli law generally requires severance pay, which may be funded by Manager’s Insurance, described below, upon the retirement or death of an employee or termination of employment without cause (as defined under Israeli law). Furthermore, Israeli employees and employers are required to pay predetermined sums to the National Insurance Institute, which include payments for national health insurance. The payments to the National Insurance Institute are approximately 14.8% of wages, of which the employee contributes approximately 65% and the employer contributes approximately 35%.

        Although not legally required, we regularly contribute to a “Manager’s Insurance” fund or to a privately managed pension fund on behalf of our employees located in Israel. These funds provide employees with a lump sum payment upon retirement (or a pension, in case of a pension fund) and severance pay, if legally entitled thereto, upon termination of employment. We provide for payments to a Manager’s Insurance Fund and pension fund contributions in the amount of 13.3% of an employee’s salary on account of severance pay and provident payment or pension, with the employee contributing 5.0% of his salary. We also pay an additional amount of up to 2.5% of certain of our employees’ salaries in connection with disability payments. In addition, we administer an Education Fund for our Israeli employees and pay 7.5% of these employees’ salaries thereto, with the employees contributing 2.5% of their salary.

        Furthermore, our employees are subject to certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists Associations) by order of the Israeli Ministry of Labor and Welfare. These provisions principally concern cost of living increases, recreation pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions above the required minimums. Our employees, as a group, are not currently represented by a labor union. To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages.

- 79 -



E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

        The following table sets forth the share ownership and outstanding number of options of our directors and officers as of June 15, 2007

Name
Total Shares Beneficially
Owned

Percentage of Ordinary Shares
Number of Options
 
Shabtai Adlersberg 5,120,302 13.4 533,718
Nachum Falek *   *
Hanan Maoz *   *
Eyal Frishberg *   *
Eli Nir *   *
Lior Aldema *   *
Ben Rabinowitz *   *
Yehuda Hershkovitz *   *
Tal Dor *   *
Gary Drutin *   *
Moshe Tal *   *
David E. Perez *   *
Joseph Tenne *   *
Dr. Eyal Kishon *   *
Doron Nevo *   *
Karen Sarid *   *

*Less than one percent.

        Our officers and directors have the same voting rights as our other shareholders.

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the options to purchase our ordinary shares held by Mr. Adlersberg as of June 15, 2007. Shabtai Adlersberg

Number of Options
Grant Date
Exercise Price
Exercised
Cancelled
Vesting
Expiration Date
 
  96,000   July 1, 1996     $ 0.61     (96,000 )   -   4 years     July 1, 2006    
  96,000   July 1, 1998     $ 1.10     (72,000 )   -   4 years     July 1, 2008    
  100,000   May 23, 2000     $ 29.16     -     (100,000 ) 4 years     May 23, 2007    
  225,000   December 19, 2001     $ 4.18     -     -   4 years     December 19, 2008    
  9,718   August 9, 2002     $ 2.04     -     -   2 years     August 9, 2009    
  275,000   September 23, 2004     $ 12.84     -     -   4 years     September 23, 2011    

Employee Share Plans

        We have Employee Share Purchase Plans and Employee Share Option Plans for the granting of options to our employees, officers, directors and consultants. Most of these plans are pursuant to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, entitling the beneficiaries who are our employees to tax benefits under Israeli law. There are various conditions that must be met in order to qualify for these benefits, including registration of the options in the name of a trustee for each of the beneficiaries who is granted options. Each option, and any ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of the option, must be held by the trustee at least for a period commencing on the date of grant and ending no later than 30 months after the date of grant, in accordance with the period of time specified by Section 102 of Israel’s Income Tax Ordinance, and deposited in trust with the trustee. There are similar plans for our U.S. employees, which are designed to comply with the corresponding provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

- 80 -



Employee Share Purchase Plans

        We implemented two Employee Share Purchase Plans in May 2001. One plan is for our Israeli employees and the other for all our U.S. and other non-Israeli employees. Under these Plans an aggregate of 2,000,000 of our ordinary shares were reserved for sale to our employees at a price equal to 85% of the lesser of fair market value on the first day or last day of each offering period under the Plans. As of December 31, 2006, we had issued 1,290,013 of our ordinary shares pursuant to purchases under these plans.

Employee Share Option Plans

        In 1999, our board restated three 1997 Employee Share Option Plans for our Israeli employees, officers, directors and consultants and two 1997 Share Option Plans for our U.S. employees, officers, directors and consultants. Additionally, in 1999 our board adopted an Employee Share Option Plan for our Israeli employees, officers, directors and consultants, and an Employee Share Option Plan for our U.S. employees, officers, directors and consultants. The terms of the 1999 Plans are substantially the same as those of the 1997 Plans, but have reduced the exercise period from 10 to 7 years. The board has the ability to grant options with longer or shorter terms. The terms of the 1999 Plans have been modified slightly since they were adopted and in 2003, the Israeli Plan was changed to conform to amendments to the Israeli Income Tax law.

        As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase a total of 6,009,621 shares are outstanding under the 1997 and 1999 Israeli Plans and options to purchase a total of 2,006,205 shares are outstanding under the 1997 U.S. Plan. In addition, a reserve of 1,016,000 shares has been made available for grant under the 1999 Israeli Plan and a reserve of 327,000 shares has been made available for grant under the 1999 U.S. Plan. However, subject to our board deciding otherwise, each year on July 1, starting with July 1999, the number of shares that will be made available for grant under both of the 1999 Plans, will be automatically increased to that number of shares that is equal to 5% of our outstanding share capital on such a date.

        The holders of options under all of the plans are responsible for all personal tax consequences relating to the options. The exercise prices of the options are based on the fair value of the ordinary shares at the time of grant as determined by our board of directors. The current practice of our board of directors is to grant options with exercise prices that equal 100% of the closing price of our ordinary shares on the applicable date of grant.

- 81 -



  ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

        To our knowledge, (A) we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled (i) by another corporation or (ii) by any foreign government and (B) there are no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of AudioCodes. The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2006, the number of our ordinary shares, which constitute our only voting securities, beneficially owned by (i) all shareholders known to us to own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, and (ii) all of our directors and senior executive officers as a group.

Identity of Person or Group
Amount Owned
Percent of Class
 
Shabtai Adlersberg (1)       5,615,051     13.3 %
Leon Bialik (2)       4,030,882     9.6 %
Soros Fund Management LLC (3)       2,781,937     6.6 %
FMR Corp. (4)       2,678,264     6.4 %
Kern Capital (5)       2,300,600     5.5 %
All directors and senior executive officers as a group (16 persons) (6)       6,675,768     15.9 %


(1) Includes options to purchase 496,218 shares, exercisable within sixty days of December 31, 2006.
(2) The information is derived from a statement on Schedule 13G/A, dated February 12, 2007 of Leon Bialik filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(3) The information is derived from a statement on Schedule 13G, dated March 26, 2007, of Soros Fund Management LLC, George Soros, Robert Soros and Jonathan Soros filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All of the shares beneficially owned are issuable upon conversion of our senior convertible notes held by Soros Fund Management. These convertible notes were acquired subsequent to December 31, 2006.
(4) The information is derived from the joint statement on Schedule 13G/A, dated January 10, 2007, of FMR Corp., Edward C. Johnson 3d, Fidelity Management & Research Company and Fid Blue Chip Growth Fund filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of FMR Corp. is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. The shares beneficially owned include 534,474 shares issuable upon conversion of our senior convertible notes held by FMR.
(5) The information is derived from a statement on Schedule 13G, dated February 14, 2007 of Kern Capital Management, Robert E. Kern Jr. and David G. Kern filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(6) Includes 1,451,335 ordinary shares, which may be purchased pursuant to options exercisable within sixty days following December 31, 2006.

        Mr. Adlersberg held 13.1% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2006, as compared to 13.3% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2005 and 13.4% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2004.

        Mr. Bialik held 9.6% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2006 as compared to 9.9% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

        FMR Corp. held 6.4% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2006 (including shares issuable upon conversion of our senior convertible notes), as compared to 14.2% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2005 and 8.2% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2004.

        Kern Capital held 5.5% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2006 as compared to 6.9% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2005 and 6.7% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2004.

- 82 -



        As of June 15, 2007, there were approximately 24 holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States, although we believe that the number of beneficial owners of the ordinary shares is significantly greater. The number of record holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees.

        The major shareholders have the same voting rights as the other shareholders.

B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        None

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        See Item 18.

  ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

        Our ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market and The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange under the symbol “AUDC.”

        In accordance with Rule 4350(a)(1) of the Rules of Corporate Governance of Nasdaq, we have received an exemption from the requirement to distribute an annual report to our shareholders prior to our annual meeting of shareholders.  The basis for the exemption is that the generally accepted business practice in Israel, where we are incorporated, is not to distribute an annual report to shareholders.  We post our Annual Report on Form 20-F on our web site ( www.audiocodes.com ) as soon as practical following the filing of the Annual Report on Form 20-F with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our ordinary shares as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market (which was called Nasdaq National Market until June 30, 2006 when it changed its name to Nasdaq Global Market).

- 83 -



Calendar Year
Price Per Share
High
Low
 
2006      $ 14.64   $ 8.77  
2005      $ 17.00   $ 8.67  
2004      $ 16.88   $ 8.48  
2003      $ 11.74   $ 2.10  
2002      $ 5.91   $ 1.61  

Calendar Period
Price Per Share
High
Low
 
2007                   
      Second quarter (through June 15, 2007)     $ 7.19   $ 5.01  
      First quarter     $ 10.40   $ 6.60  
2006     
      Fourth quarter     $ 11.24   $ 8.77  
      Third quarter     $ 11.33   $ 9.13  
      Second quarter     $ 14.33   $ 10.38  
      First quarter     $ 14.64   $ 11.36  
2005     
      Fourth quarter     $ 11.90   $ 9.62  
      Third quarter     $ 11.20   $ 8.95  
      Second quarter     $ 12.18   $ 8.67  
      First quarter     $ 17.00   $ 10.66  

Calendar Month
Price Per Share
High
Low
2007                   
      May     $ 6.69   $ 5.01  
      April     $ 7.19   $ 6.60  
      March     $ 9.72   $ 6.60  
      February     $ 10.40   $ 9.56  
      January     $ 10.35   $ 9.38  
2006     
      December     $ 10.00   $ 9.15  

- 84 -



        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our ordinary shares as reported by The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. Our shares commenced trading on The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange on October 21, 2001. All share prices shown in the following table are in NIS. As of December 31, 2006, the exchange rate was equal to approximately 4.225 NIS per U.S. $1.00.

Calendar Year
Price Per Share
High
Low
 
2006              NIS 66.27     NIS 38.10  
2005              NIS 73.80     NIS 40.20  
2004              NIS 74.90     NIS 39.10  
2003              NIS 53.50     NIS 10.42  
2002              NIS 26.94     NIS   7.41  
     
Calendar Period
Price Per Share
High
Low
 
2007     
      Second quarter (through June 15, 2007)       NIS 28.66     NIS 22.00  
      First quarter       NIS 44.00     NIS 27.82  
2006     
      Fourth quarter       NIS 48.20     NIS 38.10  
      Third quarter       NIS 45.40     NIS 41.00  
      Second quarter       NIS 65.27     NIS 47.65  
      First quarter       NIS 66.27     NIS 50.90  
2005     
      Fourth quarter       NIS 53.70     NIS 46.55  
      Third quarter       NIS 50.05     NIS 41.06  
      Second quarter       NIS 53.97     NIS 40.20  
      First quarter       NIS 73.80     NIS 46.91  
 
Calendar Month
Price Per Share
High
Low
 
     
2007     
      May       NIS 27.38     NIS 22.00  
      April       NIS 28.66     NIS 27.13  
      March       NIS 40.90     NIS 27.82  
      February       NIS 43.89     NIS 40.70  
      January       NIS 44.00     NIS 38.89  
2006     
      December       NIS 41.80     NIS 38.70  

B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Not applicable.

- 85 -



C. MARKETS

        Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “AUDC”. Our ordinary shares are also listed for trading on The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange under the symbol “AUDC”. In addition, we are aware of our ordinary shares being traded on the following markets: Frankfurt Stock Exchange, Berlin Stock Exchange, Munich Stock Exchange and XETRA.

D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        Not applicable.

E. DILUTION

        Not applicable.

F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. SHARE CAPITAL

        Not applicable.

B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Objects and Purposes

        Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 520044132. Our objects and purposes, set forth in Section 2 of our memorandum of association, are:

  to plan, develop and market voice signal systems;

  to purchase, import, market and wholesale and retail distribute, in Israel and abroad, consumption goods and accompanying products;

  to serve as representatives of bodies, entrepreneurs and companies from Israel and abroad with respect to their activities in Israel and abroad; and

  to carry out any activity as determined by the lawful management.

Borrowing Powers

        The board of directors has the power to cause us to borrow money and to secure the payment of borrowed money. The board of directors specifically has the power to issue bonds or debentures, and to impose mortgages or other security interests on all or any part of our property.

- 86 -



Amendment of Articles of Association

        Shareholders may amend our articles of association by a resolution adopted at a shareholders meeting by the holders of 50% of voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting thereon.

Dividends

        Under the Israeli Companies Law, we may pay dividends only out of our profits. The amount of any dividend to be distributed among shareholders is based on the nominal value of their shares. Our board of directors has determined that we will not distribute any amounts of our undistributed tax exempt income as dividend. We intend to reinvest our tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as a dividend. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided on income attributable to our Approved Enterprise program as the undistributed tax exempt income is essentially permanent in duration.

Voting Rights and Powers

        Unless any shares have special rights as to voting, every shareholder has one vote for each share held of record. A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any shareholders meeting unless all calls then payable by him in respect of his shares have been paid (this does not apply to separate meetings of the holders of a particular class of shares with respect to the modification or abrogation of their rights).

        Under our articles of association, we may issue preferred shares from time to time, in one or more series. However, in connection with our listing on The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange in 2001, we agreed that for such time as our ordinary shares are traded on The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange, we will not issue any of the 2,500,000 preferred shares, nominal value NIS 0.01, authorized in our articles of association. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may issue preferred shares if the preference of those shares is limited to a preference in the distribution of dividends and such preferred shares have no voting rights.

Business Combinations

        Our articles of association impose restrictions on our ability to engage in any merger, asset or share sale or other similar transaction with a shareholder holding 15% or more of our voting shares.

Winding Up

        Upon our liquidation, our assets available for distribution to shareholders will be distributed to them in proportion to the nominal value of their shares.

Redeemable Shares

        We may issue and redeem redeemable shares.

- 87 -



Modification of Rights

        Subject to the provisions of our memorandum of association, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred upon the holders of our existing shares, we may, from time to time, by a resolution approved by the holders of 75% voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting thereon, provide for shares with such preferred or deferred rights or rights of redemption, or other special rights and/or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividends, voting repayment of share capital or otherwise, as may be stipulated in such resolution.

        If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, we may modify or abrogate the rights attached to any class, unless otherwise provided by the articles of association, by a resolution approved by the holders of 75% voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting thereon, subject to the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class.

        The provisions of our articles of association relating to general meetings also apply to any separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of a particular class, except that two or more members holding not less than 75% of the issued shares of that class must be present in person or by proxy at that separate general meeting for a quorum to exist.

        Unless otherwise provided by our articles of association, the increase of an authorized class of shares, or the issuance of additional shares thereof out of the authorized and unissued share capital, shall not be deemed to modify or abrogate the rights attached to previously issued shares of that class or of any other class.

Shareholders Meetings

        An annual meeting of shareholders is to be held once a year, within 15 months after the previous annual meeting. The annual meeting may be held in Israel or outside of Israel, as determined by the board of directors.

        The board of directors may, whenever it thinks fit, convene a special shareholders meeting. The board must convene a special shareholders meeting at the request of:

  at least two directors;

  at least one-quarter of the directors in office; or

  shareholders who hold at least 5% of the outstanding equity and at least 1% of the voting rights, or at least 5% of the outstanding voting rights.

        A special shareholders meeting may be held in Israel or outside of Israel, as determined by the board of directors.

- 88 -



Notice of General Meetings; Omission to Give Notice

        The provisions of the Companies Law and the related regulations override the provisions of our articles of association, and provide for notice of a meeting of shareholders to be sent to each registered shareholder at least 21 days or 35 days in advance of the meeting. Notice of a meeting of shareholders must also be published in two Israeli newspapers prior to the record date for the meeting.

        Notice of a meeting of shareholders must specify the type of meeting, the place and time of the meeting, the agenda, a summary of the proposed resolutions, the majority required to adopt the proposed resolutions, and the record date for the meeting. The notice must also include the address and telephone number of our registered office, and a list of times at which the full text of the proposed resolutions may be examined at the registered office.

        The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to any shareholder, or the non-receipt of notice sent to such shareholder, does not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting.

Limitations on Foreign Shareholders to Hold or Exercise Voting Rights

        There are no limitations on foreign shareholders in our articles of association. Israeli law restricts the ability of citizens of countries that are in a state of war with Israel to hold shares of Israeli companies.

Approval of Transactions under Israeli Law

        The Companies Law imposes fiduciary duties that “office holders,” including directors and executive officers, owe to their company. An office holder’s fiduciary duties consist of a duty of care and a duty of loyalty.

        The duty of care generally requires an office holder to act with the level of care which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. This includes the duty to use reasonable means to obtain information regarding the advisability of a given action submitted for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position and all other relevant information material to these actions. The duty of loyalty generally requires an office holder to act in good faith and for the good of the company. Specifically, an office holder must avoid any conflict of interest between the office holder’s position in the company and his or her other positions or personal affairs. In addition, an office holder must avoid competing against the company or exploiting any business opportunity of the company for his or her own benefit or the benefit of others. An office holder must also disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs that the office holder has received due to his or her position in the company. The term “office holder” includes any person who, either formally or in substance, serves as a director, general manager or chief executive officer, or who reports directly to the general manager or chief executive officer. Each person listed in the table under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees–A. Directors and Senior Management” above is an “office holder” of AudioCodes.

- 89 -



        Under the Companies Law, all arrangements as to compensation of office holders who are not directors require approval of the board of directors and, in certain cases, the prior approval of the audit committee. Arrangements as to compensation of directors also require audit committee and shareholder approval.

        The Companies Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose any personal interest that he or she may have, and all related material information known to him or her, in connection with any existing or proposed transaction by the company. A personal interest of an office holder includes a personal interest of the office holder’s relative or a corporation in which the office holder or the office holder’s relative is a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager or has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager. “Personal interest” does not apply to a personal interest stemming merely from holding shares in the company.

        The office holder must make the disclosure of his personal interest no later than the first meeting of the company’s board of directors that discusses the particular transaction. The office holder’s duty to disclose shall not apply in the event that the personal interest only results from a personal interest of the office holder’s relative in a transaction that is not an extraordinary transaction. An extraordinary transaction is a transaction not in the ordinary course of business, not on market terms, or likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

        For a transaction that is not an extraordinary transaction, under the Companies Law, once the office holder complies with the above disclosure requirement, the board of directors is authorized to approve the transaction, unless the articles of association provide otherwise. Our articles of association do not provide otherwise. Such approval must determine that the transaction is not adverse to the company’s interest. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, or if it concerns exculpation, indemnification or insurance of an office holder, then it also must be approved by the company’s audit committee and board of directors, and, under certain circumstances, by the shareholders of the company. An office holder who has a personal interest in a matter that is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee generally may not be present at this meeting or vote on this matter unless a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee has a personal interest in the matter. If a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee has a personal interest in the transaction, shareholder approval also would be required.

Duties of Shareholders

        Under the Companies Law, the disclosure requirements that apply to an office holder also apply to a controlling shareholder of a public company. A controlling shareholder is a shareholder who has the ability to direct the activities of a company, including a shareholder that owns 25% or more of the voting rights if no other shareholder owns more than 50% of the voting rights, but excluding a shareholder whose power derives solely from his or her position on the board of directors or any other position with the company. Two or more shareholders with a personal interest in the approval of the same transaction are deemed to be one shareholder for the purpose of being a “controlling shareholder.” Extraordinary transactions, including a private placement, with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and the engagement of a controlling shareholder as an office holder or employee, generally require the approval of the audit committee, the board of directors and the shareholders. The shareholder approval must include at least one-third of the shares of non-interested shareholders voted on the matter. However, the transaction can be approved by shareholders without this one-third approval if the total shares of non-interested shareholders voted against the transaction do not represent more than one percent of the voting rights in the company.

- 90 -



        In addition, under the Companies Law, each shareholder has a duty to act in good faith toward the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing his or her power in the company, such as in shareholder votes. In addition, specified shareholders have a duty of fairness toward the company. These shareholders include any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, pursuant to the provisions of the articles of association, has the power to appoint an office holder or any other power with respect to the company. A recent amendment to the Companies Law provides that a breach of the duty of fairness will be governed by the laws governing breach of contract, mutatis mutandis . However, the Companies Law does not define the substance of this duty of fairness.

Insurance, Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers; Limitations on Liability

Insurance of Office Holders

        The Companies Law permits a company, if permitted by its articles of association, to insure an office holder in respect of liabilities incurred by the office holder as a result of:

  the breach of his or her duty of care to the company or to another person, or

  the breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the company,

to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable cause to believe that the act would not prejudice the company. A company can also insure an office holder against monetary liabilities imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party as a result of an act or omission that the office holder committed in connection with his or her serving as an office holder.

         Indemnification of Office Holders

        Under the Companies Law, a company can, if permitted by its articles of association, indemnify an office holder for any of the following obligations or expenses incurred in connection with his or her acts or omissions as an office holder:

- 91 -



  monetary liability imposed upon the office holder in favor of other persons pursuant to a court judgment, including a compromise judgment or an arbitrator’s decision approved by a court;

  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against the office holder by a competent authority, provided that such investigation or proceeding concluded without the filing of an indictment against the office holder or the imposition of any financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings, or concluded without the filing of an indictment against the office holder and a financial liability was imposed on the office holder in lieu of criminal proceedings with respect to a criminal offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and

  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually incurred by the office holder or imposed upon the office holder by a court, in an action, suit or proceeding brought against the office holder by or on behalf of the company or other persons; in a criminal action in which the office holder was acquitted; or in a criminal action which does not require criminal intent in which the office holder was convicted. A company may also exculpate an office holder in advance, in whole or in part, from liability for damages sustained by a breach of duty of care to the company.

        A company may indemnify an office holder in respect of these liabilities either in advance of an event or following an event. If a company undertakes to indemnify an office holder in advance of an event, the indemnification, other than legal costs, must be limited to foreseeable events in light of the company’s actual activities when the company undertook such indemnification, and reasonable amounts or standards, as determined by the board of directors.

         Exculpation of Office Holders

        Under the Companies Law, a company may, if permitted by its articles of association, also exculpate an office holder in advance, in whole or in part, from liability for damages sustained by a breach of duty of care to the company.

        Furthermore, a company can, with one limited exception, exculpate an office holder in advance, in whole or in part, from liability for damages sustained by a breach of duty of care to the company.

         Limitations on Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification

        Under the Companies Law, a company may indemnify or insure an office holder against a breach of duty of loyalty only to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to assume that the action would not prejudice the company. In addition, a company may not indemnify, insure or exculpate an office holder against a breach of duty of care if committed intentionally or recklessly (excluding mere negligence), or committed with the intent to derive an unlawful personal gain, or for a fine or forfeit levied against the office holder in connection with a criminal offense.

- 92 -



        Our articles of association allow us to insure, indemnify and exculpate office holders to the fullest extent permitted by law, provided such insurance or indemnification is approved in accordance with law. Pursuant to the Companies Law, exculpation of, procurement of insurance coverage for, and an undertaking to indemnify or indemnification of, our office holders must be approved by our audit committee and our board of directors and, if the office holder is a director, also by our shareholders.

        We have entered into agreements with each of our directors and senior officers to insure, indemnify and exculpate them against some types of claims, subject to dollar limits and other limitations. These agreements provide, subject to Israeli law, for us to indemnify each of these directors and senior officers for any of the following obligations or expenses that they may incur:

  n monetary liability imposed on the director or senior officer in favor of a third party in a judgment, including a settlement or an arbitral award confirmed by a court, for an act that the director or senior officer performed by virtue of being our director or senior officer,

  n reasonable legal costs, including attorneys’ fees, expended by a director or senior officer as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against the director or senior officer by a competent authority, provided that such investigation or proceeding concludes without the filing of an indictment against the director or senior officer and either:

  š no financial liability was imposed on the director or senior officer in lieu of criminal proceedings, or

  š financial liability was imposed on the director or senior officer in lieu of criminal proceedings but the alleged criminal offense does not require proof of criminal intent, and

  n reasonable legal costs, including attorneys’ fees, expended by the director or senior officer or for which the director or senior officer is charged by a court:

  š in an action brought against the director or senior officer by us, on our behalf or on behalf of a third party,

  š in a criminal action in which the director or senior officer is found innocent, or

  š in a criminal action in which the director or senior officer is convicted but in which proof of criminal intent is not required.

        We have entered into agreements with each of our directors and senior officers to insure, indemnify and exculpate them to the full extent permitted by law against some types of claims, subject to dollar limits and other limitations. These agreements have been ratified by our audit committee, board of directors and shareholders. We have acquired directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering our officers and directors and the officers and directors of our subsidiaries against certain claims.

- 93 -



C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

        On July 6, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Nuera, which became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Under the acquisition agreement, Nuera was acquired for a purchase price of $82.5 million in cash, subject to reduction for certain expenses, plus an earn out arrangement under which we have agreed to pay up to an additional $5 million if Nuera achieves certain revenue milestones during the first twelve months after consummation of the transaction.

        On August 14, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Netrake, which became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Under the definitive agreement, Netrake was acquired for a purchase price of $13.8 million in cash.

        In April 2007, we completed the acquisition of CTI Squared Ltd. We exercised an option to acquire the remaining shares of CTI Squared Ltd. for a purchase price of $10 million, with $5 million paid in cash at the closing and $5 million payable in cash by February 28, 2008.

D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

        Since January 1, 2003, all exchange control restrictions imposed by the State of Israel have been removed, although there are still reporting requirements for foreign currency transactions. However, legislation remains in effect pursuant to which currency controls can be imposed by administrative action at any time. Nonresidents of Israel who purchase our ordinary shares are able to receive any dividends thereon (and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation and winding up of our affairs) freely repatriable in non-Israeli currency, provided that Israeli income tax has been paid or withheld on such amounts (see “Item 10. Additional Information–E. Taxation–Israeli Tax Considerations–Tax on Dividends”).

        Non-residents of Israel may freely hold and trade our ordinary shares, and the proceeds of sale thereof are not subject to Israeli currency control restrictions. Our memorandum of association and articles of association do not restrict in any way the ownership of ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel and neither our memorandum of association and articles of association nor Israeli law restricts the voting rights of non-residents, except with respect to citizens of countries that are in a state of war with Israel.

E. TAXATION

        The following is a summary of the material Israeli and United States federal tax consequences, Israeli foreign exchange regulations and certain Israeli government programs affecting us. To the extent that the discussion is based on new tax or other legislation that has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed in the discussion will be accepted by the tax or other authorities in question. The discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice, is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and should not be relied upon for tax planning purposes. Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli tax, United States federal income tax and other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

- 94 -



Israeli Tax Considerations

General Corporate Tax Structure

        Israeli companies were generally subject to corporate tax at the rate of 31% of their taxable income in 2006. Pursuant to tax reform legislation that came into effect in 2005, the corporate tax rate is to undergo further staged reductions to 25% by the year 2010. In order to implement these reductions, the corporate tax rate in Israel is scheduled to decline to 29% in 2007, 27% in 2008 and 26% in 2009. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from an approved enterprise (as discussed below) may be considerably less.

Tax Benefits Under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959

        Our facilities have been granted approved enterprise status pursuant to the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 or the Investment Law, which provides certain tax and financial benefits to investment programs that have been granted such status.

        The Investment Law provides that a proposed capital investment in eligible facilities may be designated as an “approved enterprise.” Until recently, the designation required advance approval from the Investment Center of the Israel Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor (the Investment Center). Each certificate of approval for an approved enterprise relates to a specific investment program delineated both by its financial scope, including its capital sources, and by its physical characteristics, such as the equipment to be purchased and utilized pursuant to the program. The tax benefits under the Investment Law are not available for income derived from products manufactured outside of Israel.

        A company owning an approved enterprise may elect to receive either governmental grants or an alternative package of tax benefits. Under the alternative package, a company’s undistributed income derived from an approved enterprise will be exempt from corporate tax for a period of two to ten years (depending on the geographic location of the approved enterprise within Israel). The exemption commences in the first year of taxable income, and the company is taxed at a reduced corporate rate of 10% to 25% for the following five to eight years, depending on the extent of foreign shareholders’ ownership of the company’s ordinary shares. The benefits period is limited to twelve years from completion of the investment under the approved plan or fourteen years from the date of approval, whichever is earlier. A Foreign Investors Company, or FIC, defined in the Investment Law as a company of which more than 25% of its shareholders are non-Israeli residents, may enjoy benefits for a period of up to ten years, or twelve years if it complies with certain export criteria stipulated in the Investment Law (the actual length of the benefits period is graduated based on the percentage of foreign ownership).

- 95 -



        We have elected the alternative package of tax exemptions and reduced tax rates for our production facilities that have received Approved Enterprise status. Accordingly, income derived from these facilities is generally entitled to a tax-exemption period of two to four years and a reduced corporate tax rate of 10% to 25% for an additional period of six to eight years, based on our percentage of foreign investment. The tax benefits for our existing Approved Enterprise programs are scheduled to gradually expire by 2013. The period of tax benefits for each capital investment plan expires upon the earlier of: (1) twelve years from completion of the investment under the approved plan, or (2) fourteen years from receipt of approval.

        Out of our retained earnings as of December 31, 2006, approximately $540,000 are tax-exempt. If we were to distribute this tax-exempt income before our complete liquidation, it would be taxed at the reduced corporate tax rate applicable to these profits (10% to 25%), and an income tax liability of up to approximately $135,000 would be incurred. Our board of directors has determined that we will not distribute any amounts of our undistributed tax exempt income as dividend. We intend to reinvest our tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as a dividend. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided on income attributable to our Approved Enterprise.

        If we fail to meet the requirements of an Approved Enterprise we would be subject to corporate tax in Israel at the regular statutory rate. We could also be required to refund tax benefits, with interest and adjustments for inflation based on the Israeli consumer price index.

        The tax benefits derived from any certificate of approval relate only to taxable income attributable to the specific approved enterprise. If a company has more than one approval or only a portion of its capital investments are approved, its effective tax rate is the result of a weighted combination of the applicable rates.

        Our production facilities have been granted the status of approved enterprise. Income arising from our approved enterprise facilities is tax-free under the alternative package of benefits described above and entitled to reduced tax rates based on the level of foreign ownership for specified periods. We have derived, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial portion of our operating income from our approved enterprise facilities. The tax benefits attributable to our current approved enterprises are scheduled to expire gradually from 2007 to 2013.

        Distribution of earnings derived from approved enterprise which were previously taxed at reduced tax rates, would not result in additional tax consequences to us. However, if retained tax-exempt income is distributed in a manner, we would be taxed at the reduced corporate tax rate applicable to such profits (between 10%-25%). We are not obliged to distribute exempt retained earnings under the alternative package of benefits, and may generally decide from which source of income to declare dividends. We currently intend to reinvest the amount of our tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as a dividend. Dividends from approved enterprises are generally taxed at a rate of 15% (which is withheld and paid by the company paying the dividend) if such dividend is distributed during the benefits period or within twelve years thereafter. The twelve-year limitation does not apply to an FIC.

        Future approved enterprises will be reviewed separately, and the decisions whether to approve or reject a designation as an approved enterprise will be based, among other things, on the criteria set forth in the Investment Law and related regulations, the then prevailing policy of the Investment Center, and the specific objectives and financial criteria of the company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any new investment programs will be approved as approved enterprises. In addition, the benefits available to an approved enterprise are conditional upon the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and related regulations and the criteria set forth in the specific certificate of approval. In the event that a company does not meet these conditions, it will be subject to corporate tax at the rate then in effect under Israeli law for such tax year. As of December 31, 2006, management believes that we meet all of the aforementioned conditions.

- 96 -



        On April 1, 2005, an amendment to the law came into effect (the “Amendment”) and has significantly changed the provisions of the law. The Amendment limits the scope of enterprises which may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as a Beneficiary Enterprise, such as provisions generally requiring that at least 25% of the Beneficiary Enterprise’s income will be derived from export. Additionally, the Amendment enacted major changes in the manner in which tax benefits are awarded under the law so that companies no longer require Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax benefits.

        In addition, the law provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval granted prior to December 31, 2004 will remain subject to the provisions of the law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore, our existing “Approved Enterprises” will generally not be subject to the provisions of the Amendment. As a result of the Amendment, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the law as amended, will subject us to taxes upon distribution or liquidation and we may be required to record a deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income.

Law for the Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development, 1984

        Under the Law for the Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development, 1984 and the related regulations, or the Research Law, research, development and pre-manufacturing programs that meet specified criteria and are approved by a governmental committee (the Research Committee) of the Office of Chief Scientist (OCS) are eligible for grants of up to 50% of the expenditures on the program. Each application to the OCS is reviewed separately, and grants are based on the program approved by the Research Committee. Expenditures supported under other incentive programs of the State of Israel are not eligible for OCS grants. As a result, we cannot be sure that applications to the OCS will be approved or, if approved, that we will receive the amounts for which we apply.

        Recipients of these grants are required to pay royalties on the revenues derived from the sale of product developed in accordance with the program. The royalties are payable at the rate of 3% of revenues during the first three years, 4% of revenues during the following three years, and 5% of revenues in the seventh year and thereafter, with the total royalties not to exceed 100% of the dollar value of the OCS grant.

        The terms of the Israeli government participation require that products developed with OCS grants must generally be manufactured in Israel. If we receive OCS approval for any portion of this manufacturing to be performed outside of Israel, the royalty rate would be increased and the repayment schedule would be accelerated, based on the extent of the manufacturing conducted outside of Israel. Depending upon the extent of the manufacturing volume that is performed outside of Israel, the ceiling on royalties would increase to 120%, 150% or 300% of the grant. Under an amendment to the Research Law effective June 7, 2005, the authority of the Research Committee to approve the transfer of manufacture outside of Israel was expanded.

- 97 -



        The technology developed pursuant to the terms of these grants may not be transferred to third parties without the prior approval of the Research Committee. This approval is required only for the export of the technology, and not for the export of any products that incorporate the sponsored technology. Approval of the transfer of technology may be granted only if the recipient agrees to abide by all the provisions of the Research Law, including the restrictions on the transfer of know-how and the obligation to pay royalties in an amount that may be increased. The amendment to the Research Law effective June 7, 2005 granted authority to the Research Committee to approve the transfer of sponsored technology outside of Israel, subject to various conditions.

        We have received grants from the OCS, and therefore we are subject to various restrictions under the Research Law on the transfer of technology or manufacturing. These restrictions do not terminate upon the full payment of royalties.

        In order to meet specified conditions in connection with the grants and programs of the OCS, we have made representations to the Government of Israel about our Israeli operations. From time to time the conduct of our Israeli operations has deviated from our representations. If we fail to meet the conditions to grants, including the maintenance of a material presence in Israel, or if there is any material deviation from the representations made by us to the Israeli government, we could be required to refund the grants previously received (together with an adjustment based on the Israeli consumer price index and an interest factor) and would likely be ineligible to receive OCS grants in the future.

Tax Benefits Under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969

        According to the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969, or the Industry Encouragement Law, an “industrial company” is a company resident in Israel, that at least 90% of its income, in any tax year (determined in Israeli currency, exclusive of income from certain government loans, capital gains, interest and dividends) is derived from an industrial enterprise owned by it. An industrial enterprise is defined as an enterprise whose major activity in a given tax year is industrial production activity. We currently believe that we qualify as an industrial company within the definition of the Industry Encouragement Law. Under the Industry Encouragement Law, industrial companies are entitled to the following preferred corporate tax benefits:

  deduction of purchases of know-how and patents over an eight-year period for tax purposes;

  the right to elect, under specified conditions, to file a consolidated tax return with related Israeli industrial companies; and

  accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings.

- 98 -



        Eligibility for the benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. The Israeli tax authorities may determine that we do not qualify as an industrial company, which would entail our loss of the benefits that relate to this status. In addition, no assurance can be given that we will continue to qualify as an industrial company, in which case the benefits described above will not be available in the future.

Special Provisions Relating to Measurement of Taxable Income

        We elected to measure our taxable income and file our tax return under the Israeli Income Tax Regulations (Principles Regarding the Management of Books of Account of Foreign Invested Companies and Certain Partnerships and the Determination of Their Taxable Income), 1986. Accordingly, commencing taxable year 2003, results for tax purposes are measured in terms of earnings in dollars.

Capital Gains Tax

        Israeli law generally imposes a capital gains tax on the sale of publicly traded securities. Pursuant to changes made to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance in January 2006, capital gains on the sale of our ordinary shares will be subject to Israeli capital gains tax, generally at a rate of 20% unless the holder holds 10% or more of our voting power during the 12 months preceding the sale, in which case it will be subject to a 25% capital gains tax.

        However, as of January 1, 2003, non-Israeli residents are exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale of shares publicly traded on the TASE, provided such gains do not derive from a permanent establishment of such shareholders in Israel. Non-Israeli residents are also exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale of shares of Israeli companies publicly traded on a recognized stock exchange or regulated market outside of Israel, provided that such capital gains are not derived from a permanent establishment in Israel and that such shareholders did not acquire their shares prior to the issuer’s initial public offering. However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to the exemption with respect to gains derived from the sale of shares of Israeli companies publicly traded on the TASE, if an Israeli resident (i) has a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-Israeli corporation, or (ii) is the beneficiary or is entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly.

        In some instances where our shareholders may be subject to Israeli tax on the sale of their ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at the source.

- 99 -



United States-Israel Tax Treaty

        Pursuant to the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income, as amended, or the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares by a person who holds the ordinary shares as a capital asset and who qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the United States- Israel Tax Treaty and who is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, or a Treaty United States Resident, generally will not be subject to the Israeli capital gains tax unless such Treaty United States Resident holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting power of our company during any part of the twelve-month period preceding such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to certain conditions. A sale, exchange or disposition of shares by a Treaty United States Resident who holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting power of our company at any time during such preceding twelve-month period would be subject to such Israeli tax, to the extent applicable; however, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, such Treaty United States Resident would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the United States federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations in United States laws applicable to foreign tax credits. The United States-Israel Tax Treaty does not relate to state or local taxes.

Tax on Dividends

        Non-residents of Israel are subject to Israeli income tax on income accrued or derived from sources in Israel or received in Israel. These sources of income include passive income such as dividends, royalties and interest, as well as non-passive income from services rendered in Israel. On distributions of dividends, other than bonus shares and stock dividends, income tax at the rate of 25% is withheld at the source, unless a different rate is provided in a treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence. If the dividends are distributed out of approved enterprise earnings, the applicable tax rate would be 15%. Under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum tax on dividends paid to a holder of ordinary shares who is a Treaty United States Resident will be 25%, however that tax rate is reduced to 12.5% for dividends not generated by an approved enterprise to a corporation which holds 10% or more of the voting power of our company during a certain period preceding distribution of the dividend. Dividends derived from an approved enterprise will still be subject to 15% tax withholding.

Foreign Exchange Regulations

        Dividends, if any, paid to the holders of the ordinary shares, and any amounts payable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as well as the proceeds of any sale in Israel of the ordinary shares to an Israeli resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if paid in Israeli currency, may be converted into freely repatriable dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion, provided that Israeli income tax has been paid or withheld on such amounts.

United States Tax Considerations

United States Federal Income Taxes

        The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” (as defined below) arising from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” the final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or different interpretations. For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” will be deemed to refer only to any of the following holders of our ordinary shares:

- 100 -



  an individual who is either a U.S. citizen or a resident of the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof;

  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income; and

  a trust, if (a) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        This summary does not consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders by reason of their particular circumstances, including potential application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. federal tax laws or U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws. In addition, this summary is directed only to U.S. Holders that hold our ordinary shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the considerations that may be applicable to particular classes of U.S. Holders, including financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, pension funds, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, grantor trusts, partnerships or other pass-through entities, holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, holders who have elected mark-to-market accounting, holders who acquired our ordinary shares through the exercise of options or otherwise as compensation, holders who hold our ordinary shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion transaction,” holders selling our ordinary shares short, holders deemed to have sold our ordinary shares in a “constructive sale,” and holders, directly, indirectly or through attribution, of 10% or more (by vote or value) of our outstanding ordinary shares. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity, domestic or foreign, treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership that is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, and partners in such partnership, are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

         Each U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to it of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the effects of applicable tax treaties, state, local, foreign or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.

- 101 -



Distributions With Respect to Our Ordinary Shares

        For U.S federal income tax purposes, the amount of a distribution with respect to our ordinary shares will equal the amount of cash distributed, the fair market value of any property distributed and the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld on such distribution as described below under “Israeli Tax Considerations – Tax on Dividends.” Other than distributions in liquidation or in redemption of our ordinary shares that are treated as exchanges, a distribution with respect to our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent that the distribution does not exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The amount of any distribution that exceeds these earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital, reducing the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares (but not below zero), and then generally as capital gain from a deemed sale or exchange of such ordinary shares. Corporate U.S. Holders generally will not be allowed a deduction under Section 243 of the Code for dividends received on our ordinary shares and thus will be subject to tax at the rate applicable to their taxable income. Currently, a noncorporate U.S. Holder’s “qualified dividend income” generally is subject to tax at a rate of 15%. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally includes dividends paid by a foreign corporation if, among other things, the noncorporate U.S. Holder meets certain minimum holding period requirements and either (a) the stock of such corporation is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., including the Nasdaq National Market, or (b) such corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. which includes an information exchange program and is determined to be satisfactory by the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. The U.S. Secretary of the Treasury has indicated that the income tax treaty between the U.S. and Israel is satisfactory for this purpose. Dividends paid by us will not qualify for the 15% U.S. federal income tax rate, however, if we are treated, for the tax year in which the dividends are paid or the preceding tax year, as a “passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the discussion below under the heading “Passive Foreign Investment Company Status.” U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of their receipt of any distributions with respect to our ordinary shares.

        A dividend paid by us in NIS will be included in the income of U.S. Holders at the U.S. dollar amount of the dividend, based on the “spot rate” of exchange in effect on the date of receipt or deemed receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. U.S. Holders will have a tax basis in the NIS for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to that U.S. dollar value. Any gain or loss upon the subsequent conversion of the NIS into U.S. dollars or other disposition of the NIS will constitute foreign currency gain or loss taxable as ordinary income or loss and will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

- 102 -



        Dividends received with respect to our ordinary shares will constitute “portfolio income” for purposes of the limitation on the use of passive activity losses and, therefore, generally may not be offset by passive activity losses. Dividends received with respect to our ordinary shares also generally will be treated as “investment income” for purposes of the investment interest deduction limitation contained in Section 163(d) of the Code, and as foreign-source passive income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes or, in the case of a U.S. Holder that is a financial services entity, financial services income. Subject to certain limitations, U.S. Holders may elect to claim as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability any Israeli income tax withheld from distributions with respect to our ordinary shares which constitute dividends under U.S. income tax law. A U.S. Holder that does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Israeli income tax withheld, but only if the U.S. Holder elects to do so with respect to all foreign income taxes in such year. In addition, special rules may apply to the computation of foreign tax credits relating to “qualified dividend income,” as defined above. The calculation of foreign tax credits and, in the case of a U.S. Holder that elects to deduct foreign income taxes, the availability of deductions are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability to them of foreign tax credits or deductions in respect of any Israeli tax withheld or paid with respect to any dividends which may be paid with respect to our ordinary shares.

Disposition of Our Ordinary Shares

        Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Status,” a U.S. Holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares generally will result in the recognition by such U.S. Holder of capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares disposed of (determined in U.S. dollars). This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if such ordinary shares have been held or are deemed to have been held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. Individual U.S. Holders currently are subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% on long-term capital gains recognized during tax years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. If the U.S. Holder’s holding period on the date of the taxable disposition is one year or less, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Short-term capital gains generally are taxed at the same rates applicable to ordinary income. See “Israeli Tax Considerations – Capital Gains Tax Applicable to Resident and Non-Resident Shareholders” for a discussion of taxation by Israel of capital gains realized on sales of our ordinary shares. Any capital loss realized upon the taxable disposition of our ordinary shares generally will be deductible only against capital gains and not against ordinary income, except that noncorporate U.S. Holders generally may deduct annually from ordinary income up to $3,000 of net capital losses. In general, any capital gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder upon the taxable disposition of our ordinary shares will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. However, under the tax treaty between the United States and Israel, gain derived from the taxable disposition of ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder who is a resident of the U.S. for purposes of the treaty and who sells the ordinary shares within Israel may be treated as foreign-source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

        A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares generally will be the U.S. dollar purchase price paid by such U.S. Holder to acquire such ordinary shares. The U.S. dollar cost of ordinary shares purchased with foreign currency generally will be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase or, in the case of our ordinary shares that are purchased by a cash basis U.S. Holder (or an accrual basis U.S. Holder that so elects), on the settlement date for the purchase. Such an election by an accrual basis U.S. Holder must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The holding period of each ordinary share owned by a U.S. Holder will commence on the day following the date of the U.S. Holder’s purchase of such ordinary share and will include the day on which the ordinary share is sold by such U.S. Holder.

- 103 -



        In the case of a U.S. Holder who uses the cash basis method of accounting and who receives NIS in connection with a taxable disposition of our ordinary shares, the amount realized will be based on the “spot rate” of exchange on the settlement date of such taxable disposition. If such U.S. Holder subsequently converts NIS into U.S. dollars at a conversion rate other than the spot rate in effect on the settlement date, such U.S. Holder may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss treated as ordinary income or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder who uses the accrual method of accounting may elect the same treatment required of cash method taxpayers with respect to a taxable disposition of ordinary shares, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. If an accrual method U.S. Holder does not elect to be treated as a cash method taxpayer (pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions), such U.S. Holder may be deemed to have realized an immediate foreign currency gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of any difference between the U.S. dollar value of the NIS on the date of the taxable disposition and the settlement date. Any such currency gain or loss generally would be treated as U.S.-source ordinary income or loss and would be subject to tax in addition to any gain or loss recognized by such U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

        Generally, a foreign corporation is treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any tax year if, in such tax year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income (including its pro rata share of the gross income of any company in which it is considered to own 25% or more of the shares by value) is passive in nature (the “Income Test”), or (ii) the average percentage of its assets during such tax year (including its pro rata share of the assets of any company in which it is considered to own 25% or more of the shares by value) which produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (determined by averaging the percentage of the fair market value of its total assets which are passive assets as of the end of each quarter of such year) is 50% or more (the “Asset Test”). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties and gains from securities and commodities transactions.

        There is no definitive method prescribed in the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations or relevant administrative or judicial interpretations for determining the value of a foreign corporation’s assets for purposes of the Asset Test. While the legislative history of the U.S. Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the “1997 Act”) indicates that for purposes of the Asset Test, “the total value of a publicly-traded foreign corporation’s assets generally will be treated as equal to the sum of the aggregate value of its outstanding stock plus its liabilities,” it is unclear whether other valuation methods could be employed to determine the value of a publicly-traded foreign corporation’s assets for purposes of the Asset Test.

- 104 -



        Based on the composition of our gross income and the composition and value of our gross assets during 2004, 2005 and 2006, we do not believe that we were a PFIC during any of such tax years. It is likely, however, that under the asset valuation method described in the legislative history of the 1997 Act, we would have been classified as a PFIC in 2001, 2002 and 2003 primarily because (a) a significant portion of our assets consisted of the remaining proceeds of our two public offerings of ordinary shares in 1999, and (b) the public market valuation of our ordinary shares during such years was relatively low. There can be no assurance that we will not be deemed a PFIC in any future tax year.

         U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors for guidance as to our status as a PFIC in any tax year. For those U.S. Holders who determine that we are a PFIC in any tax year and notify us in writing of their request for the information required in order to effectuate the QEF Election described below, we will promptly make such information available to them.

        If we are treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period of our ordinary shares and the U.S. Holder does not make a QEF Election or a “mark-to-market” election (both as described below):

  “Excess distributions” by us to a U.S. Holder would be taxed in a special way. “Excess distributions” with respect to any U.S. Holder are amounts received by such U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares in any tax year that exceed 125% of the average distributions received by such U.S. Holder from us during the shorter of (i) the three previous years, or (ii) such U.S. Holder’s holding period of our ordinary shares before the then-current tax year. Excess distributions must be allocated ratably to each day that a U.S. Holder has held our ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder must include in its gross income amounts allocated to the current tax year as ordinary income for that year, pay tax on amounts allocated to each prior tax year in which we were a PFIC at the highest rate on ordinary income in effect for such prior year and pay an interest charge on the resulting tax at the rate applicable to deficiencies of U.S. federal income tax.

  The entire amount of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder upon the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares also would be treated as an “excess distribution” subject to tax as described above.

  The tax basis in ordinary shares acquired from a decedent who was a U.S. Holder would not receive a step-up to fair market value as of the date of the decedent’s death, but instead would be equal to the decedent’s basis, if lower.

        Although we generally will be treated as a PFIC as to any U.S. Holder if we are a PFIC for any year during the U.S. Holder’s holding period, if we cease to be a PFIC, the U.S. Holder may avoid the consequences of PFIC classification for subsequent years by electing to recognize gain based on the unrealized appreciation in its ordinary shares through the close of the tax year in which we cease to be a PFIC.

- 105 -



        A U.S. Holder who beneficially owns shares of a PFIC must file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service for each tax year in which such U.S. Holder holds shares in a PFIC. This form describes any distributions received with respect to these shares and any gain realized upon the disposition of these shares.

        For any tax year in which we are treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may elect to treat its ordinary shares as an interest in a qualified electing fund (a “QEF Election”), in which case the U.S. Holder would be required to include in income currently its proportionate share of our earnings and profits in years in which we are a PFIC regardless of whether distributions of our earnings and profits are actually made to the U.S. Holder. Any gain subsequently recognized by the U.S. Holder upon the sale or other disposition of its ordinary shares, however, generally would be taxed as capital gain and the denial of the basis step-up at death described above would not apply.

        A U.S. Holder may make a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC for any tax year of the U.S. Holder. A QEF Election is effective for the tax year in which the election is made and all subsequent tax years of the U.S. Holder. Procedures exist for both retroactive elections and the filing of protective statements. A U.S. Holder making the QEF Election must make the election on or before the due date, as extended, for the filing of its U.S. federal income tax return for the first tax year to which the election will apply. A U.S. Holder must make a QEF Election by completing U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 and attaching it to its U.S. federal income tax return, and must satisfy additional filing requirements each year the election remains in effect. Upon a U.S. Holder’s request, we will provide to such U.S. Holder the information required to make a QEF Election and to make subsequent annual filings.

        As an alternative to a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder generally may elect to mark its ordinary shares to market annually, recognizing ordinary income or loss (subject to certain limitations) equal to the difference, as of the close of the tax year, between the fair market value of its ordinary shares and the adjusted tax basis of such shares. If a mark-to-market election with respect to ordinary shares is in effect on the date of a U.S. Holder’s death, the normally available step-up in tax basis to fair market value will not be available. Rather, the tax basis of the ordinary shares in the hands of a U.S. Holder who acquired them from a decedent will be the lesser of the decedent’s tax basis or the fair market value of the ordinary shares. Once made, a mark-to-market election generally continues unless revoked with the consent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

        The implementation of many aspects of the Code’s PFIC rules requires the issuance of Treasury Regulations which in many instances have yet to be promulgated and which may have retroactive effect when promulgated. We cannot be sure that any of these regulations will be promulgated or, if so, what form they will take or what effect they will have on the foregoing discussion. Accordingly, and due to the complexity of the PFIC rules, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding our status as a PFIC and the eligibility, manner and advisability of making a QEF Election or a mark-to-market election if we are treated as a PFIC.

- 106 -



Information Reporting And Backup Withholding

        Payments in respect of our ordinary shares that are made in the U.S. or by certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to information reporting requirements and U.S. backup withholding tax at rates equal to 28% through 2010 and 31% after 2010. The information reporting requirements will not apply, however, to payments to certain U.S. Holders, including corporations and tax-exempt organizations. In addition, the backup withholding tax will not apply to a U.S. Holder that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or substitute form). The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from the backup withholding tax and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable.

The foregoing discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations is a general summary only and should not be considered as income tax advice or relied upon for tax planning purposes. Accordingly, each U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax adviser regarding U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

        Not applicable.

G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

        Not applicable.

H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

        We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, applicable to foreign private issuers and fulfill the obligations with respect to such requirements by filing reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.  You may read and copy any document we file, including any exhibits, with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  Copies of such material may be obtained by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at such address, at prescribed rates.  Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room.  Certain of our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .

        As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.  We have obtained an exemption from Nasdaq’s requirement to send an annual report to shareholders prior to our annual general meetings. We file annual reports on Form 20-F electronically with the SEC and post a copy on our website, www.audiocodes.com.

- 107 -



I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment in marketable securities. Our marketable securities portfolio includes U.S. government debt instruments and corporate debt instruments. The fair value of our long and short-term securities is based upon their market values as of December 31, 2006. In addition, we have contracted several structured note deals that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Due to the nature of our investments, we do not believe that there is any material market risk exposure. Therefore, no quantitative tabular disclosures are required. However, we may in the future undertake hedging or other similar transactions or invest in market risk sensitive instruments if management determines that it is necessary to offset these risks. See “Item 3. Key Information–D. Risk Factors–Risks Relating to Operations in Israel.”

        To protect against the changes in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flows resulting from salary payments, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of our forecasted expenses denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts.

        During 2004, we entered into forward contracts to hedge a portion of the anticipated NIS payroll payments for periods of one to six months. These forward contracts are designated as cash flows hedges, as defined by SFAS No. 133, as amended, and are all highly effective as hedges of these expenses when the salary is recorded. The effective portion of the hedged instruments is included in payroll expenses in the statement of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized a net income of $87,000 related to the forward contracts hedging salary payments. At December 31, 2004, we expected to reclassify $353,000 of net profit on derivative instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings during the next twelve months.

        During the year ended December 31, 2005, we recognized a net loss of $151,000 related to the forward contracts hedging salary payments. At December 31, 2005, we expected to reclassify $84,000 of net profit on derivative instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings during the next twelve months.

        During the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized a net income of $1,105,000 related to the forward contracts hedging salary payments. At December 31, 2006, we expected to reclassify $122,000 of net profit on derivative instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings during the next twelve months.

- 108 -



  ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

        Not applicable.

PART II

  ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        Not applicable

  ITEM 15T. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

         Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        As of the end of the period covered by this report, we performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). The evaluation was performed with the participation of our key corporate senior management and under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

- 109 -



         Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and our board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may decline.

        Our management (with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer) conducted an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(c) under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of this evaluation, management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2006 and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. 

        This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.

         Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        In addition, no changes in our internal control over financial reporting have occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected our internal controls over financial reporting.

  ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

  ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

        Our Board of Directors has determined that Joseph Tenne is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F and is “independent” as defined in the applicable regulations.

  ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

        In 2004, we adopted a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other senior financial officers. This Code has been posted on our website, www.audiocodes.com .

- 110 -



  ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, has served as our independent public accountants for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional audit services and other services rendered by Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer in 2005 and 2006.

Year ended December 31,
(Amounts in thousands)

2005
2006
 
Audit Fees     $ 115   $ 191  
Audit Related Fees       51     314  
Tax Fees       65     129  
All Other Fees       4     1  


                                                                                                                              Total     $ 235   $ 635  



        Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of the company’s consolidated financial statements and the statutory financial statements of the company. They also include fees billed for other audit services, which are those services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide, and include the provision of consents and the review of documents filed with the SEC.

        Audit Related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the company’s financial statements and include operational effectiveness of systems. They also include fees billed for other services in connection with merger and acquisition due diligence, as well as our filing of a registration statement on Form F-3 with respect to our convertible notes.

        Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authorities; tax planning services; and expatriate tax compliance, consultation and planning services.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

        The Audit Committee of AudioCodes’ Board of Directors is responsible, among other matters, for the oversight of the external auditor subject to the requirements of Israeli law. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors (the “Policy”).

        Under the Policy, proposed services either (i) may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee without consideration of specific case-by-case services as “general pre-approval”; or (ii) require the specific pre-approval of the Audit Committee as “specific pre-approval”. The Audit Committee may delegate either type of pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The appendices to the Policy set out the audit, audit-related, tax and other services that have received the general pre-approval of the Audit Committee, including those described in the footnotes to the table, above; these services are subject to annual review by the Audit Committee. All other audit, audit-related, tax and other services must receive a specific pre-approval from the Audit Committee.

- 111 -



        The Audit Committee establishes budgeted fee levels annually for each of the four categories of audit and non-audit services that are pre-approved under the Policy, namely, audit, audit-related, tax and other services. Requests or applications to provide services that require specific approval by the Audit Committee are submitted to the Audit Committee by both the external auditor and the chief financial officer. At each regular meeting of the Audit Committee, the external auditor provides a report in order for the Audit Committee to review the services that the external auditor is providing, as well as the status and cost of those services.

        During 2006, no services provided to AudioCodes by Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer were approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to the de minimis exception to the pre-approval requirement provided by paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

  ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

        Not applicable.

PART III

  ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Not applicable.

  ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Reference is made to pages F-1 to F-48 hereto.

- 112 -



  ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

        The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit
No.

Exhibit

1.1 Memorandum of Association of Registrant.*†

1.2 Articles of Association of Registrant, as amended.**

2.1 Indenture, dated November 9, 2004, between AudioCodes Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 2.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024.****

4.1 AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan (C).*

4.2 AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan–U.S. Employees (D).*

4.3 Founder's Agreement between Shabtai Adlersberg and Leon Bialik, dated January 1, 1993.*†

4.4 License Agreement between AudioCodes Ltd. and DSP Group, Inc., dated as of May 6, 1999.*†

4.5 Lease Agreement between AudioCodes Inc. and Spieker Properties, L.P., dated January 26, 2000.**

4.6 Shareholders Agreement by and among DSP Group, Inc., Shabtai Adlersberg, Leon Bialik, Genesis Partners I, L.P., Genesis Partners I (Cayman) L.P., Polaris Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) L.L.C., Polaris Fund II L.L.C., Polaris Fund II L.P., DS Polaris Trust Company (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd., DS Polaris Ltd., Dovrat, Shrem Trust Company (Foreign Funds) Ltd., Dovrat Shrem-Skies 92 Fund L.P. and Chase Equity Securities CEA, dated as of May 6, 1999.*

4.7 AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan (D).*

4.8 AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan (E).*

4.9 AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F), as amended.***

4.10 AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan–U.S. Employees (E).*

- 113 -



Exhibit
No.

Exhibit

4.11 AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan--U.S. Employees (F).***

4.12 AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan–Global Non U.S.§

4.13 AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.§

4.14 Lease Agreement between AudioCodes Ltd. and Nortel Networks (Marketing and Sales) Israel Ltd., effective as of December 31, 2002.**††

4.15 Sublease Agreement between AudioCodes USA, Inc. and Continental Resources, Inc., dated December 30, 2003.§§

4.16 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among AudioCodes Ltd., AudioCodes Inc., Ai-Logix, Inc. and AI Technologies N.V, dated as of May 12, 2004.§§

4.17 OEM Purchase and Sale Agreement No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of April 28, 2003 *****§§

4.18 Amendment No. 1 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of May 1, 2003 *****§§

4.19 Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Nortel Networks, Ltd., AudioCodes Inc. and AudioCodes Ltd., dated as of April 7, 2003.§§

4.20 Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2004, between AudioCodes Ltd. and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lehman Brothers Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers of AudioCodes' 2.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024.****

4.21 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2004, between AudioCodes Ltd. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and CIBC World Markets Corp.****

4.22 Amendment No. 2 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of January 1, 2005 *****§§§

4.23 Amendment No. 3 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of February 15, 2005 *****§§§

4.24 Amendment No. 5 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of January 1, 2005 *****§§§

4.25 Amendment No. 6 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of April 1, 2005.§§§

- 114 -



Exhibit
No.

Exhibit

4.26 Lease Agreement between AudioCodes Inc. and CA-Gateway Office Limited Partnership, effective as of December, 2004.§§§

4.27 Amendment No. 4 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of April 28, 2005 ****§§§§

4.28 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 16, 2006, among AudioCodes Ltd., AudioCodes, Inc., Green Acquisition Corp., Nuera Communications, Inc. and Robert Wadsworth, as Sellers' Representative.§§§§

4.29 Building and Tenancy Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 2007, by and between Airport City Ltd. and AudioCodes Ltd. ††

4.30 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 6, 2006, by and among AudioCodes Ltd., AudioCodes, Inc., Violet Acquisition Corp., Netrake Corporation and Will Kohler, as Sellers' Representative.

4.31 Series E Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2005, by and between CTI Squared Ltd. and AudioCodes Ltd.

4.32 Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2006, by and among CTI Squared Ltd., AudioCodes Ltd. and each of the other parties thereto.

4.33 Amendment No. 7 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd. and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of December 15, 2006.

4.34 Endorsement and Transfer of Rights Agreement, dated March 29, 2007, by and between Nortel Networks (Sales and Marketing) Ltd. Israel and AudioCodes Ltd. ††

8.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

12.1 Certification of Shabtai Adlersberg, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

12.2 Certification of Nachum Falek, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.1 Certification by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2 Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

14.1 Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global.

- 115 -



Exhibit
No.

Exhibit

14.2 Consent of Squar, Milner, Peterson, Miranda and Williamson, LLP.


* Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-10352).
Hebrew original and English summary of Hebrew original.
†† English summary of Hebrew original.
Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-13268).
§ Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-13378).
** Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000.
*** Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.
**** Incorporated by reference herein to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-123859).
***** Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of the indicated document. The confidential portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission as required by Rule 24b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
§§ Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.
§§§ Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
§§§§ Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

- 116 -



SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on Form 20-F on its behalf.

AUDIOCODES LTD.


By: /s/ NACHUM FALEK
——————————————
Nachum Falek
Vice President Finance and
Chief Financial Officer

Date: June 27, 2007



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.

Exhibit

4.29 Building and Tenancy Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 2007, by and between Airport City Ltd. and AudioCodes Ltd. ††

4.30 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 6, 2006, by and among AudioCodes Ltd., AudioCodes, Inc., Violet Acquisition Corp., Netrake Corporation and Will Kohler, as Sellers' Representative.

4.31 Series E Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2005, by and between CTI Squared Ltd. and AudioCodes Ltd.

4.32 Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2006, by and among CTI Squared Ltd., AudioCodes Ltd. and each of the other parties thereto.

4.33 Amendment No. 7 to OEM Purchase and Sale No. 011449 between AudioCodes Ltd. and Nortel Networks Ltd., dated as of December 15, 2006.

4.34 Endorsement and Transfer of Rights Agreement, dated March 29, 2007, by and between Nortel Networks (Sales and Marketing) Ltd. Israel and AudioCodes Ltd. ††

8.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant

12.1 Certification of Shabtai Adlersberg, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

12.2 Certification of Nachum Falek, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.1 Certification by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2 Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

14.1 Consent of Kost Forer and Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global.

14.2 Consent of Squar, Milner, Peterson, Miranda and Williamson, LLP.


†† English summary of Hebrew original.



SQUAR MILNER
[LETTERHEAD]

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of:
Nuera Communications, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Nuera Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the period July 6, 2006 through December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Au audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nuera Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period July 6, 2006 through December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Squar, Milner, Peterson, Miranda and Williamson, LLP
SQUAR, MILNER, PETERSON, MIRANDA AND WILLIAMSON, LLP

March 7, 2007
San Diego, California



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006

IN U.S. DOLLARS

INDEX

Page
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3 - F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Income F-5
 
Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity F-6
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-7 - F-8
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-9 - F-48





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and Shareholders of

AudioCodes LTD.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AudioCodes Ltd. (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of a wholly-owned subsidiary, which statements reflect total assets of 2% as of December 31, 2006, and total revenues of 5% for the period from July 6, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for this subsidiary, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purposes of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.

        As discussed in Note 2 v to the consolidated financial statement, in 2006 the company adopted Statement Financial Accounting Statements Standards Board No. 123(Revised 2004) “Share Base Payment”.

Tel-Aviv, Israel KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
March 28, 2007 A Member of Ernst & Young Global

F - 2



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

U.S. dollars in thousands

December 31,
2005
2006
 
    ASSETS            
     
CURRENT ASSETS:    
  Cash and cash equivalents     $ 70,957   $ 25,171  
  Short-term bank deposits and structured notes       61,929     28,658  
  Short-term marketable securities and accrued interest       9,863     29,422  
  Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 553 and $ 854 at December 31, 2005 and 2006,    
    respectively)       17,990     30,501  
  Other receivables and prepaid expenses       4,891     3,309  
  Deferred tax assets       1,249     1,282  
  Inventories       11,562     16,093  


     
Total current assets       178,441     134,436  


     
LONG-TERM ASSETS:    
  Long-term bank deposits and structured notes       27,781     30,435  
  Long-term marketable securities       49,791     19,942  
  Investment in companies       1,112     3,999  
  Deferred tax assets       1,240     2,460  
  Severance pay funds       5,406     7,231  


     
Total long-term assets       85,330     64,067  


     
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET       6,494     7,847  


     
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER, NET       3,279     21,853  


     
GOODWILL       18,679     108,853  


     
Total assets     $ 292,223   $ 337,056  



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 3



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

December 31,
2005
2006
 
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY            
     
CURRENT LIABILITIES:    
  Trade payables     $ 7,774   $ 7,522  
  Deferred tax liabilities       -     1,321  
  Other payables and accrued expenses       18,620     28,139  


     
Total current liabilities       26,394     36,982  


     
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:    
  Deferred tax liabilities       -     6,459  
  Accrued severance pay       5,887     7,915  
  Senior convertible notes       120,836     121,015  


     
Total long-term liabilities       126,723     135,389  


     
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES    
     
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:    
  Share capital -    
    Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value -    
      Authorized: 100,000,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2006; Issued: 44,529,943 shares at December 31, 2005 and    
      46,051,867 shares at December 31, 2006; Outstanding: 40,587,804 shares at December 31, 2005 and 42,109,728    
      shares at December 31, 2006       128     131  
  Additional paid-in capital       130,616     149,205  
  Treasury stock       (11,320 )   (11,320 )
  Deferred stock compensation       (72 )   -  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income       84     122  
  Retained earnings       19,670     26,547  


     
Total shareholders' equity       139,106     164,685  


     
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity     $ 292,223   $ 337,056  



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 4



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Revenues     $ 82,756   $ 115,827   $ 147,353  
Cost of revenues       34,375     46,993     61,242  



     
Gross profit       48,381     68,834     86,111  



     
Operating expenses:    
  Research and development, net       20,009     24,415     35,416  
  Selling and marketing       19,891     25,944     37,664  
  General and administrative       4,851     6,004     8,766  



     
Total operating expenses       44,751     56,363     81,846  



     
Operating income       3,630     12,471     4,265  
Financial income, net       2,165     2,457     3,817  
Equity in losses from investments in companies, net       516     693     916  



     
Income before taxes on income       5,279     14,235     7,166  
Taxes on income       273     799     289  



     
Net income     $ 5,006   $ 13,436   $ 6,877  



     
Basic net earnings per share     $ 0.13   $ 0.33   $ 0.16  



     
Diluted net earnings per share     $ 0.12   $ 0.31   $ 0.16  




The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 5



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

U.S. dollars in thousands

Share
Capital

Additional
paid-in
capital

Treasury
stock

Deferred
stock
compensation

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

Retained
earnings

Total
comprehensive
income (loss)

Total
shareholders'
equity

 
Balance as of January 1, 2004     $ 121   $ 116,518   $ (11,320 ) $ (174 ) $ 145   $ 1,228         $ 106,518  
     
  Issuance of shares upon exercise of options    
    and employee stock purchase plan       5     10,182     -     -     -     -           10,187  
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation       -     -     -     66     -     -           66  
  Comprehensive income, net:    
    Unrealized gain on forward contracts, net       -     -     -     -     208     -   $ 208     208  
    Net income       -     -     -     -     -     5,006     5,006     5,006  








  Total comprehensive income, net                                         $ 5,214        

Balance as of December 31, 2004       126     126,700     (11,320 )   (108 )   353     6,234           121,985  
     
  Issuance of shares upon exercise of options    
    and employee stock purchase plan       2     3,916     -     -     -     -           3,918  
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation       -     -     -     36     -     -           36  
  Comprehensive income, net:    
    Unrealized loss on forward contracts, net       -     -     -     -     (269 )   -   $ (269 )   (269 )
    Net income       -     -     -     -     -     13,436     13,436     13,436  








  Total comprehensive income, net                                         $ 13,167        

Balance as of December 31, 2005       128     130,616     (11,320 )   (72 )   84     19,670           139,106  
     
  Issuance of shares upon exercise of options    
    and employee stock purchase plan       3     9,178     -     -     -                 9,181  
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation       -     8,707     -     -     -                 8,707  
  Excess tax benefit from net operating
    loss utilization
      -     776     -     -     -                 776  
  Reclassification of deferred stock compensation    
    due to implementation of SFAS 123R       -     (72 )   -     72     -     -              
  Comprehensive income, net:    
    Unrealized gain on forward contracts, net       -     -     -     -     38     -   $ 38     38  
    Net income       -     -     -     -     -     6,877     6,877     6,877  








  Total comprehensive income, net                                         $ 6,915        

Balance as of December 31, 2006     $ 131   $ 149,205   $ (11,320 ) $ -   $ 122   $ 26,547         $ 164,685  








The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 6



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
  Cash flows from operating activities:                
   Net income     $ 5,006   $ 13,436   $ 6,877  
   Adjustments required to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:    
     Depreciation and amortization       2,979     3,369     5,543  
     Amortization of marketable securities premiums and accretion of discounts, net       -     143     225  
     Equity in losses of affiliated companies, net       516     693     916  
     Stock-based compensation expenses       66     36     8,707  
     Amortization of senior convertible notes discount and deferred charges       28     198     199  
     Decrease (increase) in accrued interest on marketable securities,    
       bank deposits and structured notes       75     (736 )   (130 )
     Increase in deferred tax assets, net       -     (2,033 )   (1,001 )
     Increase in trade receivables, net       (4,907 )   (3,520 )   (9,751 )
     Decrease (increase) in other receivables and prepaid expenses       (1,248 )   57     1,457  
     Increase in inventories       (3,712 )   (1,503 )   (1,954 )
     Increase (decrease) in trade payables       1,329     1,233     (2,671 )
     Increase (decrease) in other payables and accrued expenses       3,155     1,914     (2,005 )
     Increase in accrued severance pay, net       68     41     203  
     Other       98     (12 )   15  



      
 Net cash provided by operating activities       3,453     13,316     6,630  



      
Cash flows from investing activities:    
 Investments in affiliated companies       (512 )   (1,318 )   (3,453 )
   Short-term loan to unrelated company       -     (350 )      
   Purchase of property and equipment       (4,257 )   (2,393 )   (3,067 )
   Proceeds from sale of property and equipment       6     96        
   Investment in short-term and long-term bank deposits       -     (33,969 )   (20,000 )
   Proceeds from sale of short-term bank deposits       -     3,969     51,300  
   Investment in structured notes       (18,000 )   (20,000 )   -  
   Proceeds from structured notes called by the issuer       18,000     10,000     -  
   Investment in short-term and long-term marketable securities       -     (59,060 )   -  
   Proceeds from marketable securities held to maturity       -     -     9,000  
   Proceeds from sale of held-to-maturity marketable securities       -     -     979  
   Payment for acquisition of Universal Audio Server ("UAS") (1)       (2,500 )   -     -  
   Payment for acquisition of AudioCodes USA Inc. (2)       (8,684 )   (10,000 )   -  
   Payment for acquisition of Nuera Communication Inc. (3)       -     -     (82,520 )
   Payment for acquisition of Netrake Corporation Inc. (4)       -     -     (13,836 )



      
 Net cash used in investing activities       (15,947 )   (113,025 )   (61,597 )



      
Cash flows from financing activities:    
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible notes       125,000     -     -  
   Issuance costs for senior convertible notes       (394 )   (84 )   -  
   Initial purchasers discount in respect of senior convertible notes       (4,365 )   -     -  
   Proceeds from issuance of shares upon exercise of options and employee stock purchase plan       10,187     3,918     9,181  



      
Net cash provided by financing activities       130,428     3,834     9,181  



      
 Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents       117,934     (95,875 )   (45,786 )
 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year       48,898     166,832     70,957  



      
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year     $ 166,832   $ 70,957   $ 25,171  




The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 7



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
(1)     Payment for acquisition of UAS                
           Net fair value of assets acquired of UAS at the date of acquisition:    
             Goodwill     $ 1,000   $ -   $ -  
             Paid accrued liability       1,500     -     -  



     
      $ 2,500   $ -   $ -  



     
(2)     Payment for acquisition of AudioCodes USA Inc.    
           Net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of AudioCodes USA Inc. at the    
             date of acquisition (see also Note 1b):    
             Working capital, net (excluding cash and cash equivalents)     $ 1,440   $ -   $ -  
             Property and equipment       329     -     -  
             Technology       3,100     -     -  
             Goodwill       3,815     10,000     -  



     
      $ 8,684   $ 10,000   $ -  



     
(3)     Payment for acquisition of Nuera Communication Inc.    
           Net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Nuera at the date of    
             acquisition (see also Note 1c):    
             Working capital, net (excluding cash and cash equivalents)     $ -   $ -   $ (6,728 )
             Technology       -     -     6,020  
             Backlog       -     -     750  
             Customer relationship       -     -     8,001  
             Trade name       -     -     466  
             Deferred tax liability       -     -     (6,176 )
             Existing contracts       -     -     204  
             Deferred tax assets       -     -     1,201  
             Goodwill       -     -     78,782  



     
      $ -   $ -     82,520  



     
(4)     Payment for acquisition of Netrake Corporation Inc.    
           Net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Netrake at the date of    
             acquisition (see also Note 1d)    
             Working capital, net (excluding cash and cash equivalents)     $ -   $ -   $ (2 )
             Core technology       -     -     5,688  
             Backlog       -     -     87  
             Deferred tax liability       -     -     (2,310 )
             Goodwill       -     -     10,373  



     
      $ -   $ -   $ 13,836  



(5)     Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities:    
             Cash paid during the year for income taxes     $ 91   $ 760   $ 1,237  



     
             Cash paid during the year for interest     $ -   $ 2,500   $ 2,500  




The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 8



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL

  a. Business overview:

  AudioCodes Ltd. (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the Group”) designs, develops and markets Voice over Packet (VOP) technology, voice network products, and applications to original equipment manufacturers, network equipment providers, service providers and system integrators worldwide.

  The Company operates through its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Argentina, Brazil, India, Japan and Korea.

  b. Acquisition of AudioCodes USA Inc. (Formerly known as AI-Logix Inc.)

  On May 12, 2004, the Group acquired all of the outstanding common stock of AudioCodes USA Inc., a provider of advanced voice and data recording hardware integration cards for the call recording and voice or data logging industry.

  The Group paid $10,000 in cash at the closing of the transaction. An additional payment of $10,000 in cash was made in March 2005 based on the achievement of revenue milestones and additional terms by the AudioCodes USA Inc. business during 2004 and 2005. This payment was recorded as part of the acquisition cost as additional goodwill in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141 “Business Combination”.

  The results of AudioCodes USA Inc. have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group since the acquisition date.

F - 9



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Cont.)

  Based upon an independent valuation of tangible and intangible assets acquired, the Group has allocated the total acquisition cost of AudioCodes USA Inc.‘s assets and liabilities, as follows:

May 12, 2004
 
Trade receivables     $ 1,846  
Inventories       1,680  
Prepaid expenses       180  
Property and equipment       329  

     
Total tangible assets acquired       4,035  

     
Technology (five years useful life)       3,100  
Goodwill       13,815  

     
Total intangible assets acquired       16,915  

     
Total tangible and intangible assets acquired       20,950  

     
Trade payables       (1,015 )
Accrued expenses       (1,045 )
Other current liabilities       (206 )

     
Total liabilities assumed       (2,266 )

     
Net assets acquired     $ 18,684  


  Goodwill includes, but is not limited to, the synergistic value and potential competitive benefits that could be realized by the Company from the acquisition. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill arising from this acquisition will not be amortized (see also Note 2n).

  The value assigned to tangible assets, intangible assets and liabilities has been determined as follows:

  Current assets and liabilities are recorded at their carrying amounts. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities were reasonable proxies for their market value due to their short-term maturity. Property and equipment are presented at current replacement cost. The fair value of technology was determined using the income approach.

  The following unaudited pro forma information does not purport to represent what the Group’s results of operations would have been had the acquisition of AudioCodes USA Inc. been consummated on January 1, 2004, nor does it purport to represent the results of operations of the Group for any future period.

F - 10



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Cont.)

Year ended
December 31,
2004

Unaudited
 
Revenues     $ 88,125  

     
Net income     $ 4,831  

     
Basic net earnings per share     $ 0.13  

     
Diluted net earnings per share     $ 0.11  


  c. Acquisition of Nuera Communication Inc.:

  On July 6, 2006, the Group acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Nuera Communication Inc, a leading provider of Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) infrastructure solutions for broadband and long distance with an extensive client base in North America as well as in Asia and Europe.

  The Group paid $ 82,520 in cash at the closing of the transaction including acquisition costs in the amount of $2,376.

  Nuera Communication Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc. and accordingly, its results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group since the acquisition date.

  This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141.

  Based upon an independent valuation of tangible and intangible assets acquired, the Group has allocated the total acquisition cost of Nuera Communication Inc.‘s assets and liabilities, as follows:

F - 11



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Cont.)

July 6, 2006
 
Trade receivables     $ 2,213  
Inventories       931  
Other receivables and prepaid expenses       356  
Deferred tax asset       1,201  
Property and equipment       673  

     
Total tangible assets acquired       5,374  

     
Technology (five years useful life)       6,020  
Backlog (one year useful life)       750  
Customer relationship (nine years useful life)       8,001  
Existing contracts (three years useful life)       204  
Trade name (three years useful life)       466  
Goodwill       78,782  

     
Total intangible assets acquired       94,223  
 
Total tangible and intangible assets acquired       99,597  

     
Trade payables       (1,292 )
Deferred tax liability       (6,176 )
Other current liabilities and accrued expenses       (9,609 )

     
Total liabilities assumed       (17,077 )

     
Net assets acquired     $ 82,520  


  Goodwill includes, but is not limited to, the synergistic value and potential competitive benefits that could be realized by the Company from the acquisition. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill arising from this acquisition will not be amortized (see also Note 2n).

  The value assigned to tangible assets, intangible assets and liabilities has been determined as follows:

  Deferred tax liabilities in the amount of $6,176 were recorded for the difference between the assigned values and the tax bases of the intangible assets acquired in the acquisition.

  Current assets and liabilities are recorded at their carrying amounts. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities were reasonable proxies for their market value due to their short-term maturity. Property and equipment are presented at current replacement cost. The fair value of intangible assets was determined using the income approach.

F - 12



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Cont.)

  The following unaudited pro forma information does not purport to represent what the Group’s results of operations would have been had the acquisition of Nuera Communication Inc. been consummated on January 1, 2005, nor does it purport to represent the results of operations of the Group for any future period.

Year ended December 31,
2005
2006
Unaudited
Unaudited
 
Revenues     $ 132,488   $ 159,390  


     
Net income (loss)     $ 12,267   $ (5,679 )


     
Basic net earnings (loss) per share     $ 0.30   $ (0.14 )


     
Diluted net earnings (loss) per share     $ 0.28   $ (0.14 )



  d. Acquisition of Netrake Corporation Inc.:

  On August 14, 2006, the Group acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Netrake Corporation Inc, a leading provider of Session Border Controller (SBC) and Security Gateway solutions. SBC’S enable connectivity, policies and security for real-time applications such as VoIP and video when traversing IP to IP networks. Security Gateways enable secure real-time session across wifi, broadband and wireless networks in Field Mobile Convergence (FMC) deployments.

  The Group paid $13,836 in cash at the closing of the transaction including acquisition costs in the amount of $649.

  Netrake Corporation Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AudioCodes Inc. and accordingly, its results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group since the acquisition date.

  This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141.

F - 13



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Cont.)

  Based upon an independent valuation of tangible and intangible assets acquired, the Group has allocated the total acquisition cost of Netrake Corporation Inc.‘s assets and liabilities, as follows:

August 14, 2006
 
Trade receivables     $ 554  
Inventories       1,646  
Other receivables and prepaid expenses       311  

     
Property and equipment       528  

     
Total tangible assets acquired       3,039  

     
Technology (five years useful life)       5,688  
Backlog (one year useful life)       87  
Goodwill       10,373  

     
Total intangible assets acquired       16,148  

     
Total tangible and intangible assets acquired       19,187  

     
Trade payables       (1,127 )
Deferred tax liability       (2,310 )
Other current liabilities and accrued expenses       (1,914 )

     
Total liabilities assumed       (5,351 )

     
Net assets acquired     $ 13,836  


  Goodwill includes, but is not limited to, the synergistic value and potential competitive benefits that could be realized by the Company from the acquisition. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill arising from this acquisition will not be amortized (see also Note 2n).

  The value assigned to tangible assets, intangible assets and liabilities has been determined as follows:

  Deferred tax liabilities in the amount of $2,310 were recorded for the difference between the assigned values and the tax bases of the intangible assets acquired in the acquisition.

  Current assets and liabilities are recorded at their carrying amounts. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities were reasonable proxies for their market value due to their short-term maturity. Property and equipment are presented at current replacement cost. The fair value of intangible assets was determined using the income approach.

F - 14



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Cont.)

  The following unaudited pro forma information does not purport to represent what the Group’s results of operations would have been had the acquisition of Netrake Corporation Inc. been consummated on January 1, 2005, nor does it purport to represent the results of operations of the Group for any future period.

Year ended December 31,
2005
2006
Unaudited
Unaudited
 
Revenues     $ 121,201   $ 151,690  


     
Net loss     $ (1,274 ) $ (8,311 )


     
Basic net loss per share     $ (0.03 ) $ (0.20 )


     
Diluted net loss per share     $ (0.03 ) $ (0.20 )



  e. The Group is dependent upon sole source suppliers for certain key components used in its products, including certain digital signal processing chips. Although there is a limited number of manufacturers of these particular components, management believes that other suppliers could provide similar components at comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which could adversely affect the operating results of the Group and its financial position.

  f. As to a major customer data, see Note 16b.

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP").

  a. Use of estimates:

  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  b. Financial statements in U.S. dollars:

  A majority of the revenues of the Group is generated in U.S. dollars (“dollar”). In addition, a substantial portion of the Group’s costs is incurred in dollars. The Group’s management believes that the dollar is the primary currency of the economic environment in which all the Group’s entities operate. Thus, the functional and reporting currency of each of the Group’s entities is the dollar.

F - 15



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  Accordingly, monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the dollar are remeasured into U.S. dollars in accordance with SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”. All transaction gains and losses of the remeasured monetary balance sheet items are reflected in the statements of operations as financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

  c. Principles of consolidation:

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

  d. Cash equivalents:

  Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash with maturities of three months or less, at the date acquired.

  e. Short-term bank deposits:

  Short-term bank deposits are deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year. The deposits are in U.S. dollars and bear interest at an average rate of 5.18%. The short-term deposits are presented at their cost. The accrued interest is included in other receivables and prepaid expenses.

  f. Marketable securities:

  The Company accounts for investments in debt securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”.

  Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable debt securities at the time of purchase and evaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity since the Company has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and, accordingly, debt securities are stated at amortized cost.

  The amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization and interest are included in the consolidated statement of income as financial income or expenses, as appropriate. The accrued interest on short-term and long-term marketable securities is included in the balance of short-term marketable securities.

F - 16



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  g. Inventories:

  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined as follows:

  Raw materials – using the “average cost” method.

  Finished products – using the “average cost” method with the addition of direct manufacturing costs.

  The Group periodically evaluates the quantities on hand relative to current and historical selling prices and historical and projected sales volume and technological obsolescence. Based on these evaluations, inventory write-offs and write-down provisions are provided due to slow moving items, technological obsolescence, excess inventories, discontinued products and for market prices lower than cost.

  h. Long-term bank deposits:

  Bank deposits with maturities of more than one year are included in long-term investments and presented at their cost including accrued interest. The deposits are in U.S. dollars and bear interest at an average rate of 5.10%. The Long-term deposits are presented at their cost. The accrued interest is included in other receivables and prepaid expenses.

  i. Structured notes:

  The Group accounts for investments in structured notes in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-12, “Recognition of Interest Income and Balance Sheet Classification of Structure Notes”. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Group has the intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity and are stated at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, investments in structured notes approximate their market value.

  j. Investment in companies:

  The Company accounts for its investments in companies in which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies, using the equity method of accounting in accordance with the requirements of Accounting Principle Board (“APB”) No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”. If the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of these companies, the investment in these companies is stated at cost.

  Investment in companies represents investments in Ordinary shares, Preferred shares and convertible loans. The Company applies EITF No. 99-10, “Percentage Used to Determine the Amount of Equity Method Losses”. Accordingly, losses of such companies are recognized based on the ownership level of the particular security held by the investor.

F - 17



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  The Company’s investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investment may not be recoverable, in accordance with APB No. 18. As of December 31, 2006, based on management’s most recent analyses, no impairment losses have been identified.

  k. Property and equipment:

  Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, at the following annual rates:

%
 
Computers and peripheral equipment 33
Office furniture and equipment 6 - 20
Motor vehicles 15
Leasehold improvements Over the shorter of the term of the lease or
  the life of the asset

  l. Intangible assets and deferred charges:

  Intangible assets are amortized over their useful life using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise used up, in accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Amortization is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Years
 
Acquired technology 5-10
Customer relationship 9
Backlog 1-2
Trade name 3
Existing contracts for maintenance 3

  Cost incurred in respect of issuance of senior convertible notes are deferred and amortized using the effective interest method and classified as a component of interest expense, over the period from issuance to maturity, which is 20 years, in accordance with APB No. 21 “Interest on Receivables and Payables”.

F - 18



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  m. Impairment of long-lived assets:

  The Group’s long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. As of December 31, 2006, no impairment losses have been identified.

  Under SFAS No. 144, a long-lived group of assets that is to be abandoned is considered disposed of when it ceases to be used. Thus, an entity that intends to abandon a group of long-lived assets in operations should evaluate that group of assets as “held and used” and should determine whether it should revise its depreciation estimates to reflect a useful life that is shorter than initially expected and a salvage value consistent with the intention to abandon.

  n. Goodwill:

  Goodwill represents an excess of costs over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired under SFAS No. 142.

  SFAS No. 142 requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at least annually or between annual tests in certain circumstances, and written down when impaired, rather than being amortized as previous accounting standards required. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value.

  Fair value is determined using market capitalizations. The Company elected to perform its analysis of goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of 2006. The test was based on the Group’s single operating segment and reporting unit structure. As of December 31, 2006, no impairment losses had been identified.

  o. Revenue recognition:

  The Group generates its revenues primarily from the sale of products, through a direct sales force and sales representatives. The Group’s products are delivered to its customers, which include original equipment manufacturers, network equipment providers, systems integrators and distributors in the telecommunications and networking industries, all of whom are considered end-users.

F - 19



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  Revenues from products are recognized in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulleting (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”, when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is probable. The Group has no obligation to customers after the date in which products are delivered other than pursuant to warranty obligations and right of return.

  The Group generally grants to its customers a right of return or the ability to exchange a specific percentage of the total price paid for products they have purchased over a period of three months for other products. The Group maintains a provision for product returns and exchanges based on its experience with historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors, in accordance with SFAS No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists”. The provision was deducted from revenues and amounted to $619, $545 and $636 as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

  Revenues from the sale of products which were not yet determined to be final sales due to market acceptance or technological compatibility were deferred and included in deferred revenues.

  p. Warranty costs:

  The Group generally provides a warranty period of 12 months, at no extra charge. The Group estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time product revenue is recognized. Factors that affect the Group’s warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. The Group periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary. A tabular reconciliation of the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liability was not provided due to immateriality.

  q. Research and development costs:

  Research and development costs, net of grants received, are charged to the statement of income as incurred.

  r. Income taxes:

  The Group accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. This Statement prescribes the use of the asset and liability method whereby account balances of deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Group provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.

F - 20



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  s. Concentrations of credit risk:

  Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits, structured notes, marketable securities and trade receivables.

  The majority of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits and structured notes are invested in U.S. dollar instruments with major banks in Israel and the United States. Such investments in the United States may be in excess of insured limits and are not insured in other jurisdictions. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Group’s investments are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these financial investments.

  Marketable securities include investments in debentures of corporations, U.S. government and agencies. Management believes that those corporations and agencies are financially sound, the portfolio is well diversified, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these marketable debt securities.

  The trade receivables of the Group are derived from sales to customers located primarily in the Americas, the Far East, Israel and Europe. The Group performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and to date has not experienced any material losses. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined with respect to those amounts that the Group has determined to be doubtful of collection. The Group usually does not require collateral on trade receivables because most of its sales are to large and well-established companies.

  t. Senior convertible notes:

  The Company presents the outstanding principal amount of its senior convertible notes as a long-term liability, in accordance with APB No. 14 “Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants”. The debt is classified as a long-term liability until the date of conversion on which it would be reclassified to equity, or at the first contractual redemption date, on which it would be reclassified as a short-term liability. Accrued interest on the senior convertible notes is included in “other payables and accrued expenses”.

  The Initial Purchasers discount is recorded as a discount to the debt and amortized according to the interest method over the term of the senior convertible notes in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-27 “Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Industries”, which is 20 years.

  u. Basic and diluted net earnings per share:

  Basic net earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding during each year. Diluted net earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding during each year, plus potential dilutive Ordinary shares considered outstanding during the year, in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share”.

F - 21



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  Senior convertible notes and certain outstanding stock options and warrants have been excluded from the calculation of the diluted net earnings per Ordinary share since such securities are anti-dilutive for all years presented. The total weighted average number of shares related to the senior convertible notes and outstanding options and warrants that have been excluded from the calculations of diluted net earnings per share was 4,972,991, 8,598,556 and 9,924,624 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

  v. Equity-based compensation expenses:

  On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense based on estimated fair values for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” , for periods beginning in fiscal year 2006. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued SAB No. 107 relating to SFAS No. 123(R). The Company has applied the provisions of SAB No. 107 in its adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

  SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense in the Company’s consolidated income statements over the requisite service periods.

  Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for equity-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB No. 25 as allowed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The Company recognized compensation expenses, which had graded vesting, based on the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period of each of the awards. Forfeitures were accounted for as occurred. During 2004 and 2005 the Company recorded compensation expenses in the amount of $66 and $36, respectively.

  The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard starting from January 1, 2006, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2006. Under that transition method, compensation cost recognized in the year ended December 31, 2006, includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

F - 22



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards based on the accelerated method over the requisite service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. SFAS No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-vesting forfeitures.

  The effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006, was a decrease in the Company’s income before taxes on income and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, of $8,707 with a corresponding decrease in the basic and diluted net earnings per share of $0.21 and $0.19 respectively.

  Pro forma information regarding the Group’s net income (loss) and net earnings (loss) per share is required by SFAS No. 123 and has been determined as if the Group had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123.

  The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black and Scholes option pricing model and amortized over the vesting period. Fair values were estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

2004
2005
 
Dividend yield 0% 0%
Expected volatility 87% 75%
Risk-free interest 3% 4%
Expected life 4 years 4.5 years

  The Black-Scholes pricing-model was used to estimate the fair value of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) compensation. Assumptions are not provided due to immateriality.

  Pro forma information under SFAS No. 123 is as follows:

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
 
Net income as reported     $ 5,006   $ 13,436  
Add: stock-based compensation expenses determined under the intrinsic value based method    
  included in the reported net income       66     36  
Deduct: stock-based compensation expenses determined under the fair value based method for    
  all awards       (8,509 )   (8,869 )


     
Pro forma net income (loss)     $ (3,437 ) $ 4,603  


     
Basic net earnings per share as reported     $ 0.13   $ 0.33  


Diluted net earnings per share as reported     $ 0.12   $ 0.31  


     
Pro forma basic net earning (loss) per share     $ (0.09 ) $ 0.11  


     
Pro forma diluted net earning (loss) per share     $ (0.09 ) $ 0.11  



F - 23



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  As of December 31, 2006, the total unrecognized estimated compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted prior to that date was $12,381, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2006 was $4,790. The Company recorded cash received from the exercise of stock options of $6,515 during the year ended December 31, 2006.

  The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan granted during the 12 months ended December 31, 2006, was $ 5.81, per share using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula with the following weighted-average assumptions (annualized percentages):

Year ended
December 31,
2006

 
Dividend yield 0%
Expected volatility 61.9%
Risk-free interest 4.6%
Expected life 4.8 years

  The Company is required to assume a dividend yield as an input in the Black-Scholes model. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s historical experience and expectation of future dividend payouts and may be subject to substantial change in the future. The dividend yield used for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was 0%.

  The computation of volatility uses historical volatility derived from the company’s exchange traded shares. As a result of the above-mentioned calculations, the weighted-average volatility used for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was 61.9%.

  The risk-free interest rate assumption is the implied yield currently available on United States treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life term of the Company’s options. Weighted average interest rate used for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was 4.6%.

  The Company determined the expected life of the options according to the simplified method, average of vesting and the contractual term of the Company’s stock options. Expected life used for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was 4.8 years.

F - 24



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  The Company’s aggregate compensation cost for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 totaled $8,707 thousand. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was $0, for the Company’s equity-based compensation arrangements.

  The total equity-based compensation expense related to all of the Company’s equity-based awards, recognized for twelve months ended December 31, 2006, was comprised as follows:

Year ended
December 31,
2006

 
Cost of goods sold     $ 620  
Research and development       3,053  
Selling and Marketing       3,628  
General and administrative       1,406  

     
Total equity-based compensation expense before taxes     $ 8,707  


  The Group applies SFAS No. 123 and EITF No. 96-18 “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services”, with respect to options and warrants issued to non-employees. SFAS No. 123 requires the use of option valuation models to measure the fair value of the options and warrants at the measurement date.

  w. Severance pay:

  The Group’s liability for severance pay for Israeli employees is calculated pursuant to Israel’s Severance Pay Law, based on the most recent salary of the employees multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the balance sheet date. Employees are entitled to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a portion thereof. The Group’s liability for all of its Israeli employees is fully provided for by monthly deposits with severance pay funds, insurance policies and by an accrual.

  The deposited funds include profits accumulated up to the balance sheet date. The deposited funds may be withdrawn only upon the fulfillment of the obligation pursuant to Israel’s Severance Pay Law or labor agreements. The value of the deposited funds is based on the cash surrender value of these policies and includes immaterial profits.

  Severance pay expenses for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, amounted to approximately $1,182, $1,514 and $1,766, respectively.

F - 25



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  x. Employees benefit plan

  The Company has four 401(K) defined contribution plans covering certain employees in the U.S. All eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 100%, but generally not greater than $ 15 per year ($20 including catch-up contributions for eligible participants over the age of 50), of their annual compensation to the plan through salary deferrals, subject to IRS limits. Effective from January 1, 2006 the Company matches employees contributions to the plan up to limit of 3.75% of their eligible compensation, subject to IRS limits. In 2006 the Company matched contributions in the amount of $ 271.

  y. Advertising expenses:

  Advertising expenses are charged to the statements of operations as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, amounted to $359, $371 and $402, respectively.

  z. Fair value of financial instruments:

  The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

  The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturity of such instruments.

  The carrying amounts of bank deposits and structured notes are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current interest rates for deposits of similar terms and maturities. The carrying amount of long-term deposits approximates their fair value.

  The fair value of marketable securities is based on quoted prices and do not differ significantly from the carrying amount (see Note 4).

  The fair value of senior convertible notes is based on quoted market values and prevailing market rates, and approximates their carrying amount.

  The fair value of foreign currency contracts (used for hedging purposes) is estimated by obtaining current quotes from banks.

F - 26



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  aa. Derivative instruments:

  SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, requires a company to recognize all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and also on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

  The Group uses derivative instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency related to salary payments denominated in New Israeli Shekel (“NIS”). The Group’s objectives for holding derivatives are to minimize risks.

  For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings .

  Since the amounts of forward transactions do not exceed salary payments, those transactions are all highly effective and the results are recorded as payroll expenses at the time that the hedge against the risk of overall changes in cash flows resulting from forecasted foreign currency salary payments during the year. The Company has instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. The Company hedges portions of its forecasted expenses denominated in NIS with forward and put and call options (zero – cost collar). These option contracts are designated as cash flow hedges, as defined by SFAS No. 133 and Derivative Implementation Group No. G20. Cash Flow Hedges Assessing and Measuring the Effectiveness of a Purchased option Used in a Cash Flow Hedge. (“DIG 20”) and are all effective.

  At December 31, 2006, the Group expects to reclassify $122 of net gains on derivative instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income to income during the next nine months due to actual payment of variable interest associated with the floating rate debt.

F - 27



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  ab. Impact of recently issued accounting standards:

  1. FIN No 48

  In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN No 48”). FIN No 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (step two) is only addressed if step one has been satisfied (i.e., the position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained). Under step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

  FIN No 48 applies to all tax positions related to income taxes subject to the FASB No. 109, “Accounting for income taxes”. This includes tax positions considered to be “routine” as well as those with a high degree of uncertainty.

  FIN No 48 has expanded disclosure requirements which include a tabular roll forward of the beginning and ending aggregate unrecognized tax benefits as well as specific detail related to tax uncertainties for which it is reasonably possible the amount of unrecognized tax benefit will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months. These disclosures are required at each annual reporting period unless a significant change occurs in an interim period.

  FIN No 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The cumulative effect of applying FIN No 48 will be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings.

  The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of FIN 48 on its financial statements.

F - 28



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

  2. SFAS No. 157

  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This statement provides a single definition of fair value, a framework for measuring fair value, and expanded disclosures concerning fair value. Previously, different definitions of fair value were contained in various accounting pronouncements creating inconsistencies in measurement and disclosures. SFAS No. 157 applies under those previously issued pronouncements that prescribe fair value as the relevant measure of value, except SFAS No. 123(R) and related interpretations. The statement does not apply to accounting standards that require or permit measurement similar to fair value but are not intended to measure fair value. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No 157.

  3. SFAS No. 159

  In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, although earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 159 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3: BANK DEPOSITS AND STRUCTURED NOTES

  Bank deposits and structured notes are composed as follows:

December 31,
2005
2006
2005
2006
Weighted average interest
 
Short-term bank deposits (in U.S. dollars)       3.42 %   5.18 % $ 55,000   $ 10,700  
Structured notes (1)       -     -     6,929     17,958  


     
                     61,929     28,658  


Long-term bank deposits (in U.S. dollars)       -     5.10 %   -     20,287  
Structured notes (2)       3.0 %   5.51 %   27,781     10,148  


     
                    27,781     30,435  


     
                   $ 89,710   $ 59,093  



F - 29



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 3: BANK DEPOSITS AND STRUCTURED NOTES (Cont.)

  (1) As of December 31, 2006, the Group has callable structured notes at par value totaling $ 18,000 for settlement during 2007 from several banks. Under the arrangements with the banks, whether or not the structured notes bear interest depends upon the rate of the three months to one year LIBOR.

  For each day in which the relevant LIBOR rate is below an agreed annual fixed rate, which ranges from 2.5% to 4.5% the structured notes bear interest at the rate of 3.2% to 4.5% per annum. On all other days, the structured notes do not bear any interest. As of December 31, 2006, investments in structured notes securities approximate their market value.

  (2) As of December 31, 2006, the Group has callable structured notes at par value totaling $10,000 for settlement during 2010. Under the arrangements with the bank, whether or not the structured notes bear interest depends upon the six month LIBOR rate.

  For each day in which the relevant LIBOR rate is below an agreed annual fixed rate, which ranges from 5.25% to 6% the structured notes bear interest at the rate of 5.75% per annum. On all other days, the structured notes bear interest at the rate of 2.5%. As of December 31, 2006, investments in structured notes securities approximate their market value.

NOTE 4: MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND ACCRUED INTEREST

  The following is a summery of held to maturity marketable securities.

December 31,
2005
2006
Amortized
cost

Net
unrealized
losses

Market
Value

Amortized
cost

Net
unrealized
losses

Market
Value

 
Corporate debentures:                            
Maturing within one year     $ 8,040   $ 53   $ 7,987   $ 19,682   $ 84   $ 19,598  
Maturing within one to three years       33,792     265     33,527     12,943     126     12,817  






     
        41,832     318     41,514     32,625     210     32,415  






     
U.S. Government and agencies debts    
Maturing within one year       1,000     4     996     9,000     49     8,951  
Maturing within one to three years       15,999     130     15,869     6,999     48     6,951  






     
        16,999     134     16,865     15,999     97     15,902  
     
Accrued interest       823     -     823     740     -     740  






     
      $ 59,654   $ 452   $ 59,202   $ 49,364   $ 307   $ 49,057  







F - 30



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 4: MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND ACCRUED INTEREST (Cont.)

  The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in all types of securities are due to interest rate increases. The contractual cash flows of these investments are either guaranteed by the U.S. government or an agency of the U.S. government or were issued by highly rated corporations. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment. Since the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be until maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2006.

  Out of the unrecognized loss as of December 31, 2006, $174 is outstanding more than twelve months and $133 are less than twelve months.

  The Company sold held-to-maturity marketable securities during the year ended December 31, 2006 in the amount of $ 979. The marketable securities were sold before their maturity, due to deterioration in their credit rating. As a result of the sale, the Company recorded an immaterial loss during the period.

NOTE 5: INVENTORIES

December 31,
2005
2006
 
Raw materials     $ 4,598   $ 5,431  
Finished products       6,964     10,662  


     
      $ 11,562   $ 16,093  



  In the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Group increased its reserve for obsolete inventory in a total amount of $1,237 $1,168 and $981 respectively. These amounts are included in cost of revenues.

F - 31



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 6: INVESTMENT IN COMPANIES

  a. In December 2000, the Company signed an agreement to invest in an unrelated privately-held company (“investee”). During 2005 and 2006, the Company granted convertible loans in the amount of $902 to the investee. The loans bear no interest and are convertible into shares. The date of conversion, the type of the shares and the number of shares granted will be determined by the board of directors of the investee. As of December 31, 2006, the Company holds 40.9% of the investee’s share capital.

December 31,
2005
2006
 
 Equity, net (1)     $ (232 ) $ (311 )
 Convertible loans       611     902  


      
 Total investments     $ 379   $ 591  


      
(1)            Net equity as follows:    
      
 Net equity as of purchase date     $ 93   $ 93  
 Unamortized goodwill       2,389     3,167  
 Accumulated net losses       (2,714 )   (3,571 )


      
      $ (232 ) $ (311 )



  b. In July, 2005, the Company signed a share purchase agreement with another unrelated privately-held company and certain of its shareholders to acquire 19.5% of its Ordinary shares for a total purchase price in the amount of $ 707. In November 2006, the Company granted convertible loan in the amount of $ 44. The loan bears interest at the rate of 9% per annum and is convertible into shares.

December 31,
2005
2006
 
Net equity as of purchase date     $ (106 ) $ (106 )
Unamortized goodwill       813     985  
Accumulated net income (loss)       26     (33 )


     
Total investment     $ 733   $ 846  



F - 32



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 6: INVESTMENT IN COMPANIES (Cont.)

  c. In February, 2006, the Company signed a share purchase agreement with another unrelated privately-held company to acquire 10% of its Ordinary shares for a total purchase price in the amount of $1,000. The Company received in October 2006 a call option to invest an additional $10,000 for the remaining 90% of the unrelated privately-held company’s share capital. The option is valid until January 31, 2007. In November, 2006 the Company granted the unrelated privately-held company a credit line of $500 payable within 18 months. The loan bears interest at the rate of 180 day LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum. In the event that the Company consummates an equity investment in the unrelated privately-held company the principal amount of the loan would automatically be applied to pay a portion of the purchase price for the equity investment.

  d. In December 2006, the Company granted convertible loan in the amount of $ 1,000 to another unrelated privately-held company. The loan bears LIBOR+2% per annum interest and shall be due and payable in December 2007 unless converted into shares. Upon affiliated company consummating a single or series of equity financial transactions no later then the repayment date, the Company shall be entitled to convert the loan amount for the lowest price per share paid by the investors participating in the financing. In addition, the Company received warrants valid until the consummation of an exit transaction to purchase in consideration for 40% of the principle amount ($400), in consideration of $941.91 per share unless the investee consummated the financing by the repayment date, then the price would be equal to the price per share paid by the Company.

NOTE 7: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

December 31,
2005
2006
Cost:            
  Computers and peripheral equipment     $ 11,767   $ 14,022  
  Office furniture and equipment       6,333     8,079  
  Motor vehicles       48     48  
  Leasehold improvements       1,289     1,561  


     
        19,437     23,710  


Accumulated depreciation:    
  Computers and peripheral equipment       9,184     10,868  
  Office furniture and equipment       3,327     4,429  
  Motor vehicles       48     48  
  Leasehold improvements       384     518  


     
        12,943     15,863  


     
Depreciated cost     $ 6,494   $ 7,847  



  Depreciation expenses amounted to $2,352, $2,509 and $2,920 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

F - 33



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 8: INTANGIBLE ASSETS, DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER

December 31,
2005
2006
 
a. Cost:            
Acquired technology     $ 4,273   $ 15,982  
Customer relationship       -     8,001  
Trade name       -     466  
Existing contracts for maintenance       -     204  
Backlog       -     837  
Deferred charges       478     478  
Other       200     200  


     
        4,951     26,168  


Accumulated amortization:    
Acquired technology       1,647     3,322  
Customer relationship       -     445  
Trade name       -     78  
Existing contracts for maintenance       -     34  
Backlog       -     391  
Deferred charges       25     45  


     
        1,672     4,315  


     
Amortized cost     $ 3,279   $ 21,853  



  b. Amortization expenses amounted to $627, $860 and $2,623 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

  c. Amortization expenses related to deferred charges amounted to $3, $22 and $20 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

  d. Expected amortization expenses for the years ended December 31:

2007      $ 4,183  
2008        3,605  
2009        3,026  
2010        2,684  
2011        2,082  
2012-2016        6,273  

     
      $ 21,853  


F - 34



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 9: OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

December 31,
2005
2006
 
Employees and payroll accruals     $ 8,088   $ 11,614  
Technology licensing fee provision       2,901     2,067  
Government authorities       738     873  
Accrued expenses       6,568     10,857  
Deferred revenues       300     1,753  
Others       25     975  


     
      $ 18,620   $ 28,139  



NOTE 10: SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES

  In November 2004, the Company issued an aggregate of $125,000 (including the exercise of the option as described below) of 2% Senior Convertible Notes due November 9, 2024 (“the Notes”). The Company is obligated to pay interest on the Notes semi-annually on May 9 and November 9 of each year.

  The Notes are convertible, at the option of the holders at any time before the maturity date, into Ordinary shares of the Company at a conversion rate of 53.4474 Ordinary shares per $1 principal amount of Notes, representing a conversion price of approximately $18.71 per share. The Notes are subject to redemption at any time on or after November 9, 2009, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Notes are subject to repurchase, at the holders’ option, on November 9, 2009, November 9, 2014 or November 9, 2019, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such repurchase date. The Company can choose to pay the repurchase price in cash, Ordinary shares or a combination of cash and Ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2006, the Notes are presented as a long-term liability.

  The Notes also contain a provision for a “make-whole” premium to be paid by the Company to holders of the Notes in the event of certain changes in control that could occur during the life of the Notes. The premium is payable in the form of cash, the Company’s Ordinary shares, or the same form of consideration used to pay for the shares of the Company’s Ordinary shares in connection with the transaction constituting the change in control. The premium declines over time and is based upon the price of the Company’s Ordinary shares as of the effective date of the change in control. Due to immateriality, the Company did not record separate derivative in the financial statements.

  The Notes were issued with a conversion price equal to $18.71 per share, which reflected the closing share price on the Nasdaq on the date of the offering, which was $14.12, plus a premium of 32.5%. In accordance with EITF No. 00-27, no beneficial conversion feature was recognized or recorded.

F - 35



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 10: SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES (Cont.)

  The additional amount that the Company can be required to pay in respect of the withholding taxes was recorded as a liability.

  As part of the offering, the Company granted the Initial Purchasers an option to purchase at any time during 30 days from the date of the offering, up to an additional $25,000 principal amount of senior convertible notes. The option, in accordance with SFAS No. 133, is not embedded and therefore should be measured on a stand-alone basis. On November 16, 2004, the option was exercised in full. Due to immateriality, the Company did not record this option and its exercise in the financial statements.

NOTE 11: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

  a. Lease commitments:

  The Group’s facilities are rented under several lease agreements in Israel and the U.S. for periods ending in 2013.

  Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

2007      $ 3,686  
2008        3,447  
2009        3,424  
2010        3,201  
2011        3,011  
2012 and thereafter       3,872  

     
      $ 20,641  


  Rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, were approximately $2,927, $2,938 and $3,087, respectively.

  b. Other commitments:

  The Company is obligated under certain agreements with its suppliers to purchase goods and under an agreement with its manufacturing subcontractor to purchase excess inventory. Non Cancelable obligations as of December 31, 2006, were approximately as follows:

2007      $ 2,726  
2008        1,008  

     
      $ 3,734  


F - 36



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 11: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.)

  c. Royalty commitment to the Office of the Chief Scientist of Israel (“OCS”):

  Under the research and development agreements of the Company with the OCS and pursuant to applicable laws, the Company is required to pay royalties at the rate of 3%-4.5% of sales of products developed with funds provided by the OCS, up to an amount equal to 100% of the OCS research and development grants received, linked to the U.S. dollar plus interest on the unpaid amount received based on the 12-month LIBOR rate applicable to dollar deposits. The Company is obligated to repay the Israeli Government for the grants received only to the extent that there are sales of the funded products.

  As of December 31, 2006, the Company has a contingent obligation to pay royalties in the amount of approximately $ 2,728.

  d. Royalty commitments to third parties:

  The Group entered into technology licensing fee agreements with third parties. Under the agreements, the Group agreed to pay the third parties royalties until 2008, based on 0.3%-0.9% of the Group’s total consolidated revenues.

  From time to time, the Group may be subject to patent infringement claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. The Group estimates and records liabilities for those contingent claims for which it believes future expenditures will be required and for which such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.

  e. Legal proceedings

  1. Prior to the acquisition of Nuera by the Group, one of Nuera’s customers had been named as a defendant in a patent infringement suit involving technology the customer purchased from Nuera. In the suit, the plaintiff alleged that the customer uses devices to offer services that infringe upon a patent the plaintiff owns. The customer has sought indemnification from Nuera pursuant to the terms of a purchase agreement between Nuera and the Company relating to the allegedly infringing technology at issue. According to the estimate of the management, Nuera has provided an allowance in respect of the above claim.

F - 37



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 11: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.)

  2. Prior to the acquisition of Nuera by the Group, eight former employees of a French subsidiary of Nuera filed a labor grievance against the subsidiary claiming they were unfairly terminated. The French subsidiary filed for bankruptcy in 2004 and, in 2005, the court appointed liquidator sought to hold Nuera liable for the obligations of its French subsidiary. In June 2006, the court ruled in favor of Nuera that it was not liable for the obligations of its French subsidiary. In March 2006, the liquidator decided to appeal the judgement. According to the estimate of the management, Nuera has provided an allowance in respect of the above claim.

NOTE 12: SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  a. Treasury stock:

  On January 10, 2001 and on April 28, 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company is authorized to purchase up to an aggregate amount of 4,000,000 of its outstanding Ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had purchased 3,942,139 of its outstanding Ordinary shares, at a weighted average price per share of $2.87.

  b. Warrants issued to consultants:

  Between 1999 and 2001, the Company issued warrants to consultants to purchase 4,000 and 50,000 Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value at an exercise price of $9.82 per share and $ 18.82 per share, respectively, expiring seven years from the date of grant. Warrants to purchase 24,000 Ordinary shares at an exercise price of $18.82 per share were exercisable immediately, and warrants to purchase 30,000 Ordinary shares are exercisable in four equal annual installments from the date of grant. During 2001, warrants to purchase 10,000 Ordinary shares at an exercise price of $18.82 were exercised.

  As of December 31, 2006, 34,000 warrants are outstanding and exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $18.82

F - 38



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 12: SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

  c. Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

  In May 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Purchase Plan”), which provides for the issuance of a maximum of 2,000,000 Ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2006, 709,987 shares are still available for future issuance. Eligible employees can have up to 15% of their wages, up to certain maximums, used to purchase Ordinary shares. The Purchase Plan is implemented with purchases every six months occurring on January 31 and July 31 of each year. The price of the Ordinary shares purchased under the Purchase Plan is equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Ordinary shares on the commencement date of each offering period or on the semi-annual purchase date. The Purchase Plan is considered as a compensatory plan. Therefore the Company recorded compensation expense in accordance to SFAS 123R (Note 12 d.).

  During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, 208,952, 257,746 and 323,303 shares, respectively, were issued under the Purchase Plan for aggregate considerations of $1,332, $2,134 and $2,665, respectively.

  d. Employee Stock Option Plans:

  Under the Company’s 1997 and 1999 Stock Option Plans (“the Plans”), options to purchase Ordinary shares may be granted to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Group.

  The total number of shares authorized for grant of options under the Plans is 15,945,828. As of December 31, 2006, 1,497,740 shares are still available for future option grants.

  Stock options granted under the Plans are exercisable usually at the fair market value of the Ordinary shares at the date of grant and usually expire seven or ten years from the date of grant. The options generally vest over four or five years, from the date of grant. Any options, which are forfeited or cancelled before expiration, become available for future grants.

F - 39



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 12: SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

  A summary of the Group’s stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2006, is as follows:

Number of
options

Weighted-average
exercise price

Weighted- average
remaining
contractual term
(in years)

Aggregate
intrinsic value

 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005       7,890,372   $ 9.38              
Granted       1,789,000   $ 10.51              
Exercised       (1,198,621 ) $ 5.44              
Forfeited       (498,925 ) $ 14.31              

     
Outstanding at December 31,2006       7,981,826   $ 9.92     3.8   $ 22,353  




     
Exercisable at December 31,2006       4,535,767   $ 9.76     2.4   $ 18,396  




     
Vested and expected to vest       7,607,019   $ 9.92     3.8   $ 21,213  





  The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was $5.81. The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of fiscal 2006 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s shares. Total intrinsic value of options exercised for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was $4,790. As of December 31, 2006, there was $12,381 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. Total fair value of options vested for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was $5,866.

F - 40



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 12: SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

  The options outstanding as of December 31, 2006, have been separated into ranges of exercise prices, as follows:

Range of exercise
price

Options outstanding
as of
December 31,
2006

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Options exercisable
as of
December 31,
2006

Weighted
average
exercise price of
exercisable
options

(Years)
 
$ 0.61       101,000     1.27   $ 0.61     101,000   $ 0.61  
$ 1.1       146,400     1.51   $ 1.10     146,400   $ 1.10  
$ 1.73-2.51       548,693     2.81   $ 2.29     504,193   $ 2.29  
$ 2.67-4       487,701     2.33   $ 3.13     417,567   $ 3.11  
$ 4.1-6.04       936,004     2.58   $ 4.43     812,004   $ 4.39  
$ 6.51-9.24       840,828     2.55   $ 7.79     716,453   $ 7.76  
$ 9.32-14.76       4,247,700     5.35   $ 10.86     1,190,900   $ 11.14  
$ 15.94-20.38       52,500     5.00   $ 15.94     26,250   $ 15.94  
$ 25.5-36.53       597,000     0.30   $ 28.96     597,000   $ 28.96  
$ 50.50       24,000     0.49   $ 50.50     24,000   $ 50.50  




     
        7,981,826         $ 9.92     4,535,767   $ 9.76  





  The weighted average fair values of the options granted during 2004, 2005 and 2006, were $7.63, $6.27 and $5.81, respectively.

  e. Dividends:

  In the event that cash dividends are declared in the future, such dividends will be paid in NIS. The Company does not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. (See also Note 13a.)

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME

  a. Israeli taxation:

  1. Measurement of taxable income:

  Commencing in taxable year 2003, the Company has elected to measure its taxable income and file its tax return under the Israeli Income Tax Regulations (Principles Regarding the Management of Books of Account of Foreign Invested Companies and Certain Partnerships and the Determination of Their Taxable Income), 1986. Such an elective obligates the Company for three years. Accordingly, commencing taxable year 2003, results for tax purposes are measured in terms of earnings in dollars. The

  Company has elected to extend the term of the above mentioned tax measurement by another year.

F - 41



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

  2. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (“the Investment Law”):

  The Company’s production facilities have been granted the status of an “Approved Enterprise” in accordance with the Investment Law under four separate investment programs. According to the provisions of such Israeli Investment Law, the Company has been granted the “Alternative Benefit Plan”, under which the main benefits are tax exemption and reduced tax rate.

  Therefore, the Company’s income derived from Approved Enterprise will be entitled to a tax exemption for a period of two to four years and to an additional period of six to eight years of reduced tax rates of 10% – 25% (based on the percentage of foreign ownership). The duration of tax benefits of reduced tax rates is subject to a limitation of the earlier of 12 years from commencement of production, or 14 years from the approval date. The Company utilized tax benefits from the first program in 1998 and is eligible for benefits through 2007. Tax benefits from the remaining programs are scheduled to gradually expire through 2013.

  As of December 31, 2006, retained earnings included approximately $540 in tax-exempt income earned by the Company’s “Approved Enterprise”. The Company’s Board of Directors has decided not to declare dividends out of such tax-exempt income. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided on income attributable to the Company’s “Approved Enterprise”.

  Tax-exempt income attributable to the “Approved Enterprise” cannot be distributed to shareholders without subjecting the Company to taxes except upon complete liquidation of the Company. If such retained tax-exempt income is distributed in a manner other than upon the complete liquidation of the Company, it would be taxed at the corporate tax rate applicable to such profits as if the Company had not elected the alternative tax benefits (currently between 10% – 25%) and an income tax liability of approximately up to $ 135 would be incurred by the Company.

  The entitlement to the above benefits is conditional upon the Company fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the Investment Law, regulations published thereunder and the certificate of approval for the specific investments in “Approved Enterprises”. In the event of failure to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be canceled and the Company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, including interest. As of December 31, 2006, management believes that the Company is in compliance with all of the aforementioned conditions.

  Income from sources other than the “Approved Enterprise” during the benefit period will be subject to tax at the regular tax rate prevailing at that time.

F - 42



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

  On April 1, 2005, an amendment to the Investment Law came into effect (“the Amendment”) that has significantly changed the provisions of the Investment Law. The Amendment limits the scope of enterprises that may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as a Privileged Enterprise including a provision generally requiring that at least 25% of the Privileged Enterprise’s income will be derived from export. Additionally, the Amendment enacted major changes in the manner in which tax benefits are awarded under the Investment Law so that companies no longer require Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax benefits.

  However, the Investment Law provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval already granted will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore, the Company’s existing “Approved Enterprises” will generally not be subject to the provisions of the Amendment. As a result of the Amendment, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the Investment Law has amended, will subject the Company to taxes upon distribution or liquidation and the Company may be required to record a deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income. As of December 31, 2006 there were no taxable income attributable to the Privileged Enterprise.

  3. Net operating losses carry forward:

  As of December 31, 2006, the Company has accumulated losses for tax purposes in the amount of approximately $68,000, which can be carried forward and offset most of against taxable income in the future for an indefinite period.

  4. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969:

  The Company currently qualifies as an “Industrial Company” under the above law and as such is entitled to certain tax benefits, including accelerated depreciation and the deduction of public offering expenses in three equal annual payments.

  5. Tax rates:

  Under an amendment to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance enacted on July 25, 2005, a gradual decrease in the corporate tax rate in Israel will be in effect as follows: in 2006 –31%, in 2007 – 29%, in 2008 – 27%, in 2009 – 26% and in 2010 and thereafter – 25%.

F - 43



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

  b. Income before taxes on income comprised as following:

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Domestic     $ 2,303   $ 6,694   $ 5,767  
Foreign       2,976     7,541     1,399  



     
      $ 5,279   $ 14,235   $ 7,166  




  c. Taxes on income are comprised as follows:

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Current taxes     $ 273   $ 4,267   $ 1,290  
Deferred taxes       -     (2,368 )   (1,001 )



     
      $ 273   $ 799   $ 289  




Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Domestic     $ -   $ 2,167   $ 846  
Foreign       273     (1,368 )   (557 )



     
      $ 273   $ 799   $ 289  




  d. Deferred income taxes:

  Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Group’s deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

F - 44



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

December 31,
2005
2006
 
Deferred tax assets:            
  Net operating loss carry forward     $ 34,616   $ 31,909  
  Reserves and allowances       7,071     7,879  


     
Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance       41,687     39,788  
Valuation allowance       (39,198 )   (36,046 )


     
Deferred tax assets *)     $ 2,489   $ 3,742  
Deferred tax liability, related to intangible assets     $ -   $ (7,780 )
     
Deferred tax asset (liabilities), net     $ 2,489   $ (4,038 )


     
Foreign:    
  Current deferred tax assets       1,249     1,282  
  Current deferred tax liability       -     (1,321 )
  Non current deferred tax asset       1,240     2,460  
  Non current deferred tax liability       -     (6,459 )


     
      $ 2,489   $ (4,038 )



  *) Including $638 of the total deferred tax assets upon utilization of pre-acquisition carry forward tax losses derived from acquisition of AudioCodes USA Inc. in accordance with SFAS No. 141.

  The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries have estimated total available carry forward tax losses of approximately $ 60,000 to offset against future taxable income between 2015 and 2024. As of December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $ 3,742 relating to the available net carry forward tax losses.

  Utilization of U.S. net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization.

F - 45



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

  e. Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expenses:

  A reconciliation between the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory tax rate applicable to income of the Company and the actual tax expense as reported in the statement of income is as follows:

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
 Income before taxes, as reported in the consolidated statements of                
   income     $ 5,279   $ 14,235   $ 7,166  



     
 Statutory tax rate       35 %   34 %   31 %



     
 Theoretical tax expenses on the above amount at the Israeli statutory    
   tax rate       1,848     4,840     2,221  
 Income taxed at rate other than the Israeli statutory tax rate (1)       (4,335 )   (3,543 )   (4,672 )
 Non-deductible expenses including equity based compensation expenses       1,355     1,663     4,008  
 Deferred taxes on losses for which a valuation allowance was provided       1,223     (2,813 )   (261 )
 Utilization of operation losses carry forward       -     (2,291 )   (1,232 )
 State and Federal taxes       -     826     425  
 Inter-company charges       -     1,725     (299 )
Other individually immaterial income tax item       182     392     99  



     
 Actual tax expense     $ 273   $ 799   $ 289  



     
(1)         Per share amounts (basic) of the tax benefit resulting from the    
              exemption     $ 0.11   $ 0.09   $ 0.11  



              Per share amounts (diluted) of the tax benefit resulting from    
              the exemption     $ 0.10   $ 0.08   $ 0.11  




F - 46



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14: BASIC AND DILUTED NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Numerator:                
     
Net income available to shareholders of Ordinary Shares     $ 5,006   $ 13,436   $ 6,877  



     
Denominator:    
     
Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average number    
   of Ordinary shares, net of treasury stock       38,613,597     40,295,591     41,716,626  
Effect of dilutive securities:    
Employee stock options and ESPP       3,993,000     2,790,110     1,972,767  
Senior convertible notes       *)  -     *)  -     *)  -  



Denominator for diluted net earnings per share - adjusted weighted    
   average number of shares       42,606,597     43,085,701     43,689,393  




  *) Antidilutive.

NOTE 15: FINANCIAL INCOME (EXPENSES), NET

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Financial expenses:                
  Foreign currency transaction differences, net     $ (93 ) $ -   $ -  
  Interest       (381 )   (3,357 )   (2,961 )
  Amortization of marketable securities premiums and    
  accretion of discounts, net       -     (143 )   (224 )
  Others       (94 )   (146 )   (240 )



     
        (568 )   (3,646 )   (3,425 )



Financial income:    
  Interest and others       2,733     6,103     7,242  



     
        2,733     6,103     7,242  



     
      $ 2,165   $ 2,457   $ 3,817  




F - 47



AUDIOCODES LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 16: MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

  a. Summary information about geographic areas:

  The Group manages its business on a basis of one reportable segment (see Note 1 for a brief description of the Group’s business). The data is presented in accordance with SFAS No. 131 “Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. Revenues in the table below are attributed to geographical areas based on the location of the end customers.

  The following presents total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and long-lived assets as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

2004
2005
2006
Total
revenues

Long-
lived
assets

Total
revenues

Long-
lived
assets

Total
revenues

Long-
lived
assets

 
Israel     $ 8,332   $ 7,357   $ 12,235   $ 6,248   $ 12,411   $ 11,463  
Americas       51,573     13,594     66,622     22,193     83,352     108,497  
Europe       10,972     5     22,434     7     32,704     6  
Far East       11,879     -     14,536     4     18,886     5  






     
      $ 82,756   $ 20,956   $ 115,827   $ 28,452   $ 147,353   $ 119,979  







  b. Major customer’s data as a percentage of total revenues:

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Customer A       19 %   16 %   15 %

  c. Product lines:

  Total revenues from external customers divided on the basis of the Company’s product lines are as follows:

Year ended December 31,
2004
2005
2006
 
Technology     $ 48,500   $ 62,287   $ 70,013  
Networking       34,256     53,540     77,340  



     
      $ 82,756   $ 115,827   $ 147,353  




F - 48





Exhibit 4.29

Building and Tenancy Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 2007, by and between Airport City Ltd. ("Lessor") and AudioCodes Ltd. ("AudioCodes").

Agreement regarding the building and lease of a new building for AudioCodes in “Airport City” (Modiin municipal area as further detailed in the agreement).

Planning and Building Period: The Building will be planned according to AudioCodes’ requirements as further detailed in the agreement. Planning period under the agreement is approximately 6 months. Building period under the agreement is approximately 24 months after AudioCodes’ approval of building plans. Lessor will bear all construction expenses and shall also bear expenses related to Fittings (as defined in the Agreement) and improvements of premises according to AudioCodes’ specifications in an amount up to $500 per square meter. In the event that AudioCodes’ Fittings exceed $500 per meter, AudioCodes will bear the excess costs.

Leased Property: Approximately 13,500 square meters and an additional parking basement of approximately 6,750 square meters, together with 337 open air parking spaces.

Commencement and Lease period:  Upon completion and delivery of the Building according to Plans, for a period of eleven years with an option to extend lease for two additional periods of five years each.

Price: For main premises $7.50 – $12.85 per square meter per calendar month. For service basement area $5.00 – $10.35 per square meter per calendar month. For parking basement area $2.50- $7.85 per square meter per calendar month. The price for parking is $45 per space in the open air parking area. The price difference varies according to the amount expended by Lessor on the Fittings.

All of the above prices exclude all taxes and are converted to New Israeli Shekels (NIS) as of signing of the agreement ($1 US= 3.977 NIS) and linked thereafter to changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index.

Additional Payments: Building Management Company – 4.87 NIS per square meter per calendar month for main premises only linked to changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index from January 2005.

Rent increase: Increase may occur after 11 years and the exercise of any of the two option periods. Any rent increase is to be negotiated or settled by arbitration. There is a maximum increase of 12%.

Term: 134 months.  AudioCodes has an option to terminate the agreement February 11, 2014 upon 6 months’ advance notice of its intention to terminate, together with payment of part of the cost of Fittings (as further detailed in the agreement).



Fittings and refurbishment: Lessor shall complete all building works and Fittings in accordance with AudioCodes’ specifications and the technical specifications of the Agreement.

Restrictions on use: AudioCodes is permitted to conduct the business of a high tech company, including, but not limited to, maintaining offices, laboratories and warehouse space, and performing assembly and product repairs. AudioCodes has the right to sublease 75% of building as further detailed in the agreement.

Security Deposit: AudioCodes is required to provide a guarantee for 6,236,289 NIS (Approximately $1,568,000 on date of agreement signing) linked to changes in Israeli Consumer Price Index. AudioCodes is also required to provide 12 promissory notes each of 1,039,382 NIS (Approximately $261,348 on date of agreement signing).





Exhibit 4.30

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

DATED AS OF JULY 6, 2006

AMONG

AUDIOCODES LTD,

AUDIOCODES, INC.,

VIOLET ACQUISITION CORP.,

NETRAKE CORPORATION

AND

WILL KOHLER, AS SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE



TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE
 
ARTICLE 1 THE MERGER
        SECTION 1.1. THE MERGER
        SECTION 1.2. CLOSING
        SECTION 1.3. ACTIONS AT THE CLOSING
        SECTION 1.4. EFFECTIVE TIME
        SECTION 1.5. EFFECTS OF THE MERGER
        SECTION 1.6. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
        SECTION 1.7. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
ARTICLE 2 EFFECT ON THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS;
  EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES
        SECTION 2.1. CANCELLATION OF CAPITAL STOCK
        SECTION 2.2. OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
        SECTION 2.3. PAYMENT OF MERGER CONSIDERATION
        SECTION 2.4. PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNT
        SECTION 2.6. APPRAISAL RIGHTS
        SECTION 2.7. NO FURTHER OWNERSHIP RIGHTS
 
ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
        SECTION 3.1. ORGANIZATION AND STANDING
        SECTION 3.2. SUBSIDIARIES
        SECTION 3.3. POWER AND AUTHORITY; BINDING AGREEMENT
        SECTION 3.4. AUTHORIZATION
        SECTION 3.5. CAPITALIZATION
        SECTION 3.6. NONCONTRAVENTION 10 
        SECTION 3.7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 10 
        SECTION 3.8. PERMITS 10 
        SECTION 3.9. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 11 
        SECTION 3.10. ABSENCE OF CHANGES OR EVENTS 12 
        SECTION 3.11. UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES 12 
        SECTION 3.12. ASSETS OTHER THAN REAL PROPERTY 12 
        SECTION 3.13. REAL PROPERTY 13 
        SECTION 3.14. CONTRACTS 13 
        SECTION 3.15. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 15 
        SECTION 3.16. LITIGATION 17 
        SECTION 3.17. TAXES 17 
        SECTION 3.18. INSURANCE 19 
        SECTION 3.19. BENEFIT PLANS 19 
        SECTION 3.20. EMPLOYEE AND LABOR MATTERS 22 
        SECTION 3.21. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 23 
        SECTION 3.22. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES 24 
        SECTION 3.23. ACCOUNTS; OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 24 
        SECTION 3.24. EFFECT OF TRANSACTION 24 



        SECTION 3.25. BROKERS 24 
        SECTION 3.26. CERTAIN BUSINESS PRACTICES 25 
        SECTION 3.27. CORPORATE BOOKS AND RECORDS 25 
        SECTION 3.28. NO FORMER BUSINESS 25 
        SECTION 3.29. CUSTOMERS 25 
        SECTION 3.30. SUPPLIERS 25 
        SECTION 3.31. DISCLOSURE 25 
 
ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB 26 
        SECTION 4.1. ORGANIZATION AND STANDING 26 
        SECTION 4.2. POWER AND AUTHORITY; BINDING AGREEMENT 26 
        SECTION 4.3. NONCONTRAVENTION 26 
        SECTION 4.4. BROKERS 27 
 
ARTICLE 5 CERTAIN COVENANTS 27 
        SECTION 5.1. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS 27 
        SECTION 5.2. ACCESS 30 
        SECTION 5.3. TAX MATTERS 30 
        SECTION 5.4. NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS 31 
        SECTION 5.5. INSURANCE 31 
        SECTION 5.6. EXCLUSIVITY 31 
        SECTION 5.7. STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL; NOTICES TO STOCKHOLDERS; RELEASE 32 
        SECTION 5.8. DELIVERY OF INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 32 
        SECTION 5.9. SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS INCLUDING CONSENTS 32 
        SECTION 5.10. INDEMNIFICATION 32 
        SECTION 5.11. RELEASE OF STOCKHOLDER BRIDGE NOTES 33 
 
ARTICLE 6 MUTUAL COVENANTS 33 
        SECTION 6.1. COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS 33 
        SECTION 6.2. PUBLICITY 34 
        SECTION 6.3. EXPENSES 34 
        SECTION 6.4. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS 34 
 
ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 34 
        SECTION 7.1. CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATION 34 
        SECTION 7.2. CONDITIONS TO PARENT'S OBLIGATION 35 
        SECTION 7.3. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATION 37 
 
ARTICLE 8 INDEMNIFICATION 37 
        SECTION 8.1. INDEMNIFICATION OF PARENT 37 
        SECTION 8.2. INDEMNIFICATION OF SELLER INDEMNIFIED PARTIES 38 
        SECTION 8.3. INDEMNIFICATION CLAIMS 39 
        SECTION 8.4. TERMINATION OF INDEMNIFICATION 41 
        SECTION 8.5. NO RIGHT OF CONTRIBUTION 41 

iii



ARTICLE 9 TERMINATION 42 
        SECTION 9.1. TERMINATION 42 
        SECTION 9.2. EFFECT OF TERMINATION 42 
 
ARTICLE 10 GENERAL PROVISIONS 43 
        SECTION 10.1. NOTICES 43 
        SECTION 10.2. DEFINITIONS 45 
        SECTION 10.3. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS; CERTAIN INTERPRETATIONS 51 
        SECTION 10.4. SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE 51 
        SECTION 10.5. ASSIGNMENT 52 
        SECTION 10.6. SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT 52 
        SECTION 10.7. WAIVER AND AMENDMENT 52 
        SECTION 10.8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT 53 
        SECTION 10.9. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES 53 
        SECTION 10.10. COUNTERPARTS 53 
        SECTION 10.11. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; VENUE; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER
  OF JURY TRIAL. 53 
        SECTION 10.12. SEVERABILITY 54 
        SECTION 10.13. CURRENCY 54 

EXHIBITS:

EXHIBIT A FORM OF ESCROW AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT B FORM OF OPINION OF HAYNES AND BOONE LLP
EXHIBIT C STOCKHOLDER BRIDGE NOTE RELEASE
EXHIBIT D FORM OF STOCKHOLDER WRITTEN CONSENT

SCHEDULE:

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE 6.4

iv



INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

Accounting Firm Leased Property 13 
Actual Value Legal Proceeding 16 
Additional Amount Legal Restraints 35 
Additional Amount Statement Lien 10 
Agreement Low Value
Appraisal Shares Material Contract 13 
Appraisal Statute Merger
Audiocodes Merger Consideration
Bridge Note Holder Merger Sub
Certificate of Merger Most Recent Balance Sheet 11 
CFIUS 34  Most Recent Balance Sheet Date 11 
Closing Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund 38 
Closing Date Objection Notice
COBRA 21  Ordinary Course of Business 11 
Code 17  Outside Date 42 
Common Stock Parent
Company Parent Indemnified Party 37 
Company Indemnified Parties 32  Party 34 
Company Personnel 11  Pension Plan 19 
Company Stock Plans Permits 10 
Confidentiality Agreement 30  Pre-Closing Tax Return 30 
COSO 11  Preferred Stock
Customers 25  Remaining Bridge Notes 27 
Delaware Secretary of State Required Disclosure 34 
DGCL Sarbanes-Oxley 11 
Disclosure Statement 32  Securities Act 30 
Effective Time Seller Indemnified Party 38 
ERISA 19  Seller Indemnity Threshold 38 
ERISA Affiliate 21  Sellers' Representative 51 
Escrow Agent Series A Preferred
Escrow Agreement Series B Preferred
Escrow Fund 37  Series C Preferred
Exchange Act 30  Series D Preferred
Exon-Florio Act 10  Series D-1 Preferred
Financial Statements 11  Stockholder Approval
Foreign Antitrust Laws 10  Suppliers 25 
GAAP 11  Surviving Corporation
High Value Third Party Contributor 40 
Interim Financial Statements 32  Voting Company Debt
Judgment 10  Written Consent 42 
Law 10   

v



  AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER dated as of July 6, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), among AUDIOCODES LTD., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel (“Audiocodes ”) , Audiocodes Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“ Parent ”), VIOLET ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), NETRAKE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and WILL KOHLER, as Sellers’ Representative.  


INTRODUCTION

        The Boards of Directors of each of the Company, Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub have approved the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and such Boards of Directors have approved in all respects this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and the other Transaction Agreements. As a result of the Merger, each issued and outstanding share of capital stock of the Company will be converted as provided in this Agreement.

        In consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
THE MERGER

        Section 1.1. The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), at the Effective Time, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company. At the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”).

        Section 1.2. Closing . The closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall be held at the offices of Covington & Burling, 1330 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the date as soon as practicable, and in any event not later than two (2) Business Days, following satisfaction of all conditions and taking of all other actions (other than those that by their terms are to be satisfied or taken at the Closing) set forth in Article 7 (or, to the extent permitted by Law, waived by the Parties entitled to the benefits thereof), or on such other date, and at such other time or place, as Parent and the Company may mutually agree in writing. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.

        Section 1.3. Actions at the Closing . At the Closing (a) the Parties shall cause a certificate of merger in customary form acceptable to the Parent and the Company and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) and other required documents to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Secretary of State ”), and Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall make all other filings or recordings required under the DGCL and applicable Law to give effect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (b) Parent shall deposit or cause to be deposited the Escrowed Cash (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) with U.S. Bank Trust National Association, in its capacity as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) under the Escrow Agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Closing Date by Parent, the Sellers’ Representative and the Escrow Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), to be administered in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, (c) Parent shall deposit or cause to be deposited the Special Escrowed Cash (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) with U.S. Bank Trust National Association, in its capacity as the Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement, to be administered in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and (d) Parent shall pay the balance of the Merger Consideration payable in connection with the Merger as set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.



        Section 1.4. Effective Time . The Merger shall become effective at such time (the “ Effective Time ”) as the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Delaware Secretary of State or at such later time as Parent and the Company shall agree and specify in the Certificate of Merger.

        Section 1.5. Effects of the Merger .  The Merger shall have the effects set forth in Section 259 of the DGCL.

        Section 1.6. Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.10, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated, as of the Effective Time, so as to read the same as the Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that the name of the corporation set forth therein shall be changed to the name of the Company and any references therein to the incorporator and the initial directors shall be deleted, and, as so amended, such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable Law. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.10, the By-laws of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the By-laws of the Surviving Corporation until amended, except that the name of the corporation set forth therein shall be changed to the name of the Company.

        Section 1.7. Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation .  The directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, as the case may be. The officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 2
EFFECT ON THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS;
EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES

        Section 2.1. Cancellation of Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any shares of Capital Stock of Merger Sub:

        (a) Capital Stock of Merger Sub . Each issued and outstanding share of Capital Stock of Merger Sub shall be converted into and shall become one fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

2



        (b) Cancellation of Treasury Stock . Each share, if any, of Capital Stock of the Company that is held by the Company as treasury stock or owned by the Company shall no longer be outstanding and shall be automatically cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist and no consideration shall be delivered or deliverable in exchange therefor.

        (c) Cancellation of Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, all shares of Capital Stock of the Company shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented any such shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto.

        Section 2.2. Options and Warrants .

        (a) At the Effective Time, each Option and Warrant outstanding as of the Effective Time, shall terminate, without any consideration therefor and without any further action on the part of the Company.

        (b) The Company agrees that the Board of Directors of the Company (or, if appropriate, any committee administering any stock option plan or other stock or equity-related plan of the Company (the “ Company Stock Plans ”) shall adopt such resolutions or take such other actions (including obtaining any required consents but not including the payment of any cash or non-cash consideration) as may be required to terminate all Company Stock Plans at the Effective Time.

        Section 2.3. Payment of Merger Consideration. Subject to Schedule 6.4, the consideration payable in connection with the Merger shall be $10,000,000 plus, if payable in accordance with Section 2.4 of this Agreement, the Additional Amount (together, such amounts are referred to as the “Merger Consideration” ). The $10,000,000 shall be payable by the Parent at the Closing as follows:

        (a) an amount equal to $250,000 shall be paid on behalf of the Company to Paul Bowen, in full satisfaction of any finder's fee due to Paul Bowen by the Company in connection with the consummation of the Merger;

        (b) all unpaid legal fees and expenses of Haynes and Boone, LLP shall be paid on behalf of the Company;

        (c) all unpaid legal fees and expenses of Goodwin Procter LLP as counsel to the certain of the Company's investors in connection with the Merger shall be paid on behalf of the Company;

        (d) any amount in excess of $25,000 payable with respect to the cost of the insurance referred to in Section 5.10(b) hereof shall be paid on behalf of the Company to Traveler's Insurance Company in payment of the premium on the insurance policy referred to in such section;

        (e) the Escrowed Cash and the Special Escrowed Cash shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 1.3;

        (f) the balance of the Merger Consideration shall be paid as follows:

    (i)        Ten percent (10%) of the balance shall be paid to the Company for distribution in accordance with the Change of Control Bonus Plan; and


3



    (ii)        Ninety percent (90%) of the balance shall be paid on behalf of the Company to the holders of the Stockholder Bridge Notes (each, a " Bridge Note Holder " and, together, the " Bridge Note Holders "), on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Stockholder Bridge Note Percentages.


        Section 2.4. Payment of Additional Amount .

        (a) Subject to this Section 2.4, the $10,000,000 payable in accordance with Section 2.3 of this Agreement shall be subject to an increase in the aggregate amount of $1,000,000 (the " Additional Amount ") if, as of the Closing Date, the Company has Deferred Revenue and Bookings in an aggregate amount of at least $2,000,000.

        (b) On the Closing Date, the Company shall (i) deliver a statement (the " Additional Amount Statement ") setting forth the Company's reasonable estimate of the Deferred Revenue and Bookings through and including the Closing Date, including (x) customer name, (y) order or invoice number, as applicable, and (z) dollar amount (in U.S. dollars) and (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered the Additional Amount Statement, to Parent.

        (c) If Parent objects to the calculations set forth in the Additional Amount Statement, then, in no event more than thirty (30) days after the delivery to Parent of the Additional Amount Statement, the Parent shall deliver to the Sellers' Representative a written notice (the " Objection Notic e"), describing in reasonable detail Parent's objections to the Additional Amount Statement and setting forth the calculation determined by Parent to be correct and indicating with reasonable specificity the sources of information on which such calculations are based. In the event Parent fails to deliver the Objection Notice to the Sellers' Representative during such 30-day period, the Company's calculation of the Deferred Revenue and Bookings, as set forth in the Additional Amount Statement, shall be final and binding on Parent, the Sellers' Representative and the other parties hereto. If Parent gives the Objection Notice to the Sellers' Representative within such 30-day period, Parent and the Sellers' Representative will use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute during the 45-day period commencing on the date the Sellers' Representative receives the Objection Notice from Parent. During such 45-day period, Parent shall provide to the Sellers' Representative and its Representatives, during normal business hours, reasonable access to the Company's books, records, work papers and other information relating to the Deferred Revenue and Bookings, and to Parent's and the Company's accountants and other personnel involved in or otherwise relevant to the calculation of Deferred Revenue and Bookings. If Parent and the Sellers' Representative do not obtain a final resolution within such 45-day period, then the items in dispute shall be submitted immediately to a nationally-recognized, independent accounting firm reasonably acceptable to and unaffiliated with Parent and the Sellers' Representative (the " Accounting Firm "); provided, that the fact that the Accounting Firm may serve as independent auditor of a portfolio company of the Sellers' Representative shall not, by itself, prevent the Accounting Firm from being deemed unaffiliated with the Sellers' Representative. The Accounting Firm shall be required to render a determination of the applicable dispute within forty-five (45) days after referral of the matter to the Accounting Firm, which determination must be in writing and must set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis therefor. The determination of the Accounting Firm shall be final and binding upon Parent, the Sellers' Representative and the other parties hereto, judgment may be entered upon such determination in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and Parent, Sellers' Representative and the other parties hereto agree that no appeals shall be taken therefrom except as set forth in 9 U.S.C. §. 10.

4



        (d) In the event Parent and the Sellers' Representative submit any unresolved objections to an Accounting Firm for resolution as provided in Section 2.4(c), the responsibility for the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be as follows:

     (i)        if such Accounting Firm resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of Parent's position (the calculation so determined is referred to herein as the " Low Value "), then all of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be paid by the Sellers' Representative;


    (ii)        if the Accounting Firm resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of the Sellers' Representative's position (the calculation so determined is referred to herein as the " High Value "), then all of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be paid by the Company; and


    (iii)        if such Accounting Firm neither resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of Parent's position nor resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of the Sellers' Representative's position (the calculation so determined is referred to herein as the " Actual Value "), then that fraction of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm equal to (x) the difference between the High Value and the Actual Value over (y) the difference between the High Value and the Low Value shall be paid by the Sellers' Representative, and the Company will be responsible for the remainder of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm.


        (e) Within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date or within five (5) days of a resolution of the calculation in accordance with Section 2.4(c), the Seller's Representative shall deliver a written notice to Parent stating what portion of the Additional Amount constitutes Net Acquisition Proceeds as defined in the Change of Control Bonus Plan, and Parent shall deliver the Additional Amount as follows in full satisfaction of its obligation under this Section 2.4:

    (i)        Ten percent (10%) of such Net Acquisition Proceeds shall be paid by the Company to the Persons who were Participants in the Change of Control Bonus Plan, as defined in the Change of Control Bonus Plan, on the Closing Date as a distribution in accordance with the Change of Control Bonus Plan; and


    (ii)        The balance shall be paid to the Sellers' Representative.


        Section 2.5. Indemnified Litigation . Any and all (i) judgments, settlement amounts, arbitration awards or other amounts actually paid to the Company and not subject to any further claim for recovery or reimbursement and (ii) insurance proceeds received as reimbursement for judgments, settlement amounts, arbitration awards or other amounts or costs and expenses paid and not subject to any further claim for recovery or reimbursement and which are not required to be paid into the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund pursuant to Section 8.3(e) hereof, in each case as a result of or in connection with the Indemnified Litigation, shall be divided equally between the Parent and the Sellers’Representative, with fifty percent (50%) of such sums delivered to Parent and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of such sums delivered to the Sellers’ Representative; provided , however , that once the Parent has received under this Section 2.5 an amount equal to the Litigation Expense Amount, all sums distributed under this Section 2.5 in excess of such amount shall be delivered to the Sellers’ Representative. Any amounts paid or delivered to the Sellers’ Representative under this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to be Merger Consideration.

5



        Section 2.6. Appraisal Rights . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, shares (the “ Appraisal Shares ”) of the Company’s Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that are held by any holder who is entitled to demand and properly demands appraisal of such shares pursuant to, and who complies in all respects with, Section 262 of the DGCL (the “ Appraisal Statute ”) shall be entitled to payment of the fair value of such Appraisal Shares in accordance with the Appraisal Statute. At the Effective Time, the Appraisal Shares shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and shall cease to exist, and each holder of Appraisal Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the fair value of such shares in accordance with the provisions of the Appraisal Statute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such holder shall fail to perfect or otherwise shall waive, withdraw or lose the right to appraisal under the Appraisal Statute, or a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such holder is not entitled to the relief provided by the Appraisal Statute, then the right of such holder to be paid the fair value of such holder’s Appraisal Shares under the Appraisal Statute shall cease and such Appraisal Shares shall be deemed to have been canceled at the Effective Time. The Company shall serve prompt notice to Parent of any demands for appraisal of any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, withdrawals of such demands and any other related instruments served pursuant to the DGCL and received by the Company, and Parent shall have the right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands pursuant to Article 8 hereof. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Parent, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands, nor shall the Company agree to or commit to making any such payment or settlement or admit to any liability with respect to such matters.

        Section 2.7. No Further Ownership Rights . After the Effective Time, there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of shares of Capital Stock of the Company that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, any certificates formerly representing shares of Capital Stock of the Company are presented to the Surviving Corporation or the exchange agent for any reason, they shall be canceled as provided in this Article 2.

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

        The Company makes the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 3 to Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, subject to the exceptions set forth in the attached Disclosure Schedule. Each exception set forth in the Disclosure Schedule is identified by reference to, or has been grouped under a heading referring to, a specific individual section of this Agreement and shall be deemed to qualify the particular section or sections of Article 3 specified for such item and any other section of Article 3 to the extent it is clear from a reasonable reading of such exception that such exception is applicable to such other section.

6



        Section 3.1. Organization and Standing . The Company (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction or organization, (ii) has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted and (iii) is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, which jurisdictions are listed in Section 3.1 of the Disclosure Schedule. The Company has delivered to Parent complete and correct copies of its Constitutive Documents, as amended.

        Section 3.2. Subsidiaries . The Company does not have, and has not, since its formation, had any Subsidiaries and does not own or control, directly or indirectly through any Subsidiary, any membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest, other equity interest or any other Capital Stock in any Person.

        Section 3.3. Power and Authority; Binding Agreement . The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, subject, in the case of the Merger, to the receipt of the Stockholder Approval. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

        Section 3.4. Authorization .

        (a) The Board of Directors of the Company, at a meeting duly called and held at which all directors were present, or by written consent in lieu thereof, duly and unanimously adopted resolutions (i) approving and declaring advisable the Merger, this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (ii) determining that the Merger Consideration and the other terms of this Agreement are fair to and in the best interest of the Company and the stockholders of the Company, (iii) authorizing the Company to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, (iv) directing that the Merger and this Agreement be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for approval and adoption of the Merger and this Agreement and (v) recommending that the Company’s stockholders adopt this Agreement. No state takeover statute or similar statute or regulation applies or purports to apply to the Company with respect to the Merger, this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or any other transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.

        (b) The only votes of holders of any class or series of Capital Stock of the Company, which may be taken by written consent, necessary to approve, adopt and effect the Merger, this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the other transactions contemplated hereby are the affirmative votes to adopt this Agreement of holders of (i) a majority of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and (ii) 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of the the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred and the Series D-1 Preferred, voting together as a single class (collectively, the “ Stockholder Approval ”).

7



        Section 3.5. Capitalization .

        (a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 1,119,153,822 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and 930,376,328 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which 10,215,131 shares are designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”), 86,000,037 are designated as Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), 231,878,724 are designated as Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), 442,282,436 are designated as Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”) and 160,000,000 are designated as Series D-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series D-1 Preferred” and, together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred and the Series D Preferred, the “Preferred Stock”). At the close of business on the date hereof: (i) 13,901,823 shares of Common Stock, 10,215,131 shares of Series A Preferred, 83,313,605 shares of Series B Preferred, 226,092,199 shares of Series C Preferred, 439,890,531 shares of Series D Preferred and 158,910,455 shares of Series D-1 Preferred were issued and outstanding, (ii) no shares of Common Stock were held by the Company in its treasury, (iii) an aggregate of 181,819,455 shares of Common Stock of the Company are reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2000 Omnibus Securities Plan, of which 6,953,784 shares have been issued and are currently outstanding, 131,980,852 shares are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and 42,884,819 shares are available for future issuance, subject, in each case, to certain adjustment provisions applicable thereto, (iv) 2,686,432 shares of Series B Preferred were subject to outstanding Warrants, (v) 5,786,525 shares of Series C Preferred were subject to outstanding Warrants, (vi) 2,391,905 shares of Series D Preferred were subject to outstanding Warrants, (vii) 549,863 shares of Series D-1 Preferred were subject to outstanding Warrants, (v) 10,215,131 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series A Preferred, (vi) 86,000,037 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series B Preferred, (vii) 231,878,724 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series C Preferred, (viii) 442,282,436 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series D Preferred, (ix) 160,000,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series D-1 Preferred and (x) 60,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of options held by the Community Foundation of Texas. Except as set forth above, at the close of business on the date hereof, no shares of Capital Stock of the Company were issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company are, and all such shares that may be issued prior to the Effective Time will be when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the DGCL or other Law, the Company’s Constitutive Documents or any Contract to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound. There are not any bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which holders of Capital Stock of the Company may vote (“ Voting Company Debt ”). Except as set forth above, as of the date of this Agreement, there are not any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (i) obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of Capital Stock or other equity interests in, or any security convertible or exercisable for or exchangeable into any Capital Stock of or other equity interest in, the Company Voting Company Debt, (ii) obligating the Company to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (iii) that give any person the right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic benefits and rights occurring to holders of Capital Stock of the Company. There are not any outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Capital Stock of the Company. Since inception, the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or distributions on any of the Capital Stock of the Company.

8



        (b) Section 3.5(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of the holders of Capital Stock of the Company as of the date hereof, showing the number of shares of such Capital Stock, and the class or series of such shares, held by each such stockholder and, with respect to shares other than Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock (if any) into which such shares are convertible. There has been no adjustment to the conversion price for the Preferred Stock. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company have been offered, issued and sold by the Company in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities Laws.

        (c) Section 3.5(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Company Stock Plans. Section 3.5(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of (i) all holders of outstanding Options as of the date hereof, indicating, with respect to each Option, the Company Stock Plan under which it was granted, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option, the exercise price and the date of grant; and (ii) all holders of outstanding Warrants, indicating, with respect to each Warrant, the Contract or other document under which it was granted, the number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, and the class or series of such shares, subject to such Warrant, the exercise price, the date of issuance and the expiration date thereof. The Company has delivered to Parent complete and accurate copies of all Company Stock Plans and all Contracts evidencing Options and Warrants. No Option is exercisable for any class or series of Capital Stock of the Company other than Common Stock.

        (d) Except as set forth in Section 3.5(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Contract between the Company and any holder of its securities, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, among any holders of its securities, relating to the sale or transfer (including agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights), registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or voting, of any Capital Stock of the Company. The transfer restrictions (and any related purchase rights) in any such disclosed agreement or any other applicable agreement have been waived by the Company and the requisite majorities of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock required to approve such waivers in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and true and complete copies of such waivers have been provided to Parent.

9



        Section 3.6. Noncontravention .

        (a) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the compliance by the Company with the provisions hereof and thereof do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit under, or result in the creation of any lien, pledge, claim, charge, mortgage, encumbrance or other security interest of any kind, whether arising by Contract or by operation of Law (a “ Lien ”), in or upon any of the properties or assets of the Company under, or give rise to any increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements under, any provision of (i) the Constitutive Documents of the Company, (ii) any Material Contract or (iii) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in Section 3.6(b)(i) and (ii), to the Knowledge of the Company, any constitution, act, statute, law (including common law), ordinance, treaty, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity (a “ Law ”) or (iv) any judgment, order or decree (a “ Judgment ”) known to the Company, in each case applicable to the Company or its properties or assets, except in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) where such conflict, violation, default or other result does not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

        (b) No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the compliance by the Company with the provisions hereof and thereof, except for (i) filings required under, and compliance with other applicable requirements of, non-U.S. Laws intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions or transactions having the purpose or effect of monopolization, restraint of trade, harm to competition or effectuating foreign investment (collectively, “ Foreign Antitrust Laws ”), (ii) filings pursuant to, and compliance with other applicable requirements of Section 5021 of the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 (the “ Exon-Florio Act ”), (iii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State and appropriate documents with the relevant authorities of other states in which the Company is qualified to do business and (iv) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, filings and notices, the failure of which to be obtained or made individually or in the aggregate would not cause a Material Adverse Effect.

        Section 3.7. Compliance with Laws . The Company is, and since its inception, has been, in material compliance with all applicable Judgments and all material applicable Laws. Since its inception, the Company has not received a notice or other communication alleging a violation by the Company of any applicable Law or Judgment applicable to its businesses or operations.

        Section 3.8. Permits . Except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company validly holds and has in full force and effect all material federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, governmental consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, certificates, filings, notices, permits, concessions, registrations, franchises, licenses or rights (“ Permits ”) necessary for it to own, lease or operate its properties and assets and to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and there has occurred no material violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, or event giving to any other Person any right of termination, amendment or cancellation of any such Permit. The Company has complied in all material respects with the terms and conditions of all Permits issued to or held by the Company, and such Permits will not be subject to suspension, modification, revocation or nonrenewal as a result of the consummation of the Merger, the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other transactions contemplated hereby. No proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened seeking the revocation or limitation of any Permit. Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Permit issued or granted to or held by the Company. All of the Permits listed in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule are held in the name of the Company and no Permits are held in the name of any current or former director, officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant of the Company (“ Company Personnel ”) or agent or otherwise on behalf of the Company.

10



        Section 3.9. Financial Statements .

        (a) The Company has delivered (A) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, and the audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the years then ended, together with the notes to such financial statements and (B) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet (the “Most Recent Balance Sheet ”) of the Company as of May 31, 2006 (the “ Most Recent Balance Sheet Date ”), and the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the five months then ended (the financial statements described in clauses (A) and (B) above, together with the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.9 (after such financial statements are delivered), collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements (i) are consistent with the books and records of the Company, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied (“ GAAP ”), except that the Financial Statements described in clause (B) above do not include the notes required by GAAP and (iii) present fairly the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein.

        (b) All accounts receivable of the Company, whether reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet or otherwise, are current and arose from valid transactions in the ordinary course of business in substantially the same manner as presently conducted and consistent with past practice (the “ Ordinary Course of Business ”) with unrelated third parties. The Company has not received any notice or other indication that any of the Company’s accounts receivable will not be collectible in full, net of any reserves shown on the Most Recent Balance Sheet.

        (c) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate actions are taken with respect to any differences. By use of the term “reasonable assurance,” the Company means such level of detail and degree of assurance, taking into account the resources and developmental stage of the Company, as would satisfy prudent officials in the conduct of their own affairs. The Company is not a public company and is not subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”). Accordingly, the Company makes no representation of whether it maintains the documentation, conducts the testing required, or performs the other activities that would be required in order to meet the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission’s (“ COSO ”) Internal Control – Integrated Framework.

11



        Section 3.10. Absence of Changes or Events . Except as otherwise disclosed on Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, since December 31, 2005, (a) the Company has conducted its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business, (b) there has occurred no Material Adverse Effect, or any change, circumstance, development, state of facts, event or effect that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (c) the Company has not taken any of the actions that, if taken after the date of this Agreement and before the Closing Date, would constitute a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.1, other than (i) actions described in Section 5.1(l) and (ii) with respect to Section 5.1(j)(i), continued provision of employee benefits under, and to the same extent provided for in, Benefit Plans existing on December 31, 2005.

        Section 3.11. Undisclosed Liabilities . The Company has no liabilities (whether known, absolute, contingent, accrued or otherwise), except for such liabilities (a) reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet, (b) that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material and were incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date or (c) set forth on Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule.

        Section 3.12. Assets other than Real Property .

        (a) The Company is the true and lawful owner or lessor and has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all material assets (tangible or intangible) reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet or thereafter acquired, except those sold or otherwise disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business since the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date and not in violation of this Agreement, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

        (b) The Company owns or leases all material tangible assets sufficient for the conduct of its businesses as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The tangible assets of the Company are free from material defects, have been maintained in accordance with the past practice of the Company and generally accepted industry practice, are in good working order and are suitable for the purposes for which they are presently used. All material leased personal property of the Company is in good working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and is in all material respects in the condition required of such property by the terms of the lease applicable thereto during the term of the lease and upon the expiration thereof.

        (c) This Section 3.12 does not relate to real property or interests in real property, such items being the subject of Section 3.13, or to Intellectual Property or interests in Intellectual Property, such items being the subject of Section 3.15.

12



        Section 3.13. Real Property . The Company does not own any real property or interests in real property. Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all real property and interests in real property leased by the Company (each, a “ Leased Property ”). The Company has delivered to Parent complete and accurate copies of all such leases, and any operating agreements relating thereto. With respect to each Leased Property, the Company has good and valid title to the leasehold estate relating thereto, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), leases, assignments and subleases and the Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession thereunder.

        Section 3.14. Contracts .

        (a) Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each of the following Contracts which the Company is a party to or is bound by (each such Contract, whether or not set forth in such section of the Disclosure Schedule, a " Material Contract "):

    (i)        employment or consulting Contract, or any employee collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor union or any Company Personnel;


    (ii)        Contract not to compete or otherwise restricting the Company or any other Affiliate in the development, manufacture, marketing, distribution or sale of any of its respective products or services or otherwise in its respective operations and business;


    (iii)        Contract containing any "non-solicitation" or "no-hire" provision that restricts the Company, not including, however, the Company's standard proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement entered into with its employees, to the extent that such agreement has been provided to Parent prior to the Closing;


    (iv)        Contract containing any provision that purports to restrict the operations or business of the Company;


    (v)        Contract with (A) any stockholder of the Company or any Affiliate (other than the Company) of the Company or of any stockholder, (B) any former holder of Capital Stock of the Company or any Affiliate (other than the Company) thereof or (C) any Company Personnel or any Affiliate (other than the Company) thereof, in each case, requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (vi)        lease, sublease or similar Contract with any Person under which the Company is a lessor or sublessor of, or makes available for use to any Person (other than the Company), (A) any Leased Property or (B) any portion of any premises otherwise occupied by the Company;


    (vii)        lease or similar Contract with any Person under which (A) the Company is lessee of, or holds or uses, any machinery, equipment, vehicle or other tangible personal property owned by any Person or (B) the Company is a lessor or sublessor of, or makes available for use by any Person, any tangible personal property owned or leased by the Company, in each case, requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


13



    (viii)        Contract (or substantially related Contracts) for the purchase or sale of products or the furnishing or receipt of services (A) calling for performance over a period of more than two years and requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000, (B) requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably be expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000, (C) in which the Company has granted manufacturing rights, "most favored nation" pricing provisions or marketing or distribution rights relating to any products or territory and requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000, (D) in which the Company has agreed to purchase a minimum quantity of goods or services which would exceed an aggregate of $25,000 or has agreed to purchase goods or services exclusively from a certain party or (E) with any of the Customers or Suppliers (each as defined herein);


    (ix)        Contract for the disposition of any material portion of the assets or business of the Company or any agreement for the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of a material portion of the assets or business of any other Person;


    (x)        Contract for any joint venture or partnership, requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (xi)        Contract granting a third party, including but not limited to Affiliates of the Company, any license or other right to any Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company, or pursuant to which the Company has been granted by a third party any right or license to any Intellectual Property (excluding non-exclusive licenses for commercial off-the-shelf Software), or pursuant to which the Company obtained any option to purchase or obtain a license to, the Intellectual Property of any other Person, in each case, requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (xii)        Contract (other than trade debt incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business) under which the Company has borrowed any money from, or issued any note, bond, debenture or other evidence of Indebtedness to, any Person requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (xiii)        Contract (including so-called take-or-pay or keep-well agreements) under which (A) any Person has directly or indirectly guaranteed Indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the Company or (B) the Company has directly or indirectly guaranteed Indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of any Person (in each case other than endorsements for the purpose of collection in the Ordinary Course of Business), in each case, requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (xiv)        Contract under which the Company has, directly or indirectly, made any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or other investment in, any Person, in each case, requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (xv)        Contract providing for any mortgage or other Lien;


    (xvi)        Contract providing for indemnification of any executive officer or director of the Company (other than the Constitutive Documents of the Company);


14



    (xvii)        Contract requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of more than an aggregate of $25,000;


    (xviii)        Contract or other document involving the grant of a Warrant; and


    (xix)        Contract not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business.


        (b) Each Material Contract is in full force and effect, and is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms. True and complete copies of each Material Contract (and a written summary of the terms of any oral Material Contracts) have been delivered to Parent. There is no violation, breach or default under any Material Contract by the Company, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other party thereto, and no event has occurred or condition exists that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default thereunder by the Company, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto. No notice, waiver, consent or approval is required (or the lack of which would give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of, or entitle any party to accelerate, whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, any obligation under the Material Contracts) under or relating to any Material Contract in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby. Immediately following the Effective Time, each Material Contract will continue to be in full force and effect, and valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

        Section 3.15. Intellectual Property .

        (a) The Company is the sole and exclusive owner of, or has the right to use, sell and license, as the case may be, all Intellectual Property used, sold or licensed by the Company in the business of the Company as presently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.

        (b) The products and operation of the business of the Company and the use of Intellectual Property and the tangible embodiment thereof owned by the Company, and its present and currently proposed business practices and methods, do not infringe, constitute an unauthorized use of, or violate any Intellectual Property right of any third party. The Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Company includes all of the Intellectual Property necessary to enable the Company to conduct its business in the manner in which such business has been and is currently being conducted, and as currently proposed to be conducted.

        (c) Except with respect to licenses of commercial off-the-shelf Software, and except pursuant to the licenses listed in Section 3.15(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not obligated under any Contract to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or licensor of, or other claimant to, any Intellectual Property, with respect to the Company’s use thereof in connection with the conduct of its business.

        (d) Section 3.15(d) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all Patents, registered Marks, pending applications for registration of any Marks, unregistered Marks currently being used by the Company, registered Copyrights, and pending applications for registration of Copyrights, in each case, owned by the Company, including the jurisdictions in which such Patents, Marks and Copyrights have been issued or registered or in which such applications have been filed. The Company owns all rights, title and interests in and to all Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 3.15(d). All registration, renewal, maintenance and other applicable fees have been timely paid in connection with all issued, registered and applied for Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and all reasonable actions have been taken for the prosecution and protection of all issued, registered, applied for, and unregistered Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company.

15



        (e) Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not licensed any of its owned or licensed Intellectual Property to any Person, nor has the Company entered into any Contract limiting its ability to exploit fully any of its owned or licensed Intellectual Property.

        (f) No non-public, proprietary Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company has been authorized to be disclosed or, to the Knowledge of the Company, actually disclosed by the Company to any employee or third party other than pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement that protects the proprietary interests of the Company in and to such Intellectual Property. The Company has taken reasonable security measures to protect the confidentiality of confidential Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company.

        (g) Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not the subject of any pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration, mediation or investigation (a “ Legal Proceeding ”) which involves a claim or notice of infringement of, unauthorized use of, or violation of any Intellectual Property of any third party or challenging the ownership, use, validity, priority, duration, scope or enforceability of any Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company, and has not received written notice of any such threatened claim, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts or circumstances which are likely to form the basis for any claim of infringement of, unauthorized use of, or violation of any Intellectual Property of any third party or challenging the ownership, use, validity, priority, duration, scope or enforceability of any Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company. To the Knowledge of the Company, all material Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company is valid, enforceable and in full force and effect, and has not through action or failure to act lapsed, been abandoned or otherwise been forfeited, or is likely to be forfeited, in whole or in part.

        (h) To the Knowledge of the Company, no third party is infringing, violating, misusing or misappropriating any material Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company and no such claims have been made against a third party by the Company.

        (i) The Company has taken reasonable measures to protect the secrecy and/or confidentiality of all non-public and proprietary Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company, including requiring all Company employees or consultants with access to such Intellectual Property and all other Persons with access to such Intellectual Property, as necessary, to execute a binding confidentiality agreement. The Company has taken reasonable measures to protect the value of all Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of the Company, including requiring all Company employees to execute an agreement which includes provisions sufficient to ensure that the Company becomes the owner of any Intellectual Property created by such employees within the scope of his or her employment, or in the case of a Person other than an employee from the services such Person performs for the Company. Copies or forms of the agreement or agreements referred to in this clause (i) have been made available to Parent and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has not been a material breach of any such agreement or agreements.

16



        (j) None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby nor the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder shall materially adversely affect any rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any of Company Intellectual Property, or the validity, enforceability, use, ownership, license rights, or duration of any such Intellectual Property Rights.

        Section 3.16. Litigation . Except as set forth in Section 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Legal Proceeding that is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, has been threatened against the Company. There are no Judgments outstanding against the Company. Since the Company’s inception, there has not been any Legal Proceeding in respect of the Company that (a) resulted in a Judgment against or settlement by the Company (whether or not such Judgment or settlement was paid, in whole or in part, by an insurer of the Company or other third party) or (b) resulted in any equitable relief. There is no Legal Proceeding pending by the Company, or which the Company intends to initiate, against any other Person.

        Section 3.17. Taxes .

        (a) All Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company, have been timely filed and all Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns have been timely paid.

        (b) All Tax Returns filed by or on behalf of the Company are true and complete in all material respects. The charges, accruals and reserves for Taxes with respect to the Company reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet are materially adequate to cover all Tax liabilities payable or anticipated to be payable in respect of all periods or portions thereof ending on or before the date hereof. There are no Liens (other than Permitted Liens) for Taxes against the Company or the Company’s assets.

        (c) No property of the Company is “tax exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”) and the Company has no assets subject to a lease to a “tax exempt entity” within the meaning of Section 168(h)(2) of the Code.

        (d) Section 3.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule (i) lists all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to the Company for taxable years in which the statue of limitations (including extensions thereof) has not expired; (ii) indicates those Tax Returns that have been audited; and (iii) indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of an audit. All deficiencies resulting from such completed examinations have been paid in full. The Company has delivered to Parent correct and complete copies of all income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiency assessed against or agreed to by the Company for taxable years in which the statute of limitations (including extensions thereof) has not expired, with respect to Taxes of any type. To the Company’s Knowledge, except as provided in Section 3.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, audits, investigations, proposed adjustments or claims now proposed or pending against the Company concerning the Tax liability of the Company. No issue has been raised in any examination by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Company which, by application of similar principles, reasonably could be expected to result in a proposed deficiency or increase in Taxes for any other period not so examined.

17



        (e) There are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitation applicable to any Tax assessment or deficiency with respect to the Company, and the Company has not requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has not yet been filed.

        (f) The Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required by Law to have been withheld and paid and has complied in all material respects with all rules and regulations relating to the withholding or remittance of Taxes (including, without limitation, employee-related Taxes).

        (g) The Company is not a party to any Contract that, individually or collectively, could give rise to any payment (whether in cash or property) that would be non-deductible pursuant to Sections 162(m) or 280G of the Code or similar provision of state, local or foreign Law.

        (h) The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) adjustment pursuant to Section 481 of the Code or similar provision of state, local or foreign Law associated with a change of accounting method that is effective on or before the date of this Agreement; (ii) closing agreement or other agreement with any Governmental Entity executed on or before the date of this Agreement; or (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or before the date of this Agreement.

        (i) Since the Company’s formation, the Company has not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355(a) of the Code.

        (j) The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

        (k) To the Company’s Knowledge, no claim has ever been made by a Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that the Company is or may be subject to Tax in that jurisdiction.

        (l) The Company is not a party to any Tax allocation, indemnity or sharing Contract. The Company has no liability for Taxes of any Person (i) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, (ii) as transferee or successor, (iii) by Contract, or (iv) otherwise. The Company has never been a member of any affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary group (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company) and has never filed Tax Returns as a member of such group.

        (m) The Company has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

18



        Section 3.18. Insurance . The insurance policies owned and maintained by the Company and the coverage amounts thereunder are listed in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule. All such policies are in full force and effect, all premiums due and payable thereon have been paid, the Company shall not be liable for retroactive premiums or similar payments related thereto, and the Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such policies. Such insurance policies are of the type and in amounts customarily carried by organizations conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of the Company. There is no claim pending under any such policy as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy. To the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no notice of cancellation or termination (or any other threatened termination) of, or premium increase with respect to, any such policy. Each such policy will continue to be enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Effective Time in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect as of the date hereof.

        Section 3.19. Benefit Plans .

        (a) Section 3.19(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list and brief description of all Benefit Plans. The Company has delivered to Parent true and complete copies of (i) each Benefit Plan (including amendments since the most recent restatement) or, in the case of any unwritten Benefit Plans Contracts, written descriptions thereof, (ii) the annual report (Form 5500) filed with the IRS or the Department of Labor with respect to each Benefit Plan (if any such report was required) for each plan year since the Company’s formation, (iii) the most recent determination letter issued to each “employee pension benefit plan”, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (a “ Pension Plan ”), that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and any pending applications for a determination letter for such plans, (iv) the most recent summary plan description (and any summary of material modifications since the most recent summary plan description) for each Benefit Plan for which such a summary plan description is required and any summaries or other communications distributed to participants for each Benefit Plan whether or not required to provide a summary plan description, (v) all personnel, payroll, and employment manuals and policies, (vi) each trust agreement, recordkeeping or other third-party agreement and group annuity Contract currently in effect relating to any Benefit Plan, (vii) for any Pension Plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code, copies of confirmations that such Pension Plan satisfied applicable nondiscrimination tests in each plan year since such Pension Plan’s original effective date, (viii) all notices that were given by the Company or any Benefit Plan to the IRS, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Department of Labor, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other Governmental Entity relating to a Benefit Plan, and (ix) all notices that were given by the IRS, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Department of Labor, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other Governmental Entity to the Company relating to any Benefit Plan.

        (b) Each Benefit Plan has been operated and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable Law (including but not limited to Laws specifically mentioned in this Section 3.19). The Company and all the Benefit Plans are in all material respects in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), the Code, and other applicable Laws. All reports, returns and similar documents with respect to the Benefit Plans required to be filed with any Governmental Entity or distributed to any Benefit Plan participant, beneficiary, or alternate payee have been duly and timely filed or distributed. There are no lawsuits, actions, termination proceedings or other proceedings pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving any Benefit Plan and there are no investigations by any Governmental Entity or other claims (except claims for benefits payable in the normal operation of the Benefit Plans) pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving any Benefit Plan or asserting any rights to benefits under any Benefit Plan. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no unasserted claims that, if pending or threatened, would be of the type described in this Section 3.19(b). The Company does not have any material liability to the IRS with respect to any Benefit Plan, including any liability imposed under Chapter 43 of the Code.

19



        (c) All contributions to, and payments from, the Benefit Plans that may have been required to be made in accordance with the terms of the Benefit Plans and applicable Laws, including, when applicable, Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, have been timely made. All such contributions to, and payments from, the Benefit Plans, except those payments to be made from a trust exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, for any period ending before the Closing Date that are not yet, but will be, required to be made, will be properly accrued and reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet. There is no Lien on the assets of the Company arising under Section 302(f) or 4068(a) of ERISA or Section 412(n) of the Code.

        (d) All Pension Plans intended to be qualified and exempt from federal income Taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, respectively, have received determination letters from the IRS to the effect that such Pension Plans are so qualified and exempt from federal income Taxes, and no such determination letter has been revoked nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, has revocation of any such determination letter been threatened. No such Pension Plan has been amended since the date of its most recent determination letter or application therefor in any respect, nor has any other circumstance or event occurred, that would adversely affect its qualification or materially increase its cost. A determination letter covering “GUST” (as defined in footnote 1 of Rev. Proc. 2004-25) has been received for each Pension Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or an application for such a letter has been filed within the applicable remedial amendment period. Timely “good faith” amendments (within the meaning of Notice 2001-42) with respect to the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 have been made for each Pension Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. The Company performed all material obligations required to be performed by it under, and is not in default under or in violation of, the terms of any Benefit Plan.

        (e) No transaction prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA and no “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Benefit Plan (without regard to whether an exemption is available). None of the Pension Plans has been terminated nor have there been any “reportable events” (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect thereto. No Company Personnel, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any trustee, administrator or other fiduciary of any Benefit Plan nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any agent of any of the foregoing has engaged in any transaction or acted or failed to act in a manner that could subject the Company to any liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or any other applicable Law (whether such liability is directly against the Company or the result of any existing indemnity agreements).

20



        (f) No Benefit Plan is or has ever been (or has ever been the successor or transferee of) a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) or a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA). The Company has no actual or, to the Knowledge of the Company, potential, secondary, or contingent liability to any Person under Title IV of ERISA and no Benefit Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA. The Company has not contributed to, been required to contribute to, or withdrawn from any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA).

        (g) The Company has never established, maintained or contributed to, or had an obligation to maintain or contribute to or has or had any liability with respect to, any “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association” (within the meaning of Section 501(c)(9) of the Code), any organization or trust described in Sections 501(c)(17) or 501(c)(20) of the Code or any “welfare benefits fund” described in Section 419(e) of the Code.

        (h) The Company has not offered to provide health or life insurance coverage to any individual, or to the family members or beneficiaries of any individual, for any period extending beyond the termination of the individual’s employment by the Company, except to the extent required by the health care continuation (also known as “COBRA”) provisions of ERISA and the Code or similar state benefit continuation Laws. Each Benefit Plan that is a group health plan, as such term is defined in Section 5000(b)(1) of the Code, complies in all material respects with Sections 601 et seq. and 701 et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B and Subtitle K of the Code.

        (i) The Company has no current or, to the Knowledge of the Company, projected liability or contingent obligation in respect of medical or other benefits for retired or former Company Personnel or any predecessor Person.

        (j) Each Benefit Plan (including any such plan covering retirees or other former employees) may be discontinued or terminated without liability to the Company on or at any time after the Effective Time.

        (k) Except as set forth in Section 3.19(k) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated thereby will result in the payment, vesting, or acceleration of any bonus, stock option or other equity-based award, retirement, severance, job security or similar benefit or any enhanced benefit to any Person.

        (l) Except as set forth in Section 3.19(l) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has no Benefit Plan in which non-United States based employees participate and is not required to maintain any such plan.

        (m) Since the Company’s formation, no Person is or has been a Person which is (or at any relevant time was) a member of a “controlled group of corporations” with, under “common control” with, or a member of an “affiliated service group” with the Company as such terms are defined in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”).

        (n) No event has occurred or circumstances exist that may result in (i) a material increase in premium costs of Benefit Plans that are insured, or (ii) a material increase in benefit or administrative costs of Benefit Plans that are self-insured.

        (o) The Company has not taken any action that, by itself or in conjunction with any action of equal magnitude that may be taken after the Effective Time, will require any compliance with the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1991 or any other similar or comparable applicable Law.

21



        (p) Neither the Company nor any Affiliate thereof has a formal plan, commitment, or proposal, whether legally binding or not, or has made a commitment to any individual to create any additional Benefit Plan or modify or change any existing Benefit Plan that would affect any current employee, director or consultant, or former employee, of the Company, or any beneficiary or alternate payee of such an individual. No events have occurred or are expected to occur with respect to any Benefit Plan that would cause a material change in the cost of providing the benefits under such plan or would cause a material change in the cost of providing for other liabilities of such plan.

        (q) All assets of any Benefit Plan consist of cash, actively traded securities, or other assets reasonably acceptable to Parent.

        (r) Any Benefit Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of section 409A of the Code has been identified as such on Schedule 4.18(a). Each such Benefit Plan has been operated in accordance with the requirements of section 409A (including Notice 2005-1).

        (s) Except as set forth in Section 3.19(s) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any material payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute or otherwise) becoming due under any Benefit Plan, (ii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Benefit Plan or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits to any material extent. No benefit that is or may become payable by any Benefit Plan as a result of, or arising under, this Agreement shall constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in section 280G(b)(1) of the Code) that is subject to the imposition of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code or that would not be deductible by reason of section 280G of the Code.

        Section 3.20. Employee and Labor Matters .

        (a) There is not, and since the Company’s formation there has not been, any labor strike, dispute, work stoppage, slowdown or lockout pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company. To the Knowledge of the Company, no union organizational campaign or petition for certification is in progress with respect to the Company Personnel. The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining or other similar labor Contracts with respect to any Company Personnel. There are no pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, charges against the Company or any Company Personnel before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other Governmental Entity responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices in any jurisdiction. Since the Company’s formation, the Company has not received notice of the intent of any Governmental Entity responsible for the enforcement of labor or employment Laws to conduct an investigation of the Company relating to unlawful employment practices and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no such investigation is in progress.

        (b) The Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to employment and governing payment of minimum wages and overtime rates, the withholding and payment of Taxes from compensation of employees and the payment of premiums and/or benefits under applicable worker compensation Laws.

22



        (c) No officer or director of the Company is, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no other employee of the Company is, a party to or bound by any Contract, license, covenant or Contract of any nature, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Entity, that may interfere with the use of such Person’s efforts to promote the interests of the Company, conflict with the business of the Company or the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, no activity of any employee of the Company as or while an employee of the Company has caused a violation of any employment Contract, confidentiality agreement, patent disclosure agreement, or other Contract.

        (d) Section 3.20(d) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of the names, positions and rates of compensation of all officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company, as of the date hereof, showing each such person’s name, positions and annualized remuneration, bonuses and fringe benefits for 2005 and 2006. Except as indicated in Section 3.20(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) all employees are employed on an “at-will” basis and their employment can be terminated at any time for any reason without any amounts being owed to such individual other than payments required by applicable Laws, (ii) the Company’s relationships with all individuals who act on their own as contractors or other service providers to the Company can be terminated at any time for any reason without any amounts being owed to such individual other than with respect to compensation or payments accrued before the termination, and (iii) no employee is on disability or other leave of absence. The Company has complied, in all material respects, with all Laws governing the employment of personnel by U.S. companies and the employment of non-U.S. nationals in the United States, including the Immigration and Nationality Act 8 U.S.C. Sections 1101 et seq. and its implementing regulations. The Company has not sponsored any employee for, or otherwise engaged any employee working pursuant to, a non-immigrant visa.

        Section 3.21. Environmental Matters . The Company has, in all material respects, complied at all times with all applicable Environmental Laws. No property (including soils, groundwater, surface water, buildings or other structures) currently owned, leased or operated by the Company has been contaminated with any Hazardous Material in amounts that would violate or require remediation under any Environmental Laws. To the Knowledge of the Company, no property (including soils, groundwater, surface water, buildings or other structures) formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company is or was contaminated, in amounts that would violate or require remediation under any Environmental Laws, with any Hazardous Material on or prior to such period of ownership, lease or operation. To the Knowledge of the Company, it is not subject to any liability for Hazardous Material disposal or contamination on any third party property. To the Knowledge of the Company, none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Company contains any underground storage tanks, asbestos-containing material, lead-based paint products, or polychlorinated biphenyls. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no circumstances involving the Company that could reasonably be expected to result in any material claims, liability, investigations, costs or restrictions on the ownership, use or transfer of any property in connection with any Environmental Law. Copies of all environmental reports, studies, assessments and all material sampling data and other environmental information in the possession of the Company relating to the Company have been made available to Parent. The Company has not received any written notice, demand, letter, claim or request for information from any Governmental Entity or other Person indicating that it may be in violation of or subject to liability under any Environmental Law or regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential liability arising from or relating to the presence, generation, manufacture, production, transportation, importation, use, treatment, refinement, processing, handling, storage, discharge, release, emission or disposal of any Hazardous Material and to the Company’s knowledge non is threatened. No Lien or “superlien” has been placed on any site owned or operated by the Company pursuant to the Federal Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 or any similar Law. To the Knowledge of the Company, all of the products marketed by the Company are in full compliance with the applicable Environmental Laws on chemical composition, environmental design and energy efficiency. The Company is not subject to any order, decree, injunction or other similar arrangement with any Governmental Entity or any indemnity or other Contract with any third party relating to liability under any Environmental Law. The Company has taken appropriate steps to ensure that its marketed products will be in full and timely compliance with all Environmental Laws on the restriction of the use of hazardous substances, including but not limited to Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. The Company has provided to Parent a written plan setting forth the procedures that the Company has put in place to comply with these restrictions and the estimated costs of compliance.

23



        Section 3.22. Transactions with Affiliates . Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule describes any material transaction, since the Company’s formation, between the Company, on the one hand, and any Seller or Affiliate (other than the Company) of any Seller, on the other hand, other than (A) any employment Contract, Contract not to compete with the Company, Contract to maintain the confidential information of the Company, or Contract assigning Intellectual Property Rights to the Company, in each case listed in Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule or (B) any Contract requiring or otherwise involving, or reasonably expected to involve, payment by or to the Company of less than an aggregate of $25,000. Except as set forth in Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Affiliate of the Company (i) owns or, to the Knowledge of the Company, has any interest in any property (real or personal, tangible or intangible), Intellectual Property Rights or Contract used in or pertaining to the business of, the Company, (ii) has any claim or cause of action against the Company, (iii) owes any money to, or is owed any money by, the Company or (iv) has any other rights with respect to the Company.

        Section 3.23. Accounts; Powers of Attorney; Officers and Directors . Section 3.23 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) a true and complete list of all bank and savings accounts of the Company, identifying with respect to each any Person authorized to sign thereon, (ii) a true and complete list of all powers of attorney granted by the Company, identifying with respect to each any Person authorized to act thereunder and (iii) a true and complete list of all officers and directors of the Company.

        Section 3.24. Effect of Transaction . No lessor, lessee, licensor, licensee, officer, employee, contractor, distributor, vendor, client, customer, supplier, Affiliate or other Person having a relationship with the Company has informed the Company that such Person intends to change such relationship because, in whole or in part, of the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

        Section 3.25. Brokers .  No broker, finder, financial advisor, investment banker or other Person is or will be entitled to any brokerage, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Merger based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any Seller, for which the Company could be liable, or by or on behalf of the Company.

24



        Section 3.26. Certain Business Practices . Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of its respective directors, officers, agents or employees, has (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to political activity; (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or (iii) made any payment in the nature of criminal bribery.

        Section 3.27. Corporate Books and Records . The Company has made available to Parent and its Representatives true and complete copies of the capitalization and transfer books and the minute books of the Company, and all such records are true and complete in all material respects.

        Section 3.28. No Former Business . The Company has not, alone or with any other Person, owned or operated any business other than its current business.

        Section 3.29. Customers . Section 3.29 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the name of the top ten (10) customers of the Company as a whole for last two fiscal years (the “ Customers ”). Since January 1, 2005, no Customer has cancelled or otherwise terminated its relationship with the Company or has materially decreased its usage, purchase of products or services of the Company. No Customer has, to the Knowledge of the Company, any plan or intention to terminate, cancel or otherwise materially and adversely modify its relationship with the Company or to decrease materially or limit its usage, purchase or distribution of the products and services of the Company.

        Section 3.30. Suppliers . Section 3.30 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the name of the top five (5) suppliers of the Company as a whole for the last two fiscal years (the “ Suppliers ”). None of the Suppliers represents the sole source of available supply for the products or services it provides to the Company. Since January 1, 2005, no Supplier has cancelled or otherwise terminated its relationship with the Company. No Supplier has, to the Knowledge of the Company, any plan or intention to terminate, cancel or otherwise materially and adversely modify its relationship with the Company.

        Section 3.31. Disclosure .  No representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement or any other written agreement or instrument furnished by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, and no statement contained in any document, certificate or schedule furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of the Company to Parent or any of its Representatives pursuant to this Agreement, contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading or necessary in order to fully and fairly provide the information required to be provided in any such document, certificate or schedule. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no fact relating to the Company that the Company has failed to disclose in writing to Parent that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

25



ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

        Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub make the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing:

        Section 4.1. Organization and Standing . Each of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of Audiocodes and Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted.

        Section 4.2. Power and Authority; Binding Agreement . Each of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the consummation by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming the due execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

        Section 4.3. Noncontravention .

        (a) The execution and delivery by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the compliance by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub with the provisions hereof and thereof do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien in or upon any of the properties or assets of Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub under, or give rise to any increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements under, any provision of (i) the Constitutive Documents of Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub, (ii) any Contract to which Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub is a party or bound by or their respective properties or assets are bound by or subject to or otherwise under which Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub has rights or benefits or (iii) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in Section 4.3(b), any Law or Judgment, in each case, applicable to Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub or their respective properties or assets, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, rights, losses, Liens or entitlements that individually or in the aggregate are not likely to impair in any material respect the ability of each of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or prevent or materially impede or delay the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

        (b) No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub in connection with the execution and delivery by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the consummation by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the compliance by Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub with the provisions hereof or thereof, except for (i) filings required under, and compliance with other applicable requirements of, Foreign Antitrust Laws, (ii) filings pursuant to, and compliance with other applicable requirements of, the Exon-Florio Act, (iii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State and appropriate documents with the relevant authorities of other states in which the Company is qualified to do business and (iv) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, filings and notices, the failure of which to be obtained or made individually or in the aggregate would not impair in any material respect the ability of each of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or prevent or materially impede or delay the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

26



        Section 4.4. Brokers . No broker, finder, financial advisor, investment banker or other Person is or will be entitled to any brokerage, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Merger based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub, for which the Company could be liable.

ARTICLE 5
CERTAIN COVENANTS

        Section 5.1. Conduct of Business . Except (A)with the prior written consent of Parent or (B) as expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, from the date hereof to the Effective Time, the Company shall (i) conduct its businesses in the Ordinary Course of Business and in accordance with all applicable Laws and (ii) use all reasonable efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep its physical assets in good working condition, preserve, prosecute, maintain the value of, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect all Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company, keep available the services of its current officers and employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors and others having business dealings with it. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Parent:

        (a) amend its Constitutive Documents;

        (b) (i) declare, set aside or pay any dividend on, or make any other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of, any of its Capital Stock; (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its Capital Stock, or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its Capital Stock; or (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its Capital Stock, or any option, warrant, call or right relating to such shares, interests or other securities (including any Options);

        (c) issue, deliver, sell or grant (i) any shares of its Capital Stock, (ii) any Voting Company Debt or other voting securities, (iii) any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options, warrants or rights to acquire, any such shares, Voting Company Debt, voting securities or convertible or exchangeable securities or (iv) any “phantom” stock, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights or stock-based performance units, other than (A) the issuance of secured subordinated convertible promissory notes in an amount not exceeding $44,631.44 (the “ Remaining Bridge Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006, or (B) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Options or the conversion of Preferred Stock, in the case of this clause (B) outstanding on the date of this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of such Options or Preferred Stock on the date of this Agreement;

27



        (d) repurchase, prepay, create, incur, assume or modify any terms of any Indebtedness of the Company other than the issuance of the Remaining Bridge Notes, issue or sell any warrants or other rights to acquire any Indebtedness of the Company, make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any Person, enter into any Contract to maintain any financial statement condition of another Person or enter into any Contract having the economic effect of any of the foregoing;

        (e) sell, lease (as lessor), license or otherwise dispose of or subject to any Lien any properties or assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company, except sales of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business or the granting of Liens pursuant to the Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 in connection with the issuance of the Remaining Bridge Notes;

        (f) enter into any lease or sublease of real property (whether as a lessor, sublessor, lessee or sublessee) or modify, amend, terminate or fail to exercise any right to renew any lease or sublease of real property;

        (g) acquire or agree to acquire (i) by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any equity interest in or business of any Person or (ii) any assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company, except purchases of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business;

        (h) change its fiscal year, revalue any of its material assets or make any changes in financial accounting methods, principles, practices or policies, except as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

        (i) make or change any Tax election; change any Tax accounting period or method; file any amended Tax Return; enter into any closing agreement with respect to Taxes; settle any Tax claim or assessment; surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes; consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period for the assessment of any Tax; take any action outside the Ordinary Course of Business whose effect would be to increase the Company’s present or future Tax liability or to decrease the Company’s present or future Tax assets;

        (j)  (i) grant any awards under any Benefit Plan (including the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock based or stock related awards, performance units or restricted stock or the removal of existing restrictions in any Contract, Benefit Plan or Benefit Agreement or awards made thereunder), (ii) pay or provide to any Company Personnel any bonus, other amount or other benefit, or make any advance or loan to any Company Personnel, not provided for under any Contract, Benefit Plan or Benefit Agreement in effect on the date of this Agreement other than the payment of base compensation, normal sales commissions pursuant to the terms of existing agreements or policies, or advances for business expenses in the Ordinary Course of Business, (iii) grant to any Company Personnel any increase in compensation (including any increase in severance or termination pay) except to the extent required under existing employment agreements, (iv) enter into any employment, consulting, indemnification, severance or termination agreement with any Company Personnel, (v) establish, adopt, enter into or amend in any material respect any collective bargaining agreement, other Benefit Agreement or Benefit Plan or (vi) take any action to accelerate the vesting or payment of any compensation or benefit under any Contract, Benefit Plan or Benefit Agreement or to fund or in any other way secure the payment of compensation or benefits under any Contract, Benefit Plan or Benefit Agreement or make any material determinations not in the Ordinary Course of Business under any Benefit Agreement or Benefit Plan (including changing any previously allocated amounts or allocating any previously unallocated amounts under the Change of Control Bonus Plan, as previously delivered to Parent);

28



        (k) incur or commit to incur any capital expenditure (or any obligation or liability in connection therewith), in an amount greater than $25,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate;

        (l) enter into any Contract (or any substantially related Contracts, taken together) (i) that would constitute a Material Contract, (ii) if consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or compliance by the Company with the provisions of this Agreement will conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien in or upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or Parent or any of Parent’s Subsidiaries under, or give rise to any increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements under, any provision of such Contract, or (iii) containing any restriction on the ability of the Company to assign all or any portion of its rights, interests or obligations thereunder, unless such restriction expressly permits any assignment to Parent and Parent’s Subsidiaries in connection with or following the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby;

        (m) pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any material Lien or material claims (including claims of stockholders and any stockholder litigation relating to the Merger or any other transaction contemplated hereby), liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction, in the Ordinary Course of Business or in accordance with their terms, of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Most Recent Balance Sheet or incurred since the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business (and all such liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business shall be paid or otherwise satisfied in the manner and time period consistent with past practice in the normal course of business); waive, release or assign any material rights or material claims under, fail to take a required action under, permit the lapse of or default under, or modify, amend or terminate any Material Contract; or cancel any material Indebtedness of another Person;

        (n) record orders, ship products or collect its accounts receivable in any manner or over any time period that is inconsistent with past practices of the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business;

        (o) create any Subsidiary of the Company; or

        (p) authorize any of, or commit, resolve or agree, to take any of the foregoing actions.

29



        Section 5.2. Access . The Company shall (i) make available for inspection by Parent, Audiocodes and their Representatives all of the Company’s properties, assets, books, records (including the work papers of the Company’s external accountants) and Contracts and any other materials reasonably requested by any of them relating to the Company at such times as Parent or Audiocodes may reasonably request; (ii) make available to Parent, Audiocodes and their Representatives the officers, other senior management and Representatives of the Company for interviews, at such times as Parent, Audiocodes and their Representatives may reasonably request, to discuss the information furnished to Parent, Audiocodes and their Representatives and otherwise discuss the Company’s existing and prospective businesses and assets and liabilities; (iii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist in gaining reasonable access for Parent, at such times as Parent and its Representatives may reasonably request, to the Company’s lenders, creditors, lessors, lessees, licensors, licensees, officers, employees, developers, contractors, distributors, vendors, clients, customers, suppliers, Affiliates or other Persons having a material business relationship with the Company; and (iv) make available to Parent, Audiocodes and their Representatives such information and materials relating to the Company as are necessary or appropriate in order to prepare and file reports and registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), including using commercially reasonable efforts to assist Parent and Audiocodes in obtaining any consents required from the Company’s independent public accountants in order to file such reports and registration statements; and (v) otherwise assist Parent and its Representatives in becoming familiar with the Company’s existing and prospective businesses and assets and liabilities to such extent and at such times as Parent and its Representatives may request. Any and all such investigations shall be conducted in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company. Any information that is provided by the Company to Parent, Audiocodes or their Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute “Confidential Information” as such term is defined, and subject to the exceptions set forth, in the Confidentiality Agreement dated as of August 18, 2005, between Parent and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”).

        Section 5.3. Tax Matters .

        (a) The Company shall timely prepare and file any Tax Return required to be filed by the Company on or before the Closing Date (a “ Pre-Closing Tax Return ”), and timely pay any Tax reflected thereon. In addition, the Company shall submit any Pre-Closing Tax Returns that are to be filed after the date hereof to Parent for approval prior to filing, such approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. Except as may be required by applicable Law, the Company will not take any position on such Tax Returns that is materially inconsistent with past custom and practice.

        (b) All domestic stamp, transfer, documentary, sales, use, registration and other such Taxes (including all applicable real estate transfer or gains Taxes) and related governmental fees (including any penalties, interest and additions to Tax) incurred in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Bridge Note Holders, and the Sellers’ Representative and Parent shall cooperate in timely filing all Tax Returns as may be required to comply with the provisions of such Tax Laws. Parent and the Sellers’ Representative will reasonably cooperate with each other to lawfully minimize any such Taxes. Promptly upon Parent’s request, the Sellers’ Representative shall provide Parent with any information that is required with respect to any statement to be furnished to the Company’s stockholders or reporting requirements under Sections 6043 and 6043A of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder or forms prescribed by the United States Secretary of the Treasury.

        (c) The Company shall cause the provisions of any Tax allocation, indemnity or sharing Contract to which it is a party to be terminated on or before the Closing Date.

30



        (d) From the date hereof through the Closing Date, the Company shall not effect any extraordinary transactions (other than any such transactions expressly required by applicable Law or by this Agreement) that could result in Tax liability to the Company in excess of Tax liability associated with the conduct of its business in the ordinary course.

        Section 5.4. Notice of Certain Events . The Company shall promptly notify Parent of, and furnish Parent with any information it may reasonably request with respect to, the occurrence of any event or condition or the existence of any fact that may reasonably be expected to cause any of the Company’s representations and warranties in Article 3 hereof to no longer be true or correct or results in a failure of any of the conditions to the obligation of Parent to consummate the Merger set forth in Section 7.2. The Company’s satisfaction of its obligations under this Section 5.4 shall not relieve the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and no information delivered to Parent pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall update the Disclosure Schedule.

        Section 5.5. Insurance . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep all insurance policies set forth in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, or comparable replacements therefor, in full force and effect through the Effective Time.

        Section 5.6. Exclusivity .

        (a) From the date of this Agreement through the Closing, the Company shall not, and shall not permit through any of its officers, directors or affiliates to, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit, initiate, participate or otherwise facilitate any inquiry, proposal, offer, discussion or negotiation with, or provide any information or assistance to, any Person or group (other than Parent and its Representatives in their capacities as Representatives of Parent) concerning any (i) merger, reorganization, share exchange, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, strategic alliance, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, sale of any securities or sale of material assets involving the Company, (ii) license or grant of rights to any third party for any of the Company’s Intellectual Property or technology or (iii) similar transaction involving the Company.

        (b) Without limiting Section 5.6(a), it is understood that any violation of the restrictions set forth in Section 5.6(a) by any Person covered by Section 5.6(a), whether or not such Person is purporting to act on behalf of the Company, shall be deemed to be a breach of Section 5.6(a) by the Company

        (c) The Company shall notify Audiocodes of any inquiry, proposal or offer of the nature described in Section 5.6(a) within one Business Day of it or any of the Persons listed in Section 5.6(a) receiving such inquiry, proposal or offer or within one Business Day notify Parent of such inquiry, proposal or offer. In such notice to Audiocodes, the Company shall inform Audiocodes of the name of the Person making such inquiry, proposal or offer and the material terms, conditions and other aspects of such inquiry, proposal or offer, including a copy of any written materials received from such Person making the inquiry, proposal or offer.

31



        Section 5.7. Stockholder Approval; Notices to Stockholders; Release .

        (a) The Company shall set the date hereof as the record date for action to be taken by written consent by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company to adopt this Agreement. As soon as practicable, but in any case at least twenty (20) days prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the holders of Capital Stock of the Company a notice and disclosure statement (the “ Disclosure Statement ”) pursuant to Sections 228 and 262(d) of the DGCL, which shall comply with applicable Law and shall include (i) a summary of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and such other matters as are appropriate for such a disclosure document, (ii) a statement that appraisal rights are available for the shares of Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to the Appraisal Statute and a copy of the Appraisal Statute and (iii) except in the case of the Disclosure Statement given to stockholders executing a Written Consent, notice that the Stockholder Approval has been obtained following execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Company agrees not to distribute the Disclosure Statement until Parent has had a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Disclosure Statement and the Company reflects such comments in the Disclosure Statement. The Company shall ensure that all holders of Capital Stock who approve the Merger Agreement by written consent under Section 228 of the DGCL shall have done so by executing and delivering a Written Consent.

        (b) The Company will insure that the information in the Disclosure Statement will not, at the time the Disclosure Statement is provided to the holders of the Company’s Capital Stock, contain any statement that is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not false or misleading. If at any time prior to the Effective Time any event or information should be discovered by the Company that should be set forth in an amendment to the Disclosure Statement, the Company shall promptly inform Parent and shall communicate such information to the holders of the Company’s Capital Stock as necessary and in an appropriate manner.

        Section 5.8. Delivery of Interim Financial Statements . As promptly as possible following the last day of each month after the date of this Agreement and until the Closing Date, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each such month, the Company shall deliver to Parent the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the one-month period then ended and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year through the end of such month, all certified by the chief executive officer of the Company to the effect that such interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP (provided that such financial statements may omit notes required by GAAP), on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the date thereof and for the period covered thereby (collectively, the “ Interim Financial Statements ”).

        Section 5.9. Satisfaction of Conditions Including Consents . The Company will use its best efforts, to the extent commercially reasonable, to obtain the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement, including without limitation, obtaining all consents required as specified in Section 3.6(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule.

        Section 5.10. Indemnification .

        (a) For a period of six years after the Effective Time, Audiocodes and Parent will cause the Surviving Corporation to fulfill and honor all rights to indemnification pursuant to agreements listed on Section 5.10 of the Disclosure Schedule in favor of each Person who is now, or has been at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or who becomes prior to the Effective Time, an officer of director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Company Indemnified Parties”). For six (6) years after the Effective Time, Audiocodes and Parent will cause the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation to contain provisions with respect to exculpation and indemnification that are at least as favorable to the Company Indemnified Parties as those contained in the Constitutive Documents of the Company as in effect on the date hereof, and Audiocodes and Parent will cause such provisions to not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Company Indemnified Parties, unless such modification is required by applicable Law.

32



        (b) For six (6) years after the Effective Time, Audiocodes and Parent will, or will cause the Surviving Corporation to, maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering those Persons who are covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy as of the date hereof in an amount and on terms no less favorable than those applicable to the current directors and officers of the Company.

        (c) The provisions of this Section 5.10 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the Company Indemnified Parties and their heirs and personal representatives and shall be binding on Audiocodes, Parent and/or the Surviving Corporation, and their respective successors and assigns. In the event Audiocodes, Parent or the Surviving Corporation or any successor or assign (A) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity in such consolidation or merger or (B) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then in each such case proper provision shall be made so that the successor or assign of Audiocodes, Parent or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, honors the obligations set forth with respect to Audiocodes, Parent and/or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, in this Section 5.10.

        Section 5.11. Release of Stockholder Bridge Notes . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause each Bridge Note Holder to deliver at the Closing an executed release, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C.

ARTICLE 6
MUTUAL COVENANTS

        Section 6.1. Commercially Reasonable Efforts .  From the date of this Agreement to the Closing and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including (i) the obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, waivers, consents and approvals from Governmental Entities and the making of all necessary registrations and filings and the taking of all reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval or waiver from, or to avoid an action or proceeding by, any Governmental Entity, (ii) the obtaining of all necessary consents, approvals, estoppels or waivers from third parties, (iii) the defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any court or other Governmental Entity vacated or reversed, (iv) the execution and delivery of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and to fully carry out the purposes of the Transaction Agreements and (v) ensuring that its representations and warranties remain true and correct in all material respects through the Closing Date and that the conditions to the obligations of the other Parties to consummate the Merger are satisfied.

33



        Section 6.2. Publicity .  No party to this Agreement (a “ Party ”) shall issue a press release or public announcement or otherwise make any public disclosure concerning the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Parties; provided , however , that the Parties shall be permitted to issue a press release in agreed form on the date hereof; provided further that any Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Law, court process or by Nasdaq or national securities exchange rule (a “Required Disclosure”). Any Party making a Required Disclosure will give the other Parties sufficient prior notice of the Required Disclosure before such disclosure is made to allow the other Parties to review and comment on the Required Disclosure. Communications between the Company and its creditors or investors shall not be subject to this Section 6.2, provided that Company informs such persons of the confidential nature of such communications. Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub shall hold confidential and not disclose the terms of the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund, except as required by applicable Law.

        Section 6.3. Expenses . Whether or not the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Parties shall bear its own fees and expenses incurred or owed in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby except as otherwise set forth in Article 8 and the Escrow Agreement.

        Section 6.4. Certain Diligence Matters . From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the parties shall cooperate in conducting such review and taking such actions as described on Schedule 6.4.

ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

        Section 7.1. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation . The respective obligation of each Party to effect the Merger is subject to the satisfaction (or express written waiver by Parent and the Company) on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

        (a) Stockholder Approval and Related Notices . The Stockholder Approval shall have been duly obtained and (i) the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Warrants shall have been given any requisite notice of the Merger (and related matters) to which they are entitled under the Company’s Constitutive Documents and Contracts or other document under which the Warrants were granted, as the case may be, or (ii) each of such holders shall have waived such notice (and copies of such waivers shall have been provided to Parent).

        (b) Regulatory . All review periods under the Exon-Florio Act applicable to the Merger or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been terminated or shall have expired; and approval from the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“ CFIUS ”) shall have been received or Parent and Company shall have been advised by CFIUS that the applicable review period has terminated or expired and no further investigation of the Merger or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement is required, provided , however , that nothing in this Section 7.01(b) shall require Parent to agree to any conditions that CFIUS may impose in order to approve the Merger or to terminate the applicable review period.

34



        (c) No Injunction or Restraint . No pending or threatened temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition (collectively, “ Legal Restraints ”) preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect; provided , however , that prior to asserting this condition, subject to Section 6.1, each of the Parties shall have used all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the entry of any such injunction or other order and to appeal as promptly as possible any such injunction or other order that may be entered.

        Section 7.2. Conditions to Parent’s Obligation .  The obligations of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub to effect the Merger are further subject to the satisfaction (or express written waiver by Parent) on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

        (a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company .  The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality (including in the definition of Material Adverse Effect) shall be true and correct, and all other representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made as of the Closing Date, except that the accuracy of representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of a specified date will be determined as of such date. The Company shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all covenants, agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing Date. The Company shall have delivered to Parent a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company, confirming the foregoing.

        (b) No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been a Material Adverse Effect and, in the reasonable belief of Parent, no Material Adverse Effect shall be foreseeable or likely to occur after the Closing.

        (c) Consents and Approvals . Parent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that all consents and approvals of third parties set forth in Section 3.6(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

        (d) Appraisal Shares . The time during which a holder of Capital Stock is permitted to demand appraisal rights under the DGCL shall have expired and holders of not more than ten percent of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall have asserted their appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL and the Company shall have delivered to Parent a certificate, signed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certifying the foregoing and the date on which the Disclosure Statement was first mailed to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however that if no such holders of the shares of the Common Stock have asserted or are seeking to assert their appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL, such certificate shall indicate such.

        (e) Agreements with Stockholders . At or prior to the Closing, the agreements listed in Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule and any other Contract between any stockholder of the Company or Affiliate thereof, on one hand, and the Company, on the other hand (other than (i) any confidentiality, noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions, or provisions assigning or to assign inventions or other Intellectual Property or waiving to or waive any appraisal rights, contained therein inuring to the Company’s benefit, (ii) the Contracts listed in Section 7.2(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, including, without limitation, director and officer indemnification agreements, and (iii) the Releases and any other agreements contemplated by this Agreement to be entered into in connection with this Agreement (including the agreements required by this Agreement to terminate other agreements)), shall have been terminated pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, without payment of any consideration by the Company, and there shall be no obligations or liabilities of the Company with respect thereto.

35



        (f) Agreement with Company Auditors . Ernst & Young LLP shall have provided (i) assurances, reasonably satisfactory to Parent, that it will execute and deliver, at such time or times as Parent shall request, its consent to the inclusion or incorporation by reference of its report as independent auditor, with respect to any Financial Statements for which it served as the independent auditor, in any report, registration statement or other filing to be made by AudioCodes within one year of the Closing Date with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act in which such Financial Statements and report thereon are required to be included; and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to AudioCodes, of its independence under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

        (g) Sales Forecast . In the reasonable judgment of Parent, the Company shall be likely to meet, for the year ending December 31, 2006, at least 60% of the sales forecast attributable to the period ending on December 31, 2006, as set forth in the 2006-2007 Sales Forecast dated May 2, 2006 as previously delivered to Parent.

        (h) Certain Diligence Matters . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have obtained all documentation and taken such actions as Parent deems, in its sole discretion, to be necessary to address the matters described on Schedule 6.4.

        (i) Other Documentation . Parent shall have received:

    (i)        from Haynes and Boone LLP, counsel to the Company, an opinion in substantially the form of Exhibit B , addressed to Audiocodes and Parent and dated the Closing Date;


    (ii)        a letter from Paul Bowen in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent confirming the receipt of payment in full satisfaction of any finder’s fee due in connection with the consummation of the Merger;


    (iii)        a certificate, issued by the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h) (as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(c)(3)), that the Company is not, and within the five year period ending on the Closing Date has not been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, as defined in Section 897 of the Code;


    (iv)        written resignations, effective as of the Closing, of each director of the Company;


    (v)        counterparts of the Escrow Agreement executed and delivered by the Sellers’ Representative and the Escrow Agent;


36



    (vi)        evidence in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent that (A) the Company’s Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2005, (B) the Company’s Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, and (C) all Stockholder Bridge Notes issued thereunder have been terminated and that all amounts thereunder have been paid in full, including without limitation delivery by each Bridge Note Holder of a release in the form of Exhibit C ; and


    (vii)        such other certificates and other documentation from the Company as Parent or its counsel shall have reasonably requested and as is customary with respect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


        Section 7.3. Conditions to the Company’s Obligation . The obligation of the Company to effect the Merger is subject to the satisfaction (or express written waiver by the Company) on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

        (a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality (including in the definition of Material Adverse Effect) shall be true and correct, and all other representations and warranties of Audiocodes, Parent and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made as of the Closing Date, except that the accuracy of representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of a specified date will be determined as of such date. The Company shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed on behalf of Parent by an authorized signatory of Parent, confirming the foregoing.

        (b) Covenants and Agreements . Parent and Merger Sub shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all covenants, agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or before the Closing Date. The Company shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed on behalf of Parent by an authorized signatory of Parent, confirming the foregoing.

        (c) Governmental Consents and Approvals . The Company shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that all consents of Governmental Entities required in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

        (d) Escrow Agreement . The Seller’s Representative shall have received counterparts of the Escrow Agreement executed and delivered by Parent and the Escrow Agent.

ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION

        Section 8.1. Indemnification of Parent .

        (a) From and after the Closing, each of Audiocodes, Parent and their Affiliates (including, from and after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation) (each, a “Parent Indemnified Party”) shall be entitled to be indemnified and held harmless solely from the Base Escrow Fund (as defined in the Escrow Agreement, the “Base Escrow Fund”) to the extent thereof pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and not from the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund or otherwise (except as provided in Section 8.4) against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by such Parent Indemnified Party, arising from, relating to or otherwise in connection with:

37



    (i)        any breach as of the Closing Date, of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any of the certificates furnished by the Company pursuant to this Agreement;


    (ii)        any breach or failure to perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement;


    (iii)        any claim by a stockholder or former stockholder of the Company, or by any other Person, seeking to assert, or based upon: (i) ownership or rights to ownership of any shares of stock of the Company; (ii) any right of a stockholder of the Company, including any option, preemptive right or right to notice or to vote; (iii) any right of a stockholder or former stockholder under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company, excluding any right asserted by a director or officer, or former director or officer, for indemnification thereunder or (iv) any right under the Appraisal Statute;


    (iv)        any of the matters described on Schedule 6.4; or


    (v)        the matter described in the last sentence of Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule;


  provided , however , that no Parent Indemnified Party shall be entitled to be indemnified pursuant to clause (i) above unless the aggregate of all Losses for which Parent Indemnified Parties would, but for this proviso, be liable exceeds on a cumulative basis $150,000 (the “ Seller Indemnity Threshold ”), at which point each Parent Indemnified Party shall be entitled to be indemnified for the aggregate Losses and not just amounts in excess of the Seller Indemnity Threshold (except that the foregoing proviso shall not apply to any breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.17, 3.21 and 3.25, the Consideration Certificate or to any act of fraud). The consent of any particular Seller shall not be required in order for Parent to be indemnified under this Article 8.

        (b) From and after the Closing, each Parent Indemnified Party shall be entitled to be indemnified and held harmless solely from the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund (as defined in the Escrow Agreement, the " Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund ") to the extent thereof pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and not from the Base Escrow Fund or otherwise (except as provided in Section 8.4), against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by such Parent Indemnified Party, arising from, relating to or otherwise in connection with the Indemnified Litigation.

        Section 8.2. Indemnification of Seller Indemnified Parties . From and after the Closing, Audiocodes and Parent shall indemnify the Bridge Note Holders and their Affiliates (each a “ Seller Indemnified Party ”) against and hold each Seller Indemnified Party harmless from any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any such Seller Indemnified Party arising from, relating to or otherwise in connection with:

38



        (a) any breach, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of any representation or warranty of Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub contained in this Agreement or in the certificate furnished by Parent pursuant to this Agreement; or

        (b) any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub contained in this Agreement;

  provided , however , that, except with respect to fraud, any breaches of Audiocodes’ or Parent’s covenants set forth in Article 5 or Article 6 hereof to be performed after the Closing, or Audiocodes’ and Parent’s obligations under Article 2 hereof, Audiocodes and Parent’s collective liability under this Section 8.2 shall be limited to the initial Escrowed Cash.

        Section 8.3. Indemnification Claims .

        (a) In order for an Indemnified Party to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under Section 8.1 or 8.2 in respect of, arising out of or involving a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party must notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the Third Party Claim (including in such notice a brief description of the applicable claim(s), including damages sought or estimated, to the extent actually known by such Indemnified Party) within 20 Business Days after receipt by such Indemnified Party of notice of the Third Party Claim; provided , however , that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided under Section 8.1 or 8.2 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. Thereafter, the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party, within ten Business Days after the Indemnified Party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third Party Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall conduct and control the defense of such Third Party Claim in the name and on behalf of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense or settlement of such matter at its expense, provided that the Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to be indemnified or held harmless under Section 8.1 or 8.2 for such Third Party Claim (but the amount at stake shall nevertheless be counted toward the Seller Indemnity Threshold) if it shall settle such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of any such Third Party Claim within ten (10) Business Days of notice to the Indemnifying Party of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may defend against such Third Party Claim in any manner it reasonably may deem appropriate. The Indemnifying Party shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or settle any such Third Party Claim (i) without the written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) if any relief, other than the payment of money damages, would be granted by such settlement or if the Indemnified Party would be liable to the third party for the amount of such settlement, and (ii) unless the Indemnified Party is granted a full release of claims.

        (b) In order for an Indemnified Party to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under this Agreement other than in respect of, arising out of or involving a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall deliver notice of such claim with reasonable promptness to the Indemnifying Party (including in such notice a brief description of the applicable claim(s), including damages sought or estimated, to the extent actually known by Parent); provided , however , that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided under Section 8.1 or 8.2 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. If the Indemnifying Party does not notify the Indemnified Party within 20 Business Days following its receipt of such notice that the Indemnifying Party disputes the indemnity claimed by the Indemnified Party under Section 8.1 or 8.2, such indemnity claim specified by the Indemnified Party in such notice shall be conclusively deemed a liability to be indemnified under Section 8.1 or 8.2 and the Indemnified Party shall be indemnified for the amount of the Losses stated in such notice to the Indemnified Party on demand or, in the case of any notice in which the Losses (or any portion thereof) are estimated, on such later date when the amount of such Losses (or such portion thereof) becomes finally determined.

39



        (c) Except with respect to fraud, from and after the Closing, the Escrow Agreement shall provide the sole and exclusive means by which Audiocodes and Parent may collect any Losses of any kind arising out of, related to or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, whether based in contract, tort (including, without limitation, strict liability or negligence), warranty, misrepresentation or on any other legal or equitable grounds. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article 8, no Indemnified Party will be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof for any special, consequential, incidental or punitive Losses or lost profits, loss of business or diminution in value (collectively, “ Special Damages ”) it suffers or incurs. If an Indemnified Party is liable for Special Damages to a third party in satisfaction of a Third Party Claim, such amounts shall be subject to indemnification pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof. The amount of any Losses that an Indemnified Party may recover under Article 8 shall be net of (i) any amount which such Indemnified Party actually recovers and collects from third parties or is otherwise actually reimbursed in connection with such Losses and (ii) any insurance proceeds actually received by such Indemnified Party; provided , in each such case, that any such amounts actually recovered are not subject to any further claim for recovery or reimbursement.

        (d) In the event that any claim for indemnification asserted under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 of this Agreement is, or may be, the subject of insurance coverages of the Indemnified Party, or other right to indemnification or contribution from any third party (a “ Third Party Contributor ”), the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the applicable insurance carrier of such claim and tender defense thereof to such insurance carrier, and shall also promptly notify any potential Third Party Contributor, in each case with copies of such notice to the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party may at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, pursue such claims against such insurance carrier or Third Party Contributor in the name and on behalf of the Indemnified Party; provided however costs and expenses incurred by the Seller’s Representative in pursuit of such claims shall be shall be Losses indemnified under Section 8.1 for which claims may be made pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement. In the pursuit of such claims, the Indemnifying Party shall consult with the Indemnified Party, keep the Indemnified Party apprised of material developments and provide to the Indemnified Party copies of all notices and documents received by the Indemnifying Party relating to such claim. The Indemnifying Party shall conduct and control such claim against such insurance carrier or Third Party Contributor in the name and on behalf of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in the pursuit or settlement of such matter at its expense. Upon the Indemnifying Party’s satisfaction of an Indemnified Party’s claim for Losses, the Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to the rights of the Indemnified Party against such insurance carrier or Third Party Contributor.

40



        (e) In the event that the Company receives any insurance proceeds relating to a Third Party Claim to reimburse amounts that have been paid from the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund and that are not subject to any further claim for recovery or reimbursement, Parent shall cause an amount equal to the amount so reimbursed to be deposited in the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund, as the case may be, and such amounts shall be available for satisfaction of indemnification obligations under this Article 8 and the Escrow Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

        (f) With respect to any claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article 8, notices by Audiocodes, Parent or Merger Sub shall be delivered to the Sellers’ Representative. Should the Sellers’ Representative resign or be unable to serve, a new Sellers’ Representative will be selected jointly by a vote of the Bridge Note Holders who, at Closing, held at least a majority of the principal amount of the Stockholder Bridge Notes, whose appointment shall be effective upon execution by such successor of a joinder agreement providing for such successor to become a party to the Escrow Agreement as the Sellers’ Representative, in which case such successor shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement be the Sellers’ Representative (and the prior acts taken by the succeeded Sellers’ Representative shall remain valid for purposes of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement).

        (g) With respect to the Indemnified Litigation, (i) Parent hereby notifies, and the Sellers’ Representative hereby agrees, that the Indemnified Litigation constitutes a Third Party Claim under Section 8.3(a) hereof, (ii) as of the Closing, the Sellers’ Representative hereby notifies Parent, and Parent hereby agrees, that it shall conduct and control the Indemnified Litigation in the name and on behalf of the Company in accordance with Section 8.3(a) hereof, subject to any rights of the applicable insurance carrier, (iii) the Seller’s Representative hereby agrees that the applicable insurance carrier has been timely notified as contemplated by Section 8.3(d) hereof and (iv) as of the Closing, the Sellers’ Representative hereby undertakes to pursue the claim against such insurance carrier in the name of and on behalf of the Company as contemplated by Section 8.3(d) hereof, and in so doing to comply with all relevant policy terms and conditions including, without limitation, those regarding cooperation.

        Section 8.4. Termination of Indemnification . All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing solely for purposes of this Article 8 and shall expire, and liability for covenants to be performed prior to the Closing and the right to be indemnified and held harmless shall terminate, on the date one year following the Closing Date; provided , however , that (i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.17 and 3.21 shall survive the Closing solely for the purposes of this Article 8 and shall expire, and the right to be indemnified and held harmless shall terminate, on the date that is sixty (60) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.5 shall survive the Closing indefinitely solely for purposes of this Article 8 and (iii) in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, such obligations to indemnify and hold harmless shall not terminate with respect to any Losses as to which the Indemnified Party shall have, on or prior to such date, previously made a claim by delivering a notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party.

        Section 8.5. No Right of Contribution . No Seller shall have any right of contribution against the Company or the Surviving Corporation with respect to any breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements.

41



ARTICLE 9
TERMINATION

        Section 9.1. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated, and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Effective Time whether before or after receipt of the Stockholder Approval:

        (a) by mutual written consent of Audiocodes, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company;

        (b) by either Parent or the Company:

    (i)        if the Merger is not consummated on or before August 31, 2006; provided, however , that if the Merger has not been consummated on or before such date because the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) has not yet been satisfied (but the expiration of applicable review periods has not occurred and approval has not been denied), then such date shall be extended until the earlier of (i) two (2) Business Days following satisfaction of such condition or (ii) September 30, 2006 (the date of August 31, 2006 or such extended date being referred to as the " Outside Date "); provided, further , that the Outside Date shall not be extended past August 31, 2006 or any later date unless the Parent is in compliance with the provisions of Section 1.1.3 of the Loan Agreement;


    (ii)        if any Governmental Entity issues an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or


    (iii)        if any condition to the obligation of such Party to consummate the Merger set forth in Section 7.2 (in the case of Parent) or 7.3 (in the case of the Company) becomes incapable of satisfaction prior to the Outside Date;


        (c) by Parent, if the Company breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured within ten (10) Business Days after the giving of written notice to the Company of such breach;

        (d) by the Company, if Audiocodes or Parent breaches or fails to perform in any material respect of any of their respective representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.3(a) or 7.3(b) and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured within ten (10) Business Days after the giving of written notice to Parent or Audiocodes of such breach; or

        (e) by Parent if, within one hour after of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the holders of Capital Stock of the Company set forth in Section 9.1(e) of the Disclosure Schedule shall not have executed and delivered the written consent of stockholders and notice to the Company attached as Exhibit D hereto (the " Written Consent "), duly adopting the resolutions contained therein, or the Stockholder Approval shall not have been duly obtained.

        Section 9.2. Effect of Termination . If this Agreement is terminated and the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby are abandoned as described in this Article 9, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and of no further force or effect, except for the provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.4 and this Section 9.2; provided that nothing in this Section 9.2 shall be deemed to release any Party from any liability for any breach by such Party of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

42



ARTICLE 10
GENERAL PROVISIONS

        Section 10.1. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be by facsimile, courier services or personal delivery to the following addresses, or to such other addresses as shall be designated from time to time by a Party in accordance with this Section 10.1:

        (a) if to Audiocodes

  Audiocodes Ltd.
1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod, 70151
P.O. Box 255, Ben Gurion Airport , Israel 70100
Attention: Itamar Rosen
Facsimile No.: 972-3-976-4040

  with a copy to:
Covington & Burling
1330 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Ellen Corenswet
Facsimile No.: (212) 841-1010

        (b) if to Parent or Merger Sub:

  Audiocodes Ltd.
1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod, 70151
P.O. Box 255, Ben Gurion Airport , Israel 70100
Attention: Itamar Rosen
Facsimile No.: 972-3-976-4040

  and

  Audiocodes, Inc.
2099 Gateway Place, Suite 500
San Jose, California 95110
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile No: (408) 451-9520

  with a copy to:
Covington & Burling
1330 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Ellen Corenswet
Facsimile No.: (212) 841-1010

43



        (c) if to the Company:

  Netrake Corporation
3000 Technology Drive
Suite 100
Plano, Texas 75074
Attention: President
Facsimile No.: (214) 291-1010

  with a copy prior to the Closing to:
Haynes and Boone LLP
2505 N. Plano Road
Suite 4000
Richardson, Texas 75082
Attention: Bill Kleinman
Facsimile No.: (972) 692-9065

  and with copies after the Closing to:

  Audiocodes Ltd.
1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod, 70151
P.O. Box 255, Ben Gurion Airport, Israel 70100
Attention: Itamar Rosen
Facsimile No.: 972-3-976-4040

Audiocodes, Inc.
2099 Gateway Place, Suite 500
San Jose, California 95110
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile No: (408) 451-9520

  and

  Covington & Burling
1330 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Ellen Corenswet
Facsimile No.: (212) 841-1010

        (d) if to the Sellers' Representative to:

  Will Kohler
Prism Venture Partners
100 Lowder Brook Drive, Suite 2500
Westwood, Massachusetts 02090
Facsimile No.: (781) 302-4040

  with a copy to:
Goodwin Procter LLP
53 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention: John M. Mutkoski
Facsimile No.: (617) 523-1231

44



All notices and communications under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given) (w) when delivered by hand, if personally delivered, (x) one Business Day after when delivered to a courier, if delivered by commercial one-day overnight courier service, (y) when sent, if sent by facsimile, with an acknowledgment of sending being produced by the sending facsimile machine or (z) upon confirmation by telephone or an email response from the recipient, in the case of email.

        Section 10.2. Definitions . The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

        “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, a Person who is an “affiliate” of such first Person within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933.

        “ Benefit Agreement ” means any employment, deferred compensation, severance, termination, retention, change in control, employee benefit, loan, indemnification, stock repurchase, consulting or similar agreement between the Company and any Company Personnel, or any agreement between the Company and any Company Personnel, the benefits of which are contingent, or the terms of which are materially altered, upon the occurrence of a transaction involving the Company of the nature contemplated by this Agreement.

        “ Benefit Plan ” means any Pension Plan or any bonus, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, stock ownership, stock purchase, stock appreciation, restricted stock, stock repurchase rights, stock option (including the Company Stock Plans), phantom stock, performance, retirement, vacation, severance or termination, disability, death benefit, employment, supplemental unemployment benefit, consulting, independent contractor, director, retention, hospitalization, fringe benefit, medical, dental, vision, accident or other plan, program, policy, arrangement or Contract (whether or not subject to the Laws of the United States or of another jurisdiction) established, maintained, contributed to or required to be established, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in each case, providing benefits to any Company Personnel (or to any other person for the benefit of any Company Personnel, such as a beneficiary, alternate payee, or a dependent thereof), and in each case whether written or oral, informal or formal, subject to ERISA or not. The term “Benefit Plan” shall also include any plan, program, policy, arrangement or Contract with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have liability (including potential, secondary or contingent liability) under Title IV of ERISA or otherwise to any Person being and including any liability by reason of any Person’s being or having been an ERISA Affiliate.

        “ Business Day ” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions located in New York City or Tel Aviv, Israel are permitted or required by Law, executive order or decree of a Governmental Entity to remain closed.

45



        “ Capital Stock ” means any capital stock or share capital of, other voting securities of, other equity interest in, or right to receive profits, losses or distributions of, any Person.

        “ Change of Control Bonus Plan ” means the Netrake Corporation Change of Control Incentive Plan dated March 10, 2006, as amended on May 19, 2006.

        “ Company Knowledge Persons ” means Bruce Hill, Robert Maher, Michael Buckalew, Mona Gaglione and Shashi Kanth.

        “ Constitutive Documents ” means (i) with respect to a Person that is a corporation, such Person’s certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws, (ii) with respect to a Person that is a limited liability company, such Person’s certificate of formation and operating or limited liability company agreement, (iii) with respect to a Person that is a partnership, such Person’s partnership agreement, (iv) with respect to a Person that is a trust, such Person’s trust instrument or agreement, and (v) with respect to a Person that is a legal entity (including one of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv)), any constitutive document of such entity or other document or Contract analogous to those described in clauses (i) through this clause (v).

        “ Contract ” means any loan or credit agreement, bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, guarantee, lease or other contract, agreement, instrument or legally binding commitment, arrangement, obligation, undertaking or understanding, whether written or oral.

        “ Deferred Revenue and Bookings ” means (i) the dollar amount of deferred revenue of the Company for products previously shipped to customers less any amounts related to shipping charges, letters of credit and banking charges, insurance, sales and withholding or other similar taxes (but not income taxes), third party commissions, product returns, refunds or credits (“ Deferred Revenue ”); provided, that no amounts received shall constitute Deferred Revenue if a claim against the Company is outstanding concerning such shipped product; and provided, further, that deferred revenue related to support and other service fees shall be included in Deferred Revenue only to the extent that the Company reasonably expects to be able to recognize such deferred revenue as revenue within six (6) months of the Closing Date; and (ii) the dollar amount of orders for products which have been received and accepted by the Company but not shipped (“ Bookings ”); provided , however , that an order will only be included in Bookings if the expected shipping date is within three months of the date of acceptance by the Company of such order and the Company reasonably expects such products to be shipped within such three-month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no deferred revenue or bookings related to customers listed in Section 2.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be included in the calculation of Deferred Revenue and Bookings. The recording of Deferred Revenue and Bookings and the recognition of the revenue comprising Deferred Revenue shall be in accordance with Parent’s revenue recognition policy, GAAP and the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        “ Disclosure Schedule ” means a schedule of exceptions to the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article 3 and other items as set forth herein, delivered contemporaneously with this Agreement.

46



        “ Environmental Law ” means any applicable Law (including but not limited to principles of common law) and binding administrative or judicial interpretations thereof relating to (i) the protection of the environment (including indoor and outdoor air, water vapor, surface water, groundwater, wetlands, drinking water supply, surface or subsurface land), natural resources and human health and safety; (ii) the exposure to, or the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, presence, or the release or threatened release of, Hazardous Materials; (iii) the collection, recovery and recycling of waste resulting from marketed products and their packaging; and (iv) the environmental design, energy efficiency requirements or chemical composition of marketed products and their packaging.

        “ Governmental Entity ” means any nation, state, province, county, city or political subdivision and any official, agency, arbitrator, authority, court, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or other governmental or regulatory authority of any thereof, whether domestic or foreign.

        “ Hazardous Materials ” means any and all materials (including without limitation substances, chemicals, compounds, mixtures, products or byproducts, biologic agents, living or genetically modified materials, wastes, pollutants and contaminants) that are (i) listed, characterized or regulated pursuant to Environmental Law; (ii) identified or classified as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “dangerous,” “pollutant,”“contaminant,” “explosive,” “corrosive,”“flammable,” “radioactive” or “reactive”; (iii) capable of causing harm or injury to human health, natural resources or the environment; or (iv) crude oils, petroleum, petroleum products, wastes or byproducts, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, lead-based paint, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde or explosives.

        “ Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, with respect to deposits or advances of any kind or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and payable in accordance with customary practices and not more than 90 days past due), (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (iv) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (vi) all guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (vii) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (viii) all obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements, caps or collar agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging arrangements either generally or under specific contingencies, (ix) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and banker’s acceptances, (x) all obligations of such Person consisting of overdrafts (e.g., cash float reflected as a negative on the cash line) and (xi) all obligations of such Person pursuant to any deferred compensation agreements.

47



        “ Indemnified Litigation ” means any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or mediation arising from transactions between the Company and Volo Communications, Inc., VoIP, Inc., Volo Acquisitions Group, Inc., Caerus, Inc. or any Affiliate of such Persons, including, without limitation, Volo Communications, Inc. and Volo Acquisitions, Inc. v. Netrake Corporation , Case No. 05015001, in the Circuit Court of the Seventeenth Judicial Circuit in and for Broward County, Florida; Netrake Corporation v. Volo Communications, Inc. and Volo Acquisitions, Inc., VoIP, Inc. and Caerus, Inc., Cause No. 05-10839, in the 192 nd Judicial District Court for Dallas County, Texas, Netrake Corporation v. Volo Communications, Inc. and Volo Acquisitions, Inc., VoIP, Inc. and Caerus, Inc., AAA Case No. 71 181 Y 00623 05, in Dallas Texas.

        “ Indemnified Party ” means either a Parent Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party.

        “ Indemnifying Party ” means (i) with respect to a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1, the Bridge Note Holders, as represented by the Sellers’ Representative in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and subject to the limitations of Section 8.4 hereof, and (ii) with respect to a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.2, Parent.

        “ Intellectual Property ” of any Person means all intellectual property rights of any kind, including those arising from or in respect of the following, whether protected, created or arising under any Law, including: (i) all patents and applications therefor, including provisionals, non-provisionals, continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, or reexaminations or reissues of patent applications and patents issuing thereon (collectively, “Patents ”); (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, Internet domain names and corporate names, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, and all applications, registrations and renewals thereof, (collectively, “ Marks ”); (iii) copyrights and registrations and applications therefor, works of authorship and mask work rights (collectively, “ Copyrights ”); (iv) trade secrets, discoveries, concepts, ideas, research and development, know-how, formulae, algorithms, inventions, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, procedures, methods, programs, subroutines, tools, materials, processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduce to practice), apparatus, creations, improvements, works of authorship and other similar materials, all recordings, graphs, designs, drawings, reports, analyses, and other writings, specifications, databases and other proprietary and confidential information, including customer lists, supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals and other tangible embodiments of the foregoing, in any form whether or note specifically listed herein, and all related technology; and (v) all Software.

        “ Knowledge ” and “ knowledge ”, with respect to the Company, means the actual knowledge and the knowledge that could have been obtained following reasonable inquiry of the Company Knowledge Persons.

        “ Litigation Expense Amount ” means court costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, consultants, investigators and other experts and other expenses of litigation relating to the Indemnified Litigation which are paid by the Company during the period on or after June 1, 2006 and to and including the Closing Date.

48



        “ Loan Agreement ” means the Loan Agreement dated July 6, 2006 between Netrake Corporation and Audiocodes, Inc.

        “ Losses ” means any debts, obligations and other liabilities (whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due, accrued or not accrued, asserted or unasserted or otherwise), losses, claims, damages, Taxes, interest obligations, deficiencies, Judgments, assessments, fines, fees, penalties and expenses (including amounts paid in settlement, interest, court costs, fees, retainers (which shall be subject to refund to the extent not used for services) and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, consultants, investigators and other experts and other expenses of litigation, arbitration, mediation, investigation or pursuit of insurance or contribution).

        “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, circumstance, development, state of facts, event or effect (i) that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse change or effect (taken alone or in the aggregate with any other adverse change or effect) in or with respect to the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or results of operations of the Company, taken as a whole or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impede, interfere with, hinder or delay the consummation by the Company of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement , in each case other than (A) any change, circumstance, development, state of facts, event or effect caused by conditions affecting the United States generally or the economy of any nation or region in which the Company conducts business or (B) any change, circumstance, development, state of facts, event or effect caused by conditions generally affecting the industry in which the Company conducts business; provided, that in either such case, the Company is not disproportionately affected.

        “ Option ” means an option to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock of the Company held by an employee, director or consultant of the Company under a Company Stock Plan.

        “ Permitted Liens ” means the following, to the extent not securing Indebtedness: (i) statutory Liens for Taxes not yet due or payable; (ii) Liens for assessments and other governmental charges or Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and repairmen incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, in each case for sums not yet due and payable or due but not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and (iii) Liens incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security.

        “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity or any Governmental Entity.

        “ Representatives ” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s legal, financial, internal and independent accounting and other advisors and representatives.

        “ Restricted Stock ” means any Capital Stock of the Company that is subject to a right of repurchase or redemption by the Company, subject to forfeiture back to the Company or subject to transfer or lock-up restrictions.

49



        “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate” means the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended through the date of this Agreement.

        “ Software ” means any and all (i) computer programs, including any and all software implementations of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code or object code form, (ii) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (iii) descriptions, flow-charts and other work product used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons, and (iv) documentation including user manuals and other training documentation related to any of the foregoing.

        “ Stockholder Bridge Notes ” means those promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of not more than $6,400,000 (but requiring repayment thereof, in certain circumstances, of two times such amount) issued by the Company pursuant to the Secured Subordinated Convertible Note Purchase Agreements dated as of November 15, 2005 and April 27, 2006 between the Company and the parties listed on Schedule 1 to such agreements, plus any Remaining Bridge Notes issued by the Company after the date hereof.

        “ Stockholder Bridge Note Percentage ” means, with regard to each Bridge Note Holder, the proportion that the principal amount of such Bridge Note Holder’s Stockholder Bridge Note bears to the aggregate principal amount of all Stockholder Bridge Notes.

        “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person (i) an amount of the voting securities, other voting ownership or voting partnership interests, of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of its Board of Directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests of which) is owned directly or indirectly by such first Person or (ii) of which such first Person is a general partner.

        “ Tax ” means: (i) any United States federal, state, local and foreign income, profits, franchise, license, capital, transfer, ad valorem , wage, severance, occupation, import, custom, gross receipts, payroll, sales, employment, use, stamp, alternative or add-on minimum, environmental, withholding and any other tax, duty, assessment or governmental tax charge of any kind whatsoever, imposed or required to be withheld by any taxing authority; (ii) any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable or related thereto; and (iii) any amount described in clause (i) or (ii) for which a Person is liable as a successor or transferee, or by Contract, indemnity or otherwise.

        “ Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement or other form relating to Taxes filed or required to be filed with a Governmental Entity, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

        “ Third Party Claim ” means any Legal Proceeding, claim or demand by a Person other than a Person from which indemnification may be sought under Article 8.

50



        “ Transaction Agreements ” means, collectively, this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

        “ Warrant ” means a warrant, option or other right to purchase or acquire Capital Stock of the Company other than the Options.

        Section 10.3. Descriptive Headings; Certain Interpretations . The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of this Agreement. Except where expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation apply to this Agreement: (i) “or” is not exclusive and “include”, “includes” and “including” are not limiting; (ii) “hereof”, “hereto”, “hereby”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (iii) “date hereof” refers to the date of this Agreement; (iv) “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase does not mean simply “if”; (v) definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms; (vi) references to an agreement or instrument mean such agreement or instrument as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented; (vii) references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns; (viii) references to an “Article”, “Section”, “Subsection”, “Exhibit” or “Schedule” refer to an Article of, a Section or Subsection of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement; (ix) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine or neuter and, in each case, vice versa; and (x) references to a Law include any amendment or modification to such Law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder, whether such amendment or modification is made, or issuance of such rules or regulations occurs, before the date of this Agreement or after the date of this Agreement but before the Closing Date.

        Section 10.4. Sellers' Representative .

        (a) The Company designates Will Kohler as the representative of the Bridge Note Holders and any other person who is or becomes, through the Effective Time, a Bridge Note Holder (such person, the “ Sellers’ Representative ”). The Seller’s Representative hereby accepts its appointment as of the date hereof. From and after the date hereof, the Sellers’ Representative shall serve as the sole representative of such Persons with respect to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

        (b) The Sellers’ Representative shall serve in such capacity without compensation except for the reimbursement from such Persons of out-of-pocket expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Sellers’ Representative shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on behalf of any Seller shall otherwise exist against Sellers’ Representative. Following Parent’s payment to the Sellers’ Representative of any amount pursuant to this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, Parent shall have no liability to any Bridge Note Holder for any such amount, including for the Sellers’ Representative’s failure to distribute such amount to the Bridge Note Holder in accordance with their individual arrangements with the Sellers’ Representative, and each such Bridge Note Holder’s sole remedy shall be against the Sellers’ Representative and not against Audiocodes or Parent. The Sellers’ Representative shall have reasonable access to information about the Company and the Surviving Corporation and the reasonable assistance of the Company’s and Surviving Corporation’s officers and employees for purposes of performing his duties and exercising his rights hereunder, provided that the Sellers’ Representative shall treat confidentially and not disclose any nonpublic information from or about the Company or the Surviving Corporation to anyone (except on a need to know basis to individuals who agree to treat such information confidentially).

51



        Section 10.5. Assignment .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Parties, except that Merger Sub may assign, in its sole discretion, any of or all its rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement to Audiocodes or to any Subsidiary of Audiocodes, but no such assignment shall relieve Merger Sub of any of its obligations hereunder. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

        Section 10.6. Specific Enforcement .  The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law, in equity or otherwise.

        Section 10.7. Waiver and Amendment .

        (a) At any time prior to the Effective Time, the Parties may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Parties, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or (c) subject to the proviso of Section 10.7(b), waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained in this Agreement. No failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to any Party at Law, in equity or otherwise.

        (b) Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended by the Parties at any time; provided , however , that there shall be made no amendment that by Law requires further approval by stockholders of either Party, without the further approval of such stockholders. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties.

        (c) Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective (i) only if it is made or given in writing and signed by Parent and the Company or, in the case of a waiver, by the party granting the waiver and (ii) only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.

52



        Section 10.8. Entire Agreement .  The Transaction Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, with respect to the transactions contemplated thereby. The Confidentiality Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

        Section 10.9. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the Parties and such successors and assigns, any legal or equitable rights or remedies; provided, however, that the Bridge Note Holders, acting through the Sellers’ Representative, shall be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

        Section 10.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties.

        Section 10.11. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Service Of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof, except matters mandatorily governed by the DGCL shall be so governed. Each Party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and (b) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Agreements, any transaction contemplated hereby and thereby or the relationship of the parties created hereby or thereby. Each Party agrees to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating hereto in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or if such suit, action or other proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the relationship of the parties created hereby or thereby in (i) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County or (ii) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and shall not assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such Legal Proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Legal Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Legal Proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or the Merger may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any Legal Proceeding relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the relationship of the parties created hereby or thereby.

53



        Section 10.12. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

        Section 10.13. Currency . All references to “dollars” or “$” shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States and all calculations of amounts herein shall be determined in dollars unless otherwise provided herein.

54



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

AUDIOCODES LTD.


By: /s/ Shabtai Adlersberg
——————————————
Name: Shabtai Adlersberg
Title: Chairman of the Board, President and CEO

AUDIOCODES INC.


By: /s/ Shabtai Adlersberg
——————————————
Name: Shabtai Adlersberg
Title: Director

VIOLET ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /s/ Shabtai Adlersberg
——————————————
Name: Shabtai Adlersberg
Title: Director



NETRAKE CORPORATION


BY: /S/ Bruce Hill
——————————————
Name: Bruce Hill
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE*


By: /s/ Will Kohler
——————————————
Name: Will Kohler


* For purposes of Section 10.4 of this Agreement only.

2



EXHIBIT A

  ESCROW AGREEMENT (" Agreement ") dated as of ________, 2006, among AUDIOCODES, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Parent "), WILL KOHLER (the " Sellers' Representative ") and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as escrow agent (the " Escrow Agent ").  


INTRODUCTION

        Parent, AudioCodes Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel, Violet Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), Netrake Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company ”), and the Sellers’ Representative have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 6, 2006 (as it may be amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

        The Merger Agreement requires, as a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, that Parent, the Sellers’ Representative and the Escrow Agent enter into this Agreement. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Parent will deposit $1,000,000 (the “ Escrowed Cash ”) into the Base Escrow Fund (as defined below) at the Effective Time, which date once known will be communicated in writing to the Escrow Agent by Parent.

        In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Parent will deposit $4,000,000 (the “ Special Escrowed Cash ”) into the Special Escrow Fund (as defined below) at the Effective Time, which date once known will be communicated in writing to the Escrow Agent by Parent.

        The parties hereto agree as follows:

    1.         Appointment of the Escrow Agent . Parent and the Sellers’ Representative appoint the Escrow Agent as, and the Escrow Agent agrees to assume and perform the duties of, the escrow agent pursuant to this Agreement.

    2.         The Base Escrow Fund . The Escrowed Cash, as it may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and all earnings on the Escrowed Cash (such Escrowed Cash and such earnings being referred to in this Agreement as the “ Base Escrow Fund ”), shall be held by the Escrow Agent in a separate account maintained for the purposes, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, until 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Base Escrow Release Date ”). The Base Escrow Fund shall be held in escrow and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment or trustee process or any other judicial process by any creditor of any of the Bridge Note Holders or any party to this Agreement and shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in this Agreement and the Merger Agreement. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, amounts held in the Base Escrow Fund shall not be available to, and shall not be used by, the Escrow Agent to set off any obligations of Parent, any Indemnified Party, the Sellers’ Representative or the Bridge Note Holders in any capacity.



    3.         The Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund . The Special Escrowed Cash, as it may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and all earnings on the Special Escrowed Cash (such Special Escrowed Cash and such earnings being referred to in this Agreement as the “ Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund ”) shall be held by the Escrow Agent in a separate account maintained for the purposes, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, until the date on which one of the following has occurred with regard to the Indemnified Litigation: (A) the entry of a final, nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (B) the execution and delivery of a settlement agreement and release by the parties to the Indemnified Litigation, or (C) the entry of a final, non-appealable award in an arbitration proceeding (such date being referred to as the “ Special Escrow Release Date ”). The Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund shall be held in escrow and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment or trustee process or any other judicial process by any creditor of any of the Bridge Note Holders or any party to this Agreement and shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in this Agreement and the Merger Agreement. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, amounts held in the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund shall not be available to, and shall not be used by, the Escrow Agent to set off any obligations of Parent, any Indemnified Party, the Sellers’ Representative or the Bridge Note Holders in any capacity.

    4.         Investment of the Base Escrow Fund and the Special Escrow .

    (a)         Permitted Investments . The Escrow Agent shall invest and reinvest the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund in such Permitted Investments as Parent and the Sellers’ Representative shall jointly, from time to time, direct by written notice to the Escrow Agent, such direction to specify the particular investment, or category of investment, to be made. A “Permitted Investment” is an investment in (i) direct obligations of the United States Treasury or obligations guaranteed fully as to payment of interest, principal and premium (if any) by the United States Treasury that, in each case, mature within one year from the date of its acquisition by the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund, (ii) repurchase agreements fully collateralized by United States Treasury securities, or (iii) common trust funds, mutual funds, or money market funds (including any investment products maintained by the Escrow Agent) that invest solely in one or more investments described in clauses (i) or (ii) above; (provided that the net asset value of any such fund as of any date is publicly available and that the Base Escrow Fund’s and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund’s investment in such fund may be redeemed by the Escrow Agent at any time at 100% of the pro rata portion of such net asset value). The Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility for the review of proposed investments or otherwise to confirm whether any proposed investments meet the criteria for Permitted Investments prescribed in the preceding sentence and may rely conclusively upon a written investment instruction of Parent and the Sellers’ Representative as authorized in accordance with such criteria. If no written investment instructions are provided by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the maturity date of any investment held in the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund, the Escrow Agent shall reinvest the proceeds of the same and uninvested cash in the Base Escrow Fund or Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund (if any) in [Name of Money Market Fund To Come].

- 2 -



    (b)         Liquidation of Investments . The Escrow Agent shall have the right to liquidate any investments held in order to provide funds necessary to make required payments under this Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall have no liability for any loss, fee, tax or other charge sustained as a result of any investment or reinvestment made pursuant to the instructions of the parties hereto or as a result of any liquidation of any investment prior to its maturity.

    5.         Claims Against the Base Escrow Fund .

    (a)         Procedure For Claims Against Base Escrow Fund . An Indemnified Party may make a claim for indemnification against the Base Escrow Fund under Sections 8.1(a) of the Merger Agreement (such claims being referred to as the “ Base Claims ”) on or prior to the Base Escrow Release Date.

    (b)         Indemnification Certificates of Instruction . With respect to a Base Claim, Parent may at any time deliver to the Escrow Agent (with a copy to the Sellers’ Representative) one or more certificates in substantially the form of Annex I (an “ Indemnification Certificate of Instruction ”) with respect to such claim (attaching thereto a copy of a notice from Parent to the Sellers’ Representative that serves to identify for the Sellers’ Representative the indemnity claim covered by such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction). The Escrow Agent shall give written notice to the Sellers’ Representative of its receipt of an Indemnification Certificate of Instruction within two (2) Business Days of its receipt thereof.

    (c)         Payment of Owed Amount . If the Escrow Agent (i) shall not, within twenty (20) Business Days following its delivery of an Indemnification Certificate of Instruction to the Sellers’ Representative (the “ Objection Period ”), have received from the Sellers’ Representative a certificate in substantially the form of Annex II (an “Objection Certificate ”) (a copy of which shall be delivered to Parent) disputing the Indemnified Parties’ right to be indemnified with respect to the indemnified matter referred to, or disputing the amount (the “ Owed Amount ”) in respect thereof claimed by the Indemnified Parties to be owed to them in respect thereof pursuant to the Merger Agreement, in such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction, or (ii) shall have received such an Objection Certificate within the Objection Period and shall thereafter have received either (A) a certificate from Parent and the Sellers’ Representative substantially in the form of Annex III (a “ Resolution Certificate ”) stating that Parent and the Sellers’ Representative have agreed that the Owed Amount referred to in such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or a specified portion of the Owed Amount) is payable to one or more of the Indemnified Parties or (B) a copy of a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (accompanied by a certificate of Parent substantially in the form of Annex IV (a “ Litigation Certificate ”)) (a copy of which shall also be provided to the Sellers’ Representative) stating that the Owed Amount referred to in such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or a specified portion of the Owed Amount) is payable to one or more of the Indemnified Parties, then the Escrow Agent shall, on or prior to the second Business Day next following, as applicable, (x) the expiration of the Objection Period or (y) the Escrow Agent’s receipt of a Resolution Certificate or a Litigation Certificate, as the case may be, pay to Parent (or as otherwise directed in such Resolution Certificate or Litigation Certificate) from the Base Escrow Fund, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by Parent in the Indemnification Certificate of Instruction, the amount set forth in such certificate plus any interest accrued thereon in accordance with Section 12(a) or, if such Resolution Certificate or Litigation Certificate specifies that a lesser amount than such Owed Amount is payable, such lesser amount plus any interest accrued thereon in accordance with Section 12(a).

- 3 -



    (d)         Notification of Dispute . The Escrow Agent shall give written notice to Parent of its receipt of an Objection Certificate within two (2) Business Days of its receipt thereof, together with a copy of such Objection Certificate. The Escrow Agent shall give written notice to the Sellers’ Representative of its receipt of a Litigation Certificate within two (2) Business Days of its receipt thereof, together with a copy of such Litigation Certificate.

    (e)         Cancellation by Payment . Upon the payment by the Escrow Agent of the Owed Amount referred to in an Indemnification Certificate of Instruction, such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction shall be deemed cancelled. Upon the receipt by the Escrow Agent of a Resolution Certificate or a Litigation Certificate and the payment by the Escrow Agent of the Owed Amount referred to in either such certificate, the related Indemnification Certificate of Instruction shall be deemed cancelled.

    (f)         Cancellation by Parent . Upon Parent’s determination that it then has no claim or it has released its claim with respect to an Owed Amount referred to in an Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or a specified portion of the Owed Amount), Parent will deliver to the Escrow Agent a certificate substantially in the form of Annex V (a “ Parent Cancellation Certificate ”) canceling such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or such specified portion of the Owed Amount), and such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or portion thereof) shall thereupon be deemed cancelled. The Escrow Agent shall give written notice to the Sellers’ Representative of its receipt of a Parent Cancellation Certificate within two (2) Business Days of its receipt thereof, together with a copy of such Parent Cancellation Certificate.

    (g)         Cancellation by the Sellers’ Representative . Upon receipt of a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction to the effect that a Indemnified Party is not entitled to be indemnified for any (or a specified portion) of the Owed Amount referred to in an Indemnification Certificate of Instruction as to which the Sellers’ Representative delivered an Objection Certificate within the Objection Period, the Sellers’ Representative may, provided no Resolution Certificate or Litigation Certificate with respect to such matter shall have previously been received by the Escrow Agent, deliver a copy of such final, nonappealable court order (accompanied by a certificate of the Sellers’ Representative substantially in the form of Annex VI (a “ Sellers’ Representative Cancellation Certificate ”)) canceling such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or such specified portion of the Owed Amount) with respect to such Indemnified Party, and such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction (or portion thereof) shall thereupon be deemed cancelled. The Escrow Agent shall give written notice to Parent of its receipt of a Sellers’ Representative Cancellation Certificate within two (2) Business Days of its receipt thereof, together with a copy of such Sellers’ Representative Cancellation Certificate.

    (h)         No Duty to Verify . The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to verify that an order attached to a Litigation Certificate or Sellers’ Representative Cancellation Certificate constitutes a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon Parent’s or the Sellers’ Representative’s statement to that effect.

- 4 -



    (i)         Parent as Agent for Other Indemnified Parties . Only Parent may make a claim against the Base Escrow Fund, either for itself or on behalf of any other Indemnified Party. In the event that Parent makes a claim against the Escrow Fund on behalf of any other Indemnified Party, any amounts received by Parent on behalf of such other Indemnified Party shall be turned over to such other Indemnified Party promptly upon receipt by Parent.

    (j)         Litigation Claims . The Sellers’ Representative may conduct and control litigation in the name and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 8.3(a) of the Merger Agreement. All claims for indemnification permitted by Section 8.1(a) of the Merger Agreement including, without limitation, amounts incurred by the Sellers’ Representative in the name of the Company (such claims being referred to as the “ Base Litigation Claims ”) made on or prior to the Base Escrow Release Date shall be made in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 5(j). Sellers’ Representative shall submit to Parent, within two (2) Business Days of receipt, any requests or demands for payment that he or any other Indemnifying Party receives in connection with the rights and obligations of the Indemnifying Parties under Section 8.3 of the Merger Agreement, together with invoices or other appropriate evidence of such amounts. Parent shall submit such Base Litigation Claims, together with any Base Litigation Claims that it receives directly or through the Company, within three (3) Business Days of receipt to the Escrow Agent together with payment instructions if such payment is to be made other than to the Indemnified Party ( e.g., to counsel or to a party to the Indemnified Litigation). If the Sellers’ Representative has not previously received a copy of such Base Litigation Claim and evidence thereof, such claim shall also be delivered concurrently to the Sellers’ Representative. The Escrow Agent shall pay any Base Litigation Claim submitted in accordance with this Section 5(j) from the Base Escrow Fund within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of such claim; provided, however, the Escrow Agent shall not pay any Base Litigation Claim for the amount of any judgment, arbitration award or settlement unless such claim is accompanied by a Litigation Certificate. All amounts paid in accordance with this Section 5(j) shall be considered indemnification payments made under Section 8.1(a) of the Merger Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 5(j) shall affect the rights or obligations of any party under Section 8.3 of the Merger Agreement.

    6.         Claims Against the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund . Pursuant to Section 8.3(f) of the Merger Agreement, the Sellers’ Representative shall conduct and control the Indemnified Litigation in the name and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 8.3(a) of the Merger Agreement. All claims for indemnification permitted by Section 8.1(b) of the Merger Agreement including, without limitation, amounts incurred by the Sellers’ Representative in the name of the Company (such claims being referred to as the “ Special Litigation Claims”) made on or prior to the Special Escrow Release Date shall be made in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 6. Sellers’ Representative shall submit to Parent, within two (2) Business Days of receipt, any requests or demands for payment that he or any other Indemnifying Party receives in connection with the rights and obligations of the Indemnifying Parties under Section 8.3 of the Merger Agreement, together with invoices or other appropriate evidence of such amounts. Parent shall submit such Special Litigation Claims, together with any Special Litigation Claims that it receives directly or through the Company, within three (3) Business Days of receipt to the Escrow Agent together with payment instructions if such payment is to be made other than to the Indemnified Party ( e.g., to counsel or to a party to the Indemnified Litigation). If the Sellers’ Representative has not previously received a copy of such Special Litigation Claim and evidence thereof, such claim shall also be delivered concurrently to the Sellers’ Representative. The Escrow Agent shall pay any Special Litigation Claim submitted in accordance with this Section 6 from the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of such claim; provided, however, the Escrow Agent shall not pay any Special Litigation Claim for the amount of any judgment, arbitration award or settlement unless such claim is accompanied by a Litigation Certificate. All amounts paid in accordance with this Section 6 shall be considered indemnification payments made under Section 8.1(b) of the Merger Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall affect the rights or obligations of any party under Section 8.3 of the Merger Agreement.

- 5 -



    7.         Release of Base Escrow Funds and Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund .

    (a)         Release of Base Escrow Fund . On the next Business Day following the Base Escrow Release Date, the amount (if any) equal to (A) all amounts that remain in the Base Escrow Fund as of such date minus (B) the Outstanding Claims Reserve (as defined below) as of such date shall be released from the Escrow Fund by the Escrow Agent as provided in Section 7(d). “ Outstanding Claims Reserve ” means, as of any date, the sum of all of the (i) Owed Amounts referred to in Indemnification Certificates of Instruction, Resolution Certificates and Litigation Certificates received by the Escrow Agent (on or before the Base Escrow Release Date in the case of Indemnification Certificates of Instruction) that have not been cancelled as of such date in accordance with Section 5(d), (e) or (f), without duplication, and (ii) Base Litigation Claims that remain unpaid. Parent and Sellers’ Representative shall mutually determine what amount, if any, should be retained with respect to any Base Litigation Claims that remain unpaid so that adequate funds will be available in the Base Escrow Fund for the payment of all such Base Litigation Claims.

    (b)         Release of Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund . On the next Business Day following the Special Escrow Release Date, the amount (if any) equal to (A) all amounts that remain in the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund as of such date minus (B) any Special Litigation Claims that remain unpaid as of such date shall be released from the Escrow Fund by the Escrow Agent as provided in Section 7(d). Parent and Sellers’ Representative shall mutually determine what amount, if any, should be retained with respect to any Special Litigation Claims that remain unpaid so that adequate funds will be available in the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund for the payment of all such Special Litigation Claims.

    (c)         Reliance on Certificates . The Escrow Agent shall have no duty whatsoever to calculate, determine or verify any amount due under this Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall be directed in writing by the proper parties, as set forth herein, as to the amounts to be distributed from the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund, the complete payment instructions to be used in connection with such disbursement and may conclusively rely on such written directions. It is understood that the Escrow Agent shall only be responsible for remitting payment to Parent or an entity acting on behalf of Parent, and shall not be responsible for remitting any payment directly to the Sellers’ Representative or any other party.

- 6 -



    (d)         Delivery of Funds . The Escrow Agent shall deliver the funds to be released pursuant to Sections 7(a) and (b) as follows:

    (i)        Ten percent (10%) of such funds shall be released to the Company; and


    (ii)        The balance shall be paid to the Sellers’ Representative.


Following distribution to the Company of the amount set forth in Section 7(d)(i), Parent will cause the Company to pay to the Persons who were Participants in the Change of Control Bonus Plan, as defined in the Change of Control Bonus Plan, on the Closing Date a distribution in accordance with the Change of Control Bonus Plan.

    8.        Duties and Obligations of the Escrow Agent .

    (a)       The duties and obligations of the Escrow Agent shall be limited to and determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement and the certificates delivered in accordance with this Agreement, and the Escrow Agent is not charged with knowledge of, or any duties or responsibilities in respect of, any other agreement or document and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Escrow Agent. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing:

    (i)       The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any loss, fee, tax or other charge sustained as a result of investments or reinvestments made under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including losses sustained as a result of any liquidation of any investment of the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund prior to their maturity effected in order to make a payment required by the terms of this Agreement.


    (ii)       The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for loss of interest or earnings incident to delays in the investment or reinvestment of cash held in the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided that such delays did not result from the Escrow Agent’s willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.


    (iii)       The Escrow Agent shall be fully protected in conclusively relying in good faith upon any written certification, notice, direction, request, waiver, consent, receipt or other document that the Escrow Agent reasonably believes to be genuine and duly authorized, executed and delivered.


    (iv)       The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or for any act done or omitted by it, or for any mistake in fact or law, or for anything that it may do or refrain from doing in connection with this Agreement; provided, however , that notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall be liable for its willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.


- 7 -



    (v)       The Escrow Agent may seek the advice of legal counsel selected with reasonable care in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of any of the provisions of this Agreement or its duties under this Agreement, and it shall incur no liability and shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.


    (vi)       In the event that the Escrow Agent shall in any instance, after seeking the advice of legal counsel pursuant to the immediately preceding clause, in good faith be uncertain as to its duties or rights under this Agreement, it shall be entitled to refrain from taking any action in that instance and its sole obligation, in addition to those of its duties under this Agreement as to which there is no such uncertainty, shall be to keep safely all property held in the Base Escrow Fund or the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund until it shall be directed otherwise in writing by each of the parties to this Agreement, or by a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, however , that in the event that the Escrow Agent has not received such written direction or court order within 180 calendar days after requesting the same, it shall have the right to interplead Parent and the Sellers’ Representative in any court of competent jurisdiction and request that such court determine its rights and duties under this Agreement.


    (vii)       The Escrow Agent may execute any of its powers or responsibilities under this Agreement and exercise any rights under this Agreement either directly or by or through agents or attorneys selected with reasonable care.


    (viii)       The Escrow Agent shall not be obligated to take any legal or other action hereunder which might in its judgment involve or cause it to incur any expense or liability unless it shall have been furnished with reasonably acceptable assurances that the indemnification obligations of Parent and the Sellers’ Representative, if any, will be satisfied.


    (b)       Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to impose upon the Escrow Agent any duty to qualify to do business or to act as fiduciary or otherwise in any jurisdiction other than the State of New York and the Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for and shall not be under a duty to examine into or pass upon the validity, binding effect, execution or sufficiency of this Agreement or the Merger Agreement or of any agreement amendatory or supplemental to this Agreement.

    (c)       Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, lost profits), even if the Escrow Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such losses or damages and regardless of the form of action.

    9.        Cooperation . Parent and the Sellers’ Representative shall provide to the Escrow Agent all instruments and documents within their respective powers to provide that are reasonably necessary for the Escrow Agent to perform its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

- 8 -



    10.        Fees and Expenses; Indemnity .

    (a)        Fees and Expenses . Parent agrees to (i) pay the Escrow Agent upon execution of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter such compensation as shall be agreed in writing for the services to be rendered hereunder, which unless otherwise agreed in writing by Parent and the Escrow Agent shall be as described in Schedule I attached hereto, and (ii) pay or reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred or made by it in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, modification and termination of this Agreement. Each of Parent and Sellers’ Representative agrees, severally and not jointly, to reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for one-half of all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any disputes arising out of this Agreement. The Sellers’ Representative and Parent acknowledge that the foregoing obligations shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent or the termination of this Agreement.

    (b)        Indemnification of Escrow Agent . Parent and the Sellers’ Representative shall each, severally and not jointly, reimburse and indemnify the Escrow Agent and its employees, officers, directors, and agents (together, the “ Escrow Agent Indemnitees ”) for, and hold them harmless against, one-half of any and all loss, liability, damage, cost or expense, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, reasonably incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with the Escrow Agent’s performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, as well as the reasonable costs and expenses of defending against any claim (whether asserted by Parent, the Sellers’ Representative or any other Person) or liability relating to this Agreement; provided, however , that neither Parent nor the Sellers’ Representative shall be required to reimburse or indemnify the Escrow Agent for, or hold it harmless against, any such loss, liability, damage, cost or expense arising as a result of the Escrow Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Sellers’ Representative and Parent acknowledge that the foregoing indemnities shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent or the termination of this Agreement.

    11.        Resignation and Removal of the Escrow Agent .

    (a)        Resignation and Removal . The Escrow Agent may resign as such 30 days after notifying Parent and the Sellers’ Representative in writing of its intent to resign. In addition, the Escrow Agent may be removed and replaced on a date designated in a written instrument signed by Parent and the Sellers’ Representative and delivered to the Escrow Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such resignation or removal shall be effective until a successor escrow agent has acknowledged its appointment as such as provided in Section 11(c). In either event, upon the effective date of such resignation or removal, and upon payment of all amounts owed to the Base Escrow Agent hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall deliver the property comprising the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund to the successor jointly designated by Parent and the Sellers’ Representative or designated by a court of competent jurisdiction as provided in Section 11(b), as applicable, together with such records maintained by the Escrow Agent in connection with its duties under this Agreement and other information with respect to the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund as such successor may reasonably request. Any corporation or association into which the Escrow Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association to which all or substantially all the escrow business of the Escrow Agent’s corporate trust line of business may be transferred, shall be the Escrow Agent under this Agreement without further act.

- 9 -



    (b)        Selection of Successor by Escrow Agent . If a successor escrow agent shall not have acknowledged its appointment as such as provided in Section 11(c), in the case of a resignation, prior to the expiration of 30 days following the date of a notice of resignation or, in the case of a removal, on the date designated for the Escrow Agent’s removal, as the case may be, because Parent and the Sellers’ Representative are unable to agree on a successor escrow agent, or for any other reason, the Escrow Agent may petition, at the expense of Parent and Sellers’ Representative, a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor escrow agent and any such resulting appointment shall be binding upon Parent, the Sellers’ Representative and the Selling Stockholders; provided, however, that any such successor escrow agent shall be in the business of providing escrow services as contemplated hereunder.

    (c)        Release of Withdrawing Escrow Agent . Upon written acknowledgment by a successor escrow agent appointed in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of its agreement to serve as escrow agent under this Agreement and the receipt of the property then comprising the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund, the Escrow Agent shall be fully released and relieved of all duties, responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement (except to the extent the withdrawing Escrow Agent’s actions or omissions to act with respect to such duties, responsibilities and obligations constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct) and the successor escrow agent shall for all purposes of this Agreement be the Escrow Agent. Any Escrow Agent acting under this Agreement shall each be entitled to rely on the survival of Section 10 following the withdrawal and replacement of such Escrow Agent.

    12.        Interest; Tax Matters .

    (a)       Subject to Section 12(b), Parent shall receive all interest on the portion, if any, of the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund ultimately released to Parent that was earned during the period from the Closing Date through the date Parent receives funds under this Agreement and the Sellers’ Representative shall receive all interest earned on the Base Escrow Fund and the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund ultimately released to the Sellers’ Representative.

    (b)       Parent and the Sellers’ Representative agree that, solely for tax reporting purposes, all taxable interest on or other income, if any, attributable to the Base Escrow Fund, the Netrake Special Litigation Escrow Fund or any other amount held in escrow by the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Escrow Agreement shall be allocable to the Bridge Note Holders in proportion to their Stockholder Bridge Note Percentages. For purposes of IRS Form 1099, which the Escrow Agent shall be required to prepare and file, all reportable income shall be reported to the Internal Revenue Service as being attributable to Parent.

- 10 -



    (c)       As indicated in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall only be responsible for remitting payment to the Sellers’ Representative, and shall not be responsible for remitting payment directly to the Bridge Note Holders. The Sellers’ Representative shall remit payment directly to the Bridge Note Holders and shall be responsible for all tax reporting to the Bridge Note Holders. If the Escrow Agent remits payment to the Sellers’ Representative, the Escrow Agent shall have the right to request from the Sellers’ Representative the appropriate tax forms (in each case a Form W-8 or W-9) or such other forms or documents that the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall report and, as required, withhold and remit to the appropriate authorities, any taxes as it determines may be required by any law or regulation in effect at the time of the distribution to the Sellers’ Representative. In the event that any earnings remain undistributed at the end of any calendar year, the Escrow Agent shall report to the Internal Revenue Service or such other authority such earnings as it deems appropriate or as required by any applicable law or regulation or, to the extent consistent therewith, as reasonably directed in writing by Parent and the Sellers’ Representative.

    13.        Funds Transfer Instructions . In the event funds transfer instructions are given (other than as set forth on Annex I or otherwise in writing at the time of execution of this Escrow Agreement), whether in writing, by facsimile or otherwise, the Escrow Agent is authorized to seek confirmation of such instructions by telephone call-back to the person or persons designated on Schedule II (which persons shall be different than the person who provided the instructions), and the Escrow Agent may conclusively rely upon the confirmation of anyone purporting to be the person or persons so designated. The individuals authorized to give or confirm funds transfer instructions may be changed only in a writing actually received and acknowledged by the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent and the beneficiary’s bank in any funds transfer may rely solely upon any account numbers or similar identifying numbers provided by Parent or the Sellers’ Representative to identify (i) the beneficiary, (ii) the beneficiary’s bank, or (iii) an intermediary bank. All funds transfer instructions must include the signature of the person(s) authorizing said funds transfer. Parent and the Sellers’ Representative (both in its role as Sellers’ Representative and on behalf of the Bridge Note Holders) acknowledge that these security procedures are commercially reasonable.

    14.        Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be by facsimile, courier services or personal delivery to the following addresses, or to such other addresses as shall be designated from time to time by any party in accordance with this Section 12:

    (a)        if to Parent:

  AudioCodes Ltd.
1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod, 70151
P.O. Box 255, Ben Gurion Airport, Israel 70100
Attention: Itamar Rosen
Facsimile No.: 972-3-976-4040

and

AudioCodes Inc.
2099 Gateway Place, Suite 500
San Jose, California 95110
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile No. (408) 451-9520

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Covington & Burling
1330 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Ellen Corenswet
Facsimile No.: (212) 841-1010

- 11 -



    (b)        if to the Sellers' Representative:

  Will Kohler
Prism Venture Partners
100 Lowder Brook Drive, Suite 2500
Westwood, Massachusetts 02090
Facsimile No.: (781) 302-4040

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Proctor LLP
53 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Attention: John M. Mutkoski
Facsimile No.: (617) 523-1231

    (c)        if to the Escrow Agent:

  U.S. Bank National Association
100 Wall Street
16th Floor
New York, NY 10005
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.: (212) 361-6159

All notices and communications under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given (x) when delivered by hand, if personally delivered, (y) one Business Day after when delivered to a courier, if delivered by commercial one-day overnight courier service or (z) when sent, if sent by facsimile, with an acknowledgment of sending being produced by the sending facsimile machine. The Escrow Agent shall mail to Parent and the Sellers’ Representative each month during the term of this Agreement a written statement of all transactions relating to the Escrow Fund.

- 12 -



    15.         Amendments and Waivers . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective (a) only if it is made or given in writing and signed by each party hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party granting the waiver and (b) only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.

    16.         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and (b) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of and related to this Agreement, and as between Parent and Sellers’ Representative, the Merger Agreement, any of the other agreements contemplated by the Merger Agreement (collectively, this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, and any of the other agreements contemplated by the Merger Agreement shall be referred to herein as the “ Transaction Agreements ”), or any transaction contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party agrees to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating hereto in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or if such suit, action or other proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in New York with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 16. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby in (i) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County or (ii) the United States District Court of New York, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and shall not assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such legal proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the legal proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the legal proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or the Merger may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any Legal Proceeding relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

    17.         Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, except that Parent may assign, in its sole discretion, any of or all its rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of Parent, but no such assignment shall relieve Parent of any of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

- 13 -



    18.         Miscellaneous . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by facsimile, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement (including its Schedules and Annexes) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, none of the provisions of this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to provide any rights or remedies to any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, if any. The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control if the Escrow Agent could not, after using all reasonable efforts, overcome such delays or failures in performance . Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, acts of terror, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters.

    19.         Account Opening Information .

    (a)         For accounts opened in the U.S. : To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When an account is opened, the Escrow Agent will request information that will allow it to identify relevant parties.

    (b)         For non-U.S. accounts : To help in the fight against the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Escrow Agent, along with all financial institutions, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When an account is opened, the Escrow Agent will request information that will allow it to identify relevant parties.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank .]

- 14 -



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed by duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

PARENT:

AudioCodes, Inc.


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE:

Will Kohler


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

ESCROW AGENT:

U.S. Bank National Association, as Escrow Agent


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO ESCROW AGREEMENT]



SCHEDULE I

ESCROW AGENT’S COMPENSATION

Escrow Agent Annual Administration Fee: $5,000 
  (Payable upon closing)

Activity Fees:

The following Activity Fees cover the ordinary and customary administrative duties as escrow agent under the agreement.

  Check Issuance: $20.00
  1099 Reporting: Included in check and wire charge

The above fees are exclusive of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses including the costs of external counsel (if required).

Mailings (if required) will be billed at cost.



SCHEDULE II

TELEPHONE NUMBER(S) FOR CALL-BACKS
AND
PERSONS DESIGNATED TO GIVE OR CONFIRM FUNDS TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

If to Parent:

Name Telephone Number Signature Specimen



If to the Sellers’ Representative:

Name Telephone Number Signature Specimen



Telephone call-backs shall be made to each of Parent and the Sellers’ Representative if joint instructions are required pursuant to this Escrow Agreement.

Periodically, the parties may issue payment orders to us to transfer funds by Federal funds wire. The Escrow Agent reviews the orders to determine compliance with the governing documentation and to confirm signature by the appropriate party, in accordance with the above schedule. The Escrow Agent’s policy requires that, where practicable, it undertake callbacks to a party other than the individual who signed the payment order to verify the authenticity of the payment order.

Inasmuch as a person is the only employee in his or her office who can confirm wire transfers, the Escrow Agent will call him or her to confirm any Federal funds wire transfer payment order purportedly issued by him or her. Such person’s continued issuance of payment orders to the Escrow Agent and confirmation in accordance with this procedure will constitute such person’s agreement (1) to the callback security procedure outlined herein and (2) that the security procedure outlined herein constitutes a commercially reasonable method of verifying the authenticity of payment orders.



ANNEX I

INDEMNIFICATION CERTIFICATE OF INSTRUCTION

TO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Escrow Agent

        AudioCodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), ________________ (the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), and U.S. Bank National Association a national banking association, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), are parties to an Escrow Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Escrow Agreement have the same meanings when used in this Indemnification Certificate of Instruction.

        Pursuant to Section 4(a) of the Escrow Agreement, Parent:

    (a)        certifies that (i) Parent has notified the Sellers’ Representative of the existence of a claim for Losses for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to be indemnified under the Merger Agreement, a copy of which notice is attached hereto, and (ii) the amount of $[__________] (the “ Owed Amount ”) is payable to Parent (or to another Indemnified Party, as the case may be) pursuant to the Merger Agreement by reason of the matter described in such notice; and


    (b)        instructs you to pay to Parent from the Base Escrow Fund the Owed Amount, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to Parent’s account at [name of bank], [ABA number], [title of account], [account number], which Owed Amount shall be payable as follows: (i) if you do not receive an Objection Certificate from the Sellers’ Representative prior to the expiration of the Objection Period, within two (2) Business Days following the expiration of the Objection Period, or (ii) if you receive an Objection Certificate within the Objection Period, within two (2) Business Days following your receipt of a Resolution Certificate or a Litigation Certificate.


AUDIOCODES INC.


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

Dated: [_________]

cc:   Sellers' Representative



ANNEX II

OBJECTION CERTIFICATE

TO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Escrow Agent

        AudioCodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), ___________________ (the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), and U.S Bank National Association a national banking association (the “ Escrow Agent ”), are parties to an Escrow Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Escrow Agreement have the same meanings when used in this Objection Certificate.

        Pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Escrow Agreement, the Sellers’ Representative:

    (c)        disputes that the Owed Amount referred to in the Indemnification Certificate of Instruction dated [_________] is payable to Parent (or to another Indemnified Party, as the case may be) pursuant to the Merger Agreement;


    (d)        certifies that the undersigned has sent to Parent a written statement dated [_________] of the Sellers’ Representative, a copy of which is attached hereto, disputing the Indemnified Parties’ right to be indemnified (or to another Indemnified Party, as the case may be) with respect to the Owed Amount; and


    (e)        objects to your making payment to Parent as provided in such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction.


———————————————————
AS SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE

———————————————————

Dated: [_________]

cc: Parent



ANNEX III

RESOLUTION CERTIFICATE

TO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Escrow Agent

        AudioCodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), ___________________ (the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), and U.S. Bank National Association a national banking association, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), are parties to an Escrow Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Escrow Agreement have the same meanings when used in this Resolution Certificate.

        Pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Escrow Agreement, Parent and the Sellers’ Representative:

    (f)        certify that (i) Parent and the Sellers’ Representative have resolved their dispute as to the matter described in the Indemnification Certificate of Instruction dated [_________] and the related Objection Certificate dated [_________] and (ii) the final Owed Amount with respect to the matter described in such Certificates is $[_________];


    (g)        instruct you to pay to [name of recipient] from the Base Escrow Fund the Owed Amount referred to in clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to [name of recipient]‘s account at [name of bank], [ABA number], [title of account], [account number], within two (2) Business Days following your receipt of this Certificate; and


    (h)        agree that the Owed Amount designated in such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction, to the extent, if any, it exceeds the Owed Amount referred to in clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, shall be deemed not payable to Parent (or to another Indemnified Party, as the case may be) and such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction is hereby cancelled.


AUDIOCODES, INC.


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————




Dated: [_________]
———————————————————
AS SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE

———————————————————



ANNEX IV

LITIGATION CERTIFICATE

TO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Escrow Agent

        AudioCodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), ___________________ (the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent ”), are parties to an Escrow Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Escrow Agreement have the same meanings when used in this Litigation Certificate.

        Pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Escrow Agreement, Parent:

    (i)        certifies that (i) attached hereto is (A) a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction, (B) an executed settlement agreement and release by the parties to the Indemnified Litigation, or (C) of a final, non-appealable award in an arbitration proceeding, resolving the dispute between Parent and the Sellers’ Representative as to the matter described in the Indemnification Certificate of Instruction dated [_________] and the related Objection Certificate dated [_________] and (ii) the final Owed Amount with respect to the matter described in such Certificates, as provided in the attached order is $[__________];


    (j)        instructs you to pay to Parent from the Base Escrow Fund the Owed Amount referred to in clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to Parent’s account at [name of bank], [ABA number], [title of account], [account number], within two (2) Business Days following your receipt of this Certificate; and


    (k)        agrees that the Owed Amount designated in such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction, to the extent, if any, it exceeds the Owed Amount referred to in clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, shall be deemed not payable to Parent (or to another Indemnified Party, as the case may be) and such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction is hereby cancelled.


AUDIOCODES, INC.


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

Dated: [_________]

cc: Sellers' Representative



ANNEX V

PARENT CANCELLATION CERTIFICATE

TO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Escrow Agent

        AudioCodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), __________________ (the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent ”), are parties to an Escrow Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Escrow Agreement have the same meanings when used in this Parent Cancellation Certificate.

        Pursuant to Section 4(e) of the Escrow Agreement, Parent:

    (l)        certifies that (i) it hereby withdraws its claim against the Company Bridge Note Holders with respect to [all] [specify portion] of the Owed Amount designated in the Indemnification Certificate of Instruction dated [_________] and (ii) as a result the Owed Amount with respect to such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction is $[_________]; and


    (m)        agrees that such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction is, to the extent released as provided in clause (i) of paragraph (a) above, cancelled.


AUDIOCODES, INC.


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

Dated: [_________]



ANNEX VI

SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE CANCELLATION CERTIFICATE

TO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Escrow Agent

        AudioCodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), ___________________ the “ Sellers’ Representative ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent ”), are parties to an Escrow Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Escrow Agreement have the same meanings when used in this Sellers’ Representative Cancellation Certificate.

        Pursuant to Section 4(f) of the Escrow Agreement, the Sellers’ Representative certifies that (i) attached hereto is a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction resolving the dispute between Parent and the Sellers’ Representative as to the matter described in the Indemnification Certificate of Instruction dated [_________] and the related Objection Certificate dated [_________] and (ii) as a result the Owed Amount with respect to such Indemnification Certificate of Instruction is $[_________].

———————————————————
AS SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE

———————————————————

Dated: [_________]



EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF OPINION OF HAYNES AND BOONE LLP]

    1.        The Company is (i) a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and (ii) duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in the state of Texas.

    2.        The execution and delivery by the Company of the Merger Agreement and the Escrow Agreement the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions expressly contemplated by the Merger Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the holders of Capital Stock of the Company, including the approval of the Merger and the transactions expressly contemplated by the Merger Agreement by the Company’s stockholders under the provisions of the DGCL and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and no other corporate action or proceeding on the part of the Company or its stockholders is necessary to authorize the Merger Agreement or to consummate the Merger and the other transactions expressly contemplated by the Merger Agreement or for the Company to comply with the provisions of the Merger Agreement. Each of the Merger Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Certificate of Merger has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

    3.        No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any United States, Texas or Delaware Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of the Merger Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions expressly contemplated by the Merger Agreement or the compliance by the Company with the provisions thereof, except for (i) filings pursuant to, and compliance with other applicable requirements of Section 5021 of the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 and (ii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State.

    4.        The execution and delivery by the Company of the Merger Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions expressly contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the compliance by the Company with the provisions thereof do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien in or upon any of the properties or assets of the Company under, or give rise to any increased, additional or guaranteed rights or entitlements under, any provision of (i) the Constitutive Documents of the Company, (ii) any of the agreements listed on Exhibit A hereto or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its properties or assets.



    5.        The authorized Capital Stock of the Company consists of (i) 1,119,153,822 shares of Company Common Stock and 930,376,328 shares of Company Preferred Stock, of which 10,215,131 shares are designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 86,000,037 are designated as Series B Preferred Stock, 231,878,724 are designated as Series C Preferred Stock, 442,282,436 are designated as Series D Preferred Stock and 160,000,000 are designated as Series D-1 Preferred Stock. There are 13,901,823 shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding and 10,215,131 shares of Series A Preferred, 83,313,605 shares of Series B Preferred, 226,092,199 shares of Series C Preferred, 439,890,531 shares of Series D Preferred and 158,910,455 shares of Series D-1 Preferred issued and outstanding. An aggregate of 181,819,455 shares of Common Stock of the Company are reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2000 Omnibus Securities Plan, as amended, of which, to our knowledge, 6,953,784 shares have been issued and are currently outstanding, 131,980,852 shares are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and 42,884,819 shares are available for future issuance, subject, in each case, to certain adjustment provisions applicable thereto. 2,686,432 shares of Series B Preferred are subject to outstanding Warrants, 5,786,525 shares of Series C Preferred are subject to outstanding Warrants, 2,391,905 shares of Series D Preferred are subject to outstanding Warrants and 549,863 shares of Series D-1 Preferred are subject to outstanding Warrants. There are 10,215,131 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series A Preferred, 86,000,037 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series B Preferred, 231,878,724 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series C Preferred, 442,282,436 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series D Preferred, 160,000,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of the Series D-1 Preferred and 60,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of options held by the Community Foundation of Texas. To our knowledge, except as described above, there are no other shares of Capital Stock of the Company issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and, to our knowledge, are fully paid and nonassessable. Except for the Company Options and Company Warrants and as otherwise set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, to our knowledge, (i) there are no options, warrants, calls, rights, convertible securities, commitments or agreements of any character, written or oral, to which the Company is a party obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) there are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or other similar rights with respect to the Company, and (iii) there are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Capital Stock of the Company.

    6.        To our knowledge, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, there is no suit, action, claim or proceeding that is pending or has been threatened in writing against the Company.

    7.        Upon the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State, the Merger will be effective under the DGCL.

- 2 -



EXHIBIT C

TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF STOCKHOLDER BRIDGE NOTES

August __, 2006

Netrake Corporation
3000 Technology Drive
Suite 100
Plano, Texas 75074
Attention: Bruce Hill
Facsimile No.: (214) 291-1010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is made to (i) the Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 15, 2005 (the “2005 Note Purchase Agreement”) by and among Netrake Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the persons listed on Schedule 1 thereto, (ii) the Secured Subordinated Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “2006 Note Purchase Agreement” and, together with the 2005 Note Purchase Agreement, the “Note Purchase Agreements”), by and among the Company and the persons listed on Schedule 1 thereto, (iii) the Security Agreement dated as of November 15, 2005 (the “2005 Security Agreement”) by and among the Company and the Investors listed on Schedule I thereto (iv) the Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “2006 Security Agreement” and, together with the 2005 Security Agreement, the “Security Agreements”) by and among the Company and the Investors listed on Schedule I thereto, and (v) the promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $__________ (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreements.

        This Termination and Release of Stockholder Bridge Notes (the “Termination and Release”) is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(i)(vi) of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July [ ], 2006, among AudioCodes Ltd., AudioCodes, Inc. (“Parent”), Violet Acquisition Corp. and the Company (the “Merger Agreement”) and shall be for the benefit of the Company, Parent, AudioCodes and Merger Sub. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

        The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees as follows:

    1.         Schedule A to this Termination and Release sets forth a list of all Notes held by the undersigned pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreements (the “Released Notes”) and the undersigned does not hold any other notes nor is the Company otherwise indebted to the undersigned.

[Termination and Release]



    2.        In consideration for (i) the payment to the undersigned, by Parent on behalf of the Company, of the portion of the Merger Consideration set forth on Schedule A hereto at the Closing pursuant to Section 2.3(f) of the Merger Agreement, and (ii) the obligation of Parent to pay, to the Stockholder Representative on behalf of the Company, the Additional Amount, if any, under Section 2.4 of the Merger Agreement (the amounts in clauses (i) and (ii) together, the “Payment Obligation”), the undersigned:

        (a) agrees to accept the foregoing consideration in full satisfaction of all amounts due and owing under the Released Notes (including, but not limited to, all principal of and interest on the Released Notes, and all fees, costs and expenses under the Released Notes and applicable Note Purchase Agreements and Security Agreements) and herewith delivers the Released Notes for cancellation by the Company;

        (b) agrees that the Note Purchase Agreements and the Security Agreements to which the undersigned is a party are hereby terminated and shall have no further force or effect;

        (c) waives all appraisal rights that the undersigned may have under Section 262 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for all shares of capital stock of the Company owned by the undersigned; and

        (d) in its capacity as a holder of the Released Notes and as a holder of securities of the Company, and on behalf of itself and its successors and assigns, irrevocably, unconditionally and completely releases, acquits and forever discharges AudioCodes, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company, each of their affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) (“ Affiliates ”), and the successors and past, present and future assigns and legal, financial, internal and independent accounting and other advisors and representatives of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Releasees ”) from any past, present or future (to the extent legally permissible under applicable Law with respect to the future), dispute, claim, controversy, demand, right, obligation, liability, action or cause of action of every kind and nature, including any unknown, unsuspected or undisclosed claim or any claim or right that may be asserted or exercised by the undersigned in its capacity as a holder of the Released Notes and a holder of securities of the Company (each, a “ Claim ”), and irrevocably, unconditionally and completely waives and relinquishes each and every Claim that the undersigned may have had in the past, may now have or may have in the future (to the extent legally permissible under applicable Law) against any of the Releasees, relating to any Contract entered into, and any events, matters, causes, things, acts, omissions or conduct, occurring or existing, at any time on or prior to the Closing Date, including any Claim to the effect that the undersigned is or may be entitled to any compensation, benefits or perquisites from the Company or otherwise arising (directly or indirectly) out of or in any way connected with the undersigned’s relationship with the Company, subject to the limitations set forth below. The release in this paragraph shall be effective as of the Effective Time. In the event that the Merger Agreement is terminated without the Merger having been consummated, the release in this paragraph shall not take effect.

[Termination and Release]



        On behalf of the undersigned and its successors and assigns, the undersigned covenants not to sue any Releasee with respect to any Claims that the undersigned has had, now has or may have at any future time prior to the Closing Date, subject to the limitations set forth below. The covenant not to sue in this paragraph shall be effective as of the Effective Time. In the event that the Merger Agreement is terminated without the Merger having been consummated, the covenant not to sue in this paragraph shall not take effect.

        The release and covenant not to sue contained in this Agreement do not include any release of the undersigned’s rights and benefits, if any, nor include any covenant not to sue to enforce the undersigned’s rights and benefits, if any, (i) to the Additional Amount or to any other right or payment under or in accordance with the Merger Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, or (ii) with respect to any matter against a Releasee arising from such Releasee’s fraud.

[Termination and Release]



        The undersigned has executed this Termination and Release as of the date set forth above.

Very truly yours,

By:
——————————————
Name:
Title

[Individual Signature Page Termination and Release]



        The undersigned has executed this Termination and Release as of the date set forth above.

Very truly yours,

[Name of Fund]
——————————————

By: ___________________________

       Its General Partner

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

[VC Signature Page Termination and Release]



SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF RELEASED NOTES

[Termination and Release]



EXHIBIT D

NETRAKE CORPORATION


ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS
IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING


July 6, 2006

        In accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Netrake Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the undersigned, constituting the holders of the Company’s outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, hereby adopt the following resolutions effective as of the date first set forth above:

APPROVAL OF MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS

1. APPROVAL OF MERGER

         a. General; Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest of Board; Disinterested Director Approval

WHEREAS, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has considered and approved that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of July 6, 2006, by and among Audiocodes Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel (“ Audiocodes ”), Audiocodes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Violet Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), and the Company, and related agreements, which agreements provide for, among other things, the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company (such transaction is referred to herein as the “ Merger ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 144 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, no contract or transaction between the Company and one or more of the officers or directors of the Company (any such party is referred to herein individually as an “ Interested Party ,” or collectively the “ Interested Parties, ” and any such contract or transaction is referred to herein as an “ Interested Party Transaction ”) shall be void or voidable solely for that reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) that authorized the Interested Party Transaction or solely because the vote of any such director or officer is counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board, and the Board in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by affirmative votes of the majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board or the stockholders; and



WHEREAS , it is hereby disclosed and made known to the stockholders that (i) Ed Olkkola is a director of the Company and may have a financial interest in the Merger as general partner of Austin Ventures VII, L.P. (“ Austin Ventures ”), which is a holder of the Company’s Series B, Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock, warrants to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the Company’s Secured Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (the “ Convertible Notes ”), which Convertible Notes, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, will be repaid and satisfied with a substantial portion of the proceeds to be received in the Merger; (ii) Fred Wang is a director of the Company and may have a financial interest in the Merger as a general partner of Trinity Ventures VIII, L.P., Trinity VIII Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. and Trinity VIII Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. (collectively, “ Trinity Ventures ”), each of which is a holder of the Company’s Series B, Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock, warrants to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Convertible Notes; (iii) Eric Rothfus is a director of the Company and may have a financial interest in the Merger as a managing director of TL Ventures V L.P. and TL Ventures V Interfund L.P. (collectively, “ TL Ventures ”), each of which is a holder of the Company’s Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Convertible Notes; (iv) William Kohler is a director of the Company and may have a financial interest in the Bridge Financing as a principal of Prism Venture Partners IV, L.P. (“ Prism Ventures ”), a holder of the Company’s Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Convertible Notes; and (v) Bruce Hill is a director of the Company and may have a financial interest in the Merger as a participant in the Company’s Change of Control Incentive Plan, as amended, as a result of which Mr. Hill may be entitled to certain cash payments upon consummation of the Merger, such that Messrs. Olkkola, Wang, Rothfus, Kohler and Hill may be Interested Parties, and the Merger may be an Interested Party Transaction; and

WHEREAS , although each member of the Board may be deemed an Interested Party with respect to the Merger, the full Board, based on, among other things, the factors set forth below, has concluded that the terms and conditions of the Merger are fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, and has recommended that the Company’s stockholders approve and authorize the Merger, and the undersigned stockholders of the Company have considered in detail and acknowledge, among other things, the factors set forth below; and

         b. Financial Condition; Necessity of Transaction

WHEREAS, if the Purchaser had not provided the Purchaser Funding (as defined below) to the Company, the Company’s cash resources would have been exhausted on or before June 30, 2006; and

2



WHEREAS , over the past several months, the Company has been in negotiations with the Company’s existing investors and potential new outside investors to obtain venture capital equity financing, convertible debt financing or other transactions to provide working capital to the Company; and

WHEREAS , the Company’s existing investors have been, and currently are, unwilling to invest any additional working capital in the Company, whether in the form of equity securities, debt or otherwise, without the participation of a new outside investor; and

WHEREAS , despite diligent efforts, the Company has been unable to obtain venture capital equity financing, convertible debt financing or other transactions to provide working capital to the Company; and

WHEREAS , the Board has thoroughly apprised the undersigned stockholders of the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, business plan, existing and prospective business and outlook; and

WHEREAS , the Company has been, and the stockholders believe that the Company would be, unable to obtain any type of financing before the Company’s cash resources are exhausted; and

WHEREAS , the Purchaser has provided, and is willing to continue to provide, bridge funding to the Company (the “Purchaser Financing ”) in order to allow the Company to continue its operations until the Merger can be completed; and

         c. Market Check

WHEREAS , over the past several months, the Company has, through its independent financial advisors and otherwise, conducted an extensive process to pursue strategic alternatives, including without limitation an exhaustive search for potential acquirers of the Company, and has undertaken extensive efforts to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of the Company’s stockholders; and

WHEREAS , as a result of such efforts, the Company received two offers for the acquisition of the Company and, based on factors set forth in previous resolutions of the Board, the Board concluded that the terms and conditions of Audiocodes’ term sheet were (and the Board hereby confirms that such terms and conditions, as set forth in the Agreement, are) superior to that of the other potential acquirer; and

WHEREAS , based on the factors set forth above, their review of the two acquisition offers received, the thorough check of the market with respect to an acquisition of the Company and other factors, the undersigned stockholders have concluded that the Merger, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, is the best available transaction for the Company; and

3



WHEREAS , after taking into consideration (i) the Company’s distressed financial condition, (ii) the Company’s extensive market check, including the Company’s exhaustive search for potential acquirers, (iii) the willingness of Audiocodes to provide the Purchaser Financing (without which the Company would previously have been, and would currently be, unable to continue its operations or complete the Merger), (iv) Audiocodes’ willingness and readiness to work expeditiously to complete the Merger as soon as reasonably practicable, and (v) certain other factors, the undersigned stockholders hereby deem the Merger to be necessary, advisable and the best alternative available to the Company; and

         d. Best Interests; Approval of Merger

WHEREAS , the undersigned stockholders have further considered, among other things, (i) the fact that the Company will be required to discontinue its operations unless it enters into a strategic transaction, or otherwise obtains working capital, in the immediate future, (ii) the fact that the Company has been unable to obtain financing or enter into a strategic transaction with its existing Preferred Stock investors, a new outside investor or other third party investors or acquirers, (iii) the fact that the Company believes that it would be unable to obtain equity or debt financing from, or enter into a strategic transaction with, its existing investors, outside investors or other third parties that could be completed before its cash resources are exhausted, and (iv) the fact that if the Company does not complete the Merger in the immediate future, the Company could be forced to cease its operations, as a result of which the Company would be able to obtain less value than can be obtained in the Merger; and

WHEREAS , the undersigned stockholders have thoroughly considered the other factors set forth above, and have concluded that the Merger is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

NOW THEREFORE, BASED ON THE FOREGOING, BE IT RESOLVED: That, in light of the factors set forth above, it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders that the Company enter into the Agreement and consummate the Merger.

RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Merger is the best alternative available to the Company, that the Board and the officers of the Company have negotiated in the best interests of the Company and all of the stockholders.

RESOLVED FURTHER: That, after careful consideration, and notwithstanding that the Merger may be an Interested Party Transaction, the undersigned stockholders hereby determine that the Merger and the terms and conditions of the Agreement are just, equitable and fair to the Company and that it is advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders that the Company enter into the Agreement and consummate the Merger, and the undersigned stockholders hereby in all respects approve, ratify and confirm the Agreement and the consummation of the Merger.

RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Merger is fair to the Company and its stockholders, both in terms of (i) the consideration to be paid by Audiocodes and Parent in the Merger as set forth in the Agreement (and notwithstanding that there will be insufficient consideration received in the Merger for any payments to the holders of capital stock of the Company), and (ii) the course of dealing by which it was achieved, and is in the best interests of the Company and all of its stockholders.

4



RESOLVED FURTHER: That the form, terms and provisions of the Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , with such changes as the officers of the Company approve, and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Agreement, on the terms set forth therein, are hereby in all respects approved, authorized, adopted, ratified and confirmed.

RESOLVED FURTHER: That the appropriate officers of the Company are authorized to execute the Agreement and to negotiate, approve and execute such agreements, contracts, instruments and definitive documents, including without limitation an Escrow Agreement to be entered into among Audiocodes, Parent, the Sellers’ Representative (as defined in the Agreement) and the escrow agent named therein and the Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, as are necessary and advisable to consummate the Merger and to obtain such consents, waivers and other approvals necessary to consummate the Merger (collectively, the “ Related Documents ”), and all of such Related Documents, in the form the officer executing the same shall approve, are hereby in all respects authorized, approved ratified and confirmed.

RESOLVED FURTHER: That all actions heretofore taken by the Board are hereby in all respects approved, authorized, adopted, ratified and confirmed.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

5



        By signing below, each stockholder is giving written consent with respect to all shares of the Company’s capital stock held by such stockholder in favor of the above resolutions.

        Each of the undersigned holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company hereby certifies and acknowledges that such stockholder is voting all shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock such stockholder is entitled to vote with all holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company as a single class.

        Each of the undersigned holders of Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock of the Company also hereby certifies that such stockholder is voting all shares of Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock held by such stockholder, on an as-converted basis, with all holders of outstanding shares of Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock of the Company as a single class, pursuant to and in accordance with Article FOURTH, Section A.4C of the Restated Certificate.

        This Action by Written Consent of the Stockholders in Lieu of Special Meeting may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one action and shall be effective as of the date first set forth above. A copy of this action that is signed and delivered by telecopy or other facsimile transmission shall constitute an original, executed written consent.

Stockholders

PRISM VENTURE PARTNERS IV, L.P.

By:  Prism Investment Partners IV, L.P.
        its General Partner

By:  Prism Ventures Partners IV L.L.C.,
        its General Partner

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



TL VENTURES V L.P.

By: TL Ventures V Management L.P.,
its general partner

By: TL Ventures V LLC,
its manager

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:

TL VENTURES V INTERFUND L.P.

By: TL Ventures V LLC,
its general partner

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



AUSTIN VENTURES VII, L.P.

By: AV Partners VII, L.P.,
Its General Partner


By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



TRINITY VENTURES VIII, L.P.,
a California Limited Partnership

By: TRINITY TVL VIII, LLC,
a California limited liability company

By: ________________________________
Fred Wang, Member

TRINITY VIII SIDE-BY-SIDE FUND, L.P.,
a California limited partnership

By: TRINITY TVL VIII, LLC,
a California limited liability company

By: ________________________________
Fred Wang, Member

TRINITY VIII ENTREPRENEURS' FUND, L.P.,
a California limited partnership

By: TRINITY TVL VIII, LLC,
a California limited liability company

By: ________________________________
Fred Wang, Member

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



AGAVE CAPITAL II, L.P.

By: Agave Ventures, L.P.
Its General Partner

By: ________________________________
Robert H. Locklear, Jr., President

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND
STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY

By: ________________________________
Tyler Edelstein
Managing Director, Separate Investments

——————————————
Robert D. Maher

ARKOMA VENTURE PARTNERS VII, L.P.

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

——————————————
Mike McCoy

THE HYDE FAMILY TRUST

By: ________________________________
R. Reid Hyde, Trustee

——————————————
Brian M. Forbes

MADANI FAMILY TRUST

By: ________________________________
Sam Madani, Trustee

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



——————————————
Dan Teal

TAMER CAPITAL, L.P.

By: ________________________________
Ford Tamer, General Partner

ecray, L.P.

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

ecray II, L.P.

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

ecray III, L.P.

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

——————————————
Victor A. Bennett

——————————————
Victoria M. Bennett

——————————————
Joel K. Fontenot

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



Burlington Capital Group

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

Christian and Timbers

By:
——————————————
Name:
——————————————
Title:
——————————————

——————————————
Hamid Ansari

——————————————
Darren Bensley

——————————————
James Bondi

——————————————
Kevin W. Brandon

——————————————
John Bridges

——————————————
John R. Carman

——————————————
Michael W. Carrell

——————————————
Lyman Chapin

——————————————
Billie J. Cottongim

——————————————
Craig J. Cox

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



——————————————
John J. Curreri

——————————————
Ramanamurthy Dantu

——————————————
James R. Deerman

——————————————
Sumit Dhamanwala

——————————————
John Galgay

——————————————
Corey A. Garrow

——————————————
Mohammad Hasson

——————————————
Michael P. Heiberger

——————————————
Mark W. Hervin

——————————————
Bruce Hill

——————————————
Josette M. Hurley

——————————————
Benjamin T. Jenkins

——————————————
Joy John

——————————————
James M. Judd

——————————————
Vishnumoham Kandadai

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



——————————————
Shashi Kanth

——————————————
William T. Kelly

——————————————
Carrie L. Kirby

——————————————
Kay Kwon

——————————————
Christopher Lanzone

——————————————
Milton A. Lie

——————————————
Zhou Lu

——————————————
Kheng K. Ly

——————————————
Thomas Mader

——————————————
Larry G. Maxwell

——————————————
James S. McAuley

——————————————
David McDysan

——————————————
Christopher L. Mobley

——————————————
Greg Mokler

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



——————————————
Pamela S. Morrow

——————————————
Victor Parente

——————————————
William Payne

——————————————
Leland R. Phillips

——————————————
Mark Qi

——————————————
Alicia Quan

——————————————
Aswinkumar V. Rana

——————————————
Mark D. Repman

——————————————
Fred R. Siedenstrang

——————————————
Jing Song

——————————————
Travis E. Strother

——————————————
Michael F. Sullivan

——————————————
Robert A. Sussman

——————————————
Henry Tran

——————————————
David L. Trawick

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



——————————————
William C. Wallace

——————————————
Carrie A. Wrich

——————————————
Yu Xia

——————————————
Joseph C. Ying

——————————————
Feng Zhou

——————————————
Robert Burke

——————————————
Chetan Desai

——————————————
James Dzurisin

——————————————
Hema Rajashekhara

NETRAKE CORPORATION
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF SPECIAL MEETING



EXHIBIT A

Agreement and Plan of Merger

(see attached)





Exhibit 4.31

SERIES E PREFERRED SHARE

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

among

CTI SQUARED LTD.
(the “Company”)

and

AUDIOCODES LTD.
(the “Purchaser”)

Dated as of November 13, 2005



SERIES E PREFERRED SHARE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Series E Preferred Share Purchase Agreement dated as of November 13, 2005 (the “ Agreement ”) by and among CTI Squared Ltd., a company organized under the laws of Israel (the “ Company ”), and AudioCodes Ltd., a company organized under the laws of Israel (“ Purchaser ”):

        WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Purchaser an aggregate of 34,782,609 authorized but unissued Series E Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Preferred Shares ”) at a price of $ 0.02875 per Preferred Share (the “ Purchase Price ”), totaling an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000 (the “ Aggregate Purchase Price ”); and

        WHEREAS, the Purchaser wishes to purchase the Preferred Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue and sell the Preferred Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
THE TRANSACTION

SECTION 1.01.      Issuance, Sale and Delivery of the Preferred Shares . Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing, the Company shall:

          (a) issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, the Preferred Shares for the Aggregate Purchase Price. The Preferred Shares shall constitute ten percent (10%) of the Company’s share capital on a Fully-Diluted Basis (as hereinafter defined), after the Closing. “ Fully Diluted Basis ” shall include conversion of all warrants, options, convertible loans and other convertible securities, all shares to be issued as a result of any existing anti-dilution protection, and all options issued to employees, directors and consultants, but excluding the First Option (as defined below) and the conversion of a loan pursuant to the Convertible Loan Agreement between the Company and the Purchaser dated August 15, 2005 (the “ Bridge Loan ”), which loan shall automatically convert to Preferred Shares upon the Closing, at a price per share equal to the Purchase Price.

          (b) issue to Purchaser, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , an option (the “ First Option ”) in the amount of $1,000,000 to acquire that number of Series E Preferred Shares, that together with the Preferred Shares issued at the Closing, shall constitute twenty percent (20%) of the Company’s share capital on a Fully-Diluted Basis. The First Option shall be exercisable at Purchaser’s sole discretion, exercisable in whole or in part, at once or in installments, at any time during the period terminating twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the First Option agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .



          (c) enter into an option agreement with the Purchaser (the “ Second Option ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , in which the Purchaser is granted an option to purchase from the shareholders of the Company all of the then outstanding shares of the Company other than those issued pursuant to this Agreement and under the First Option, for aggregate consideration of (i) ten million dollars ($10,000,000) or (ii) five million dollars ($5,000,000) plus 375,000 shares of the Purchaser, as shall be determined by a written notice signed by the holders of the majority of the Series D Preferred Shares of the Company. The Second Option shall be exercisable at Purchaser’s sole discretion, exercisable at any time during the period terminating twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, upon a prior written notice to the Company of at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days. The Second Option shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Option agreement set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

SECTION 1.02.      Closing . The closing shall take place at the offices of Danziger, Klagsbald & Co., Law Offices, 7 Menachem Begin St., Ramat Gan, Israel, three (3) days after the fulfillment of the closing conditions as noted hereinafter in Article 5, or at such other location, date and time as may be agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Company (such closing being called the “ Closing ” and such date and time being called the “Closing Date ”). At the Closing, the following transactions shall occur, which transactions shall be deemed to take place simultaneously and no transaction shall be deemed to have been completed or any document delivered until all such transactions have been completed and all required documents delivered unless waived in whole or in part by the applicable party:

          (a) The Company shall issue and deliver to Purchaser (i) a share certificate, registered in the name of Purchaser, representing the Preferred Shares being purchased at the Closing (ii) an executed First Option in the form of Exhibit A ; (iii) a fully executed Second Option in the form of Exhibit B including full execution of the Registration Rights Agreement attached thereto; and (iv) a Registration Rights Agreement in the form of Exhibit C (the “ Rights Agreement ”, and together with this Agreement, the First Option and the Second Option, the “Transaction Documents ”).

          (b) As payment in full for the Preferred Shares being purchased by it under this Agreement, and against delivery of the share certificate therefor as aforesaid, on the Closing Date, Purchaser shall (i) convert all monies advanced to the Company pursuant to the Bridge Loan into an investment hereunder, on the terms and conditions hereof, whereupon such loan shall be fully discharged, and (ii) cause the transfer to the Company of six hundred fifty thousand dollars ($650,000) in immediately available funds, by wire transfer, or such other form of payment as is mutually agreed by the Company and the Purchaser.

- 3 -



ARTICLE 2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

        The Company, acknowledging that Purchaser is entering into this Agreement in reliance hereon, represents and warrants to the Purchaser that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule attached as Schedule I (the “Disclosure Schedule ”) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

SECTION 2.01.      Organization, Qualifications and Corporate Power .

          (a) The Company is an Israeli company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Israel and, if required by any applicable law, is duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the character of the properties owned or leased by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own and hold its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed by the Company to be conducted except as may be otherwise requested by Purchaser (hereinafter referred to as ” and as proposed to be conducted”, to execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents, to issue, sell and deliver the Preferred Shares issued hereunder and pursuant to the First Option upon exercise (the “ First Option Shares ”) and to issue and deliver the Ordinary Shares, NIS 0.01 par value per share, of the Company (“ Ordinary Shares ”) issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and First Option Shares (the “ Conversion Shares ”), and to perform its obligations pursuant to the Second Option upon exercise. The Company has furnished the Purchaser with copies of its Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, as amended to date (the “ Corporate Documents ”). Said copies are true, correct and complete copies of the sole constituent documents of the Company, duly adopted by the shareholders of the Company, and reflects all amendments in effect on the date hereof.

SECTION 2.02.      Authorization of Agreements, Etc .

          (a) The execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents, the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Preferred Shares and, upon exercise, of the First Option Shares, and the issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares have been (or will be prior to the Closing) duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and, as at the Closing, will not violate any provision of applicable law, any order of any court or other agency of government applicable to the Company, the Corporate Documents, as amended, or any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Company, or any of its properties or assets is bound, or conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, restriction, claim or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Company, which could materially and adversely affect the business, properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) affairs, operations or assets of the Company.

- 4 -



          (b) The Preferred Shares and First Option Shares have been (or will be prior to the Closing) duly authorized and, when issued in accordance with this Agreement and due exercise of the First Option, as applicable, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free and clear of all liens, charges, or claims, imposed by or through the Company, except as set forth in applicable securities laws. The First Option Shares have been (or will be prior to the Closing) duly reserved for issuance upon exercise of the First Option, and the Conversion Shares have been (or will be prior to the Closing) duly reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and First Option Shares and, when so issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free and clear of all liens, charges, or claims, imposed by or through the Company, except as set forth in applicable securities laws. As at the Closing Date, neither the issuance, sale or delivery of the Preferred Shares or the First Option Shares nor the issuance or delivery of the Conversion Shares shall be subject to any preemptive right of shareholders of the Company or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any person. As at the Closing Date, the exercise of the Second Option shall not be subject to the right of first refusal or any other right in favor of any person.

SECTION 2.03.      Subsidiaries .

The Company does not (i) own of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly, (A) any share capital or securities convertible into share capital of any other corporation or (B) any participating interest in any partnership, joint venture or other non-corporate business enterprise or (ii) control, directly or indirectly, any other entity, other than CTI Squared Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

SECTION 2.04.     Validity .

This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms. The other Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.

SECTION 2.05.      Authorized Share Capital .

          (a) Immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized share capital of the Company shall equal NIS7,800,000, divided into 780,000,000 shares par value NIS 0.01 each, consisting of: 78,260,870 Series E Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each, of which none are issued and outstanding; 288,906,400 Series D Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each, of which 288,906,400 are issued and outstanding; 10,490,080 Series C Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each of which 1,098,655 are issued and outstanding, 150,000 Series C1 Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each, of which 82,440 are issued and outstanding; 3,297,200 Series B Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each, of which 2,809,600 are issued and outstanding; 874,600 Series B1 Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each, of which 744,200 are issued and outstanding; 345,600 Series B2 Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each, of which 293,800 are issued and outstanding; 3,748,800 Series A Preferred Shares, par value NIS 0.01 each of which 2,000,000 are issued and outstanding and 393,926,450 Ordinary Shares, of which 3,706,200 are issued and outstanding; and

- 5 -



          (b) The Disclosure Schedule sets forth the number of Ordinary Shares that have been reserved for issuance under the Company’s employee share option plans, the number of options granted under such plans and the vesting status of such granted options.

The shareholders of record and holders of subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, and other rights (contingent or other) to purchase or otherwise acquire from the Company equity securities of the Company, and the number of Ordinary Shares, Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series B1 Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares, Series C1 Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares, Series E Preferred Shares and the number of such subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, and other such rights held by each, prior to the Closing and as of the Closing, and as of the exercise of the First Option (assuming for such purpose that no changes in the capitalization of the Company that shall mandate a change in the number of shares underlying the First Option shall occur prior to the exercise of the First Option), are as set forth in the Capitalization Table and Option Table attached as Schedule II . Immediately after the Closing, the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions in respect of each class and series of authorized share capital of the Company shall be as set forth in the Amended Articles of Association attached hereto as Exhibit D (“ Amended Articles ”) and in the Transaction Documents, and all such designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions shall be valid, binding and enforceable against the Company and in accordance with all applicable laws. Except as set forth in the attached Schedule II , (i) no person owns of record beneficially any shares of the Company, (ii) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible security, or other right (contingent or other) to purchase or otherwise acquire from the Company equity securities of the Company is authorized or outstanding and (iii) there is no commitment by the Company to issue shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any of its equity securities any evidence of indebtedness or asset. Except as provided for in the Amended Articles or as set forth in the attached Schedule II , the Company has no obligation (contingent or other) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. Except as set forth in the attached Schedule I and the Transaction Documents, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are no voting trusts or agreements, shareholders’ agreements, pledge agreements, buy-sell agreements, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights or proxies relating to any securities of the Company (whether or not the Company is a party thereto). All of the outstanding securities of the Company were issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

SECTION 2.06.      Financial Statements .

          (a) The Company has furnished to the Purchaser the Company's:

    (i)        audited, consolidated, United States Dollar-denominated annual financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flow and the notes thereto), as of and for the period ended December 31, 2004; and


    (ii)        the unaudited, consolidated, U.S. Dollar-denominated balance sheet, statement of profit and loss, statement of cash flow for the period ended June 30, 2005.


- 6 -



          ((i) and (ii) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Financial Statements ”), together with the customary report thereon of the independent certified public accountants in respect of the audited financial statements. The Financial Statements are true and correct in all material respects, are in accordance with the books and records of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with Israeli generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied, and fairly and accurately present in all material respects the financial position of the Company as of such dates and the results of its operations for the periods then ended.

          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule I and/or disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations of any type or nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise which exceed $25,000 individually and, in respect of related individual liabilities, $100,000 in the aggregate.

SECTION 2.07.      Events Subsequent to the Date of Financial Statements . Since December 31, 2004, except as set forth in Schedule I , none of the Company’s business, financial condition, operations, property or affairs, has been materially adversely affected by any occurrence or development, individually or in the aggregate, whether or not insured against, relating directly to the Company, and, except as set forth in Schedule I the Company has not:

          (a) issued any stock, bond or other corporate security;

          (b) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to any liability (absolute, accrued or contingent), except current liabilities incurred and liabilities under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

          (c) discharged or satisfied any lien or encumbrance or incurred or paid any obligation or liability (absolute, accrued or contingent) other than current liabilities shown on the Financial Statements and current liabilities incurred since the date of the Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business;

          (d) declared or made any payment or distribution to shareholders or purchased or redeemed any of its share capital or other security;

          (e) mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or subjected to lien any of its assets, tangible or intangible, other than liens of current real property taxes not yet due and payable;

          (f) sold, assigned or transferred any of its material tangible assets except in the ordinary course of business, or cancelled any debt or claim;

          (g) sold, assigned, transferred or granted any exclusive license with respect to any patent, trademark, trade name, service mark, copyright, trade secret or other intangible asset;

          (h) suffered any material loss of property or waived any right of substantial value whether or not in the ordinary course of business;

          (i) made any material change in employee compensation;

- 7 -



          (j) made any material change in the nature of the business or operations of the Company;

          (k) entered into any transaction except in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise contemplated hereby; or

          (l) entered into any commitment (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing.

SECTION 2.08.      Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule I , there is no (i) action, suit, claim, or other judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation to which the Company is a party pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or its directors (in their capacity as such), or to the Company’s knowledge any of its officers or employees (in their capacity as such), at law or in equity, or before or by any municipal or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, (ii) arbitration proceeding to which the Company or its directors (in their capacity as such) are parties or to the Company’s knowledge any of its officers or employees (in their capacity as such) are parties pending under collective bargaining agreements or otherwise or (iii) governmental inquiry to which the Company is a party pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company (including without limitation any inquiry as to the qualification of the Company to hold or receive any license or permit). The Company has not received any opinion or memorandum or legal advice from legal counsel to the effect that it is exposed, from a legal standpoint, to any liability or disadvantage which may be material to its respective business, prospects, financial condition, operations, property or affairs. The Company is not in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction or decree known to or served upon the Company of any court or of any municipal or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign. There is no action or suit by the Company or its directors (in their capacity as such) or to the Company’s knowledge any of its officers or employees (in their capacity as such) pending, threatened or contemplated against others.

SECTION 2.09.      Compliance with Law . To the best of the Company’s knowledge the Company has complied with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to its respective business, operations, properties, assets, products and services, the Company has all necessary permits, licenses and other authorizations required to conduct its business as conducted and, to its knowledge, as proposed to be conducted, and the Company has been operating its respective business pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of all such permits, licenses and other authorizations, except where any failure, violation or non-compliance related to any of the above would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company is not aware of any existing law, rule, regulation or order applicable to the Company (other than general corporate law and regulation similarly affecting all companies), which would prohibit or restrict the Company from, or otherwise materially adversely affect the Company in, conducting its respective business in any jurisdiction in which it is now conducting business or as it proposes to conduct its business. The Company is not in violation of, or in default under, any provisions of the Articles of Association.

- 8 -



SECTION 2.10.      Proprietary Information of Third Parties . No third party has claimed: (a) in writing delivered to the Company, or (b) orally within the year prior to Closing, to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer, VP R&D and/or Chief Financial Officer (“ Senior Management ”) or, to the Company’s knowledge, has a reason to claim that any person employed by or affiliated with the Company has

          (a) violated or may be violating any of the terms or conditions of his or her employment, non-competition or non-disclosure agreement with such third party by reason of such person’s employment or affiliation with the Company; or

          (b) interfered or may be interfering in the employment relationship between such third party and any of its present or former employees.

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, the carrying on of the businesses and the business as proposed to be conducted by any officer, director or employee of the Company, will not conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of or constitute a default under any contract, covenant or instrument under which any such person is obligated.

SECTION 2.11.      Title to Assets, Intellectual Property Rights .

          (a) Title to Assets . The Company has good and marketable title to all of its tangible assets and properties, free of any mortgages, pledges, charges, liens, security interests or other encumbrances of any kind, except tax or materialmens’ liens for obligations not yet due or payable or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or liens or encumbrances which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. To the Company’s best knowledge, the Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases under which it is operating, and all said leases are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect. Schedule III contains a complete and accurate list of the tangible property owned or leased by Company.

          (b) “ Items ” in this Agreement shall mean any and all of the following, in any and all legal jurisdictions around the world (i) patents, whether in the form of utility patents or design patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and all related continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues, re-examinations and renewals (together “ Patents ”); (ii) trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names, designs, logos, trade dress and trade styles, domain names and corporate names, whether or not registered, and all registrations and applications for registration of the same (together “ Trademarks ”); all applications for any of the foregoing, and (iii) every license, agreement or other permission received from any third party with respect to any of its Intellectual Property, (iv) registered copyrights and applications therefore, if any, and (v) registered mask works and applications for registration thereof, if any.

          (c) Set forth in Schedule I is a list of all Items that are owned by or registered in the name of the Company in any jurisdiction worldwide, indicating for each, the applicable jurisdiction, registration number (or application number), and date issued (or date filed), and indicating for each license agreement, the title and date of the license agreement and, with respect to the Items related to the Computer Programs, all Software Contracts. The Company is listed in the records of the appropriate domestic or foreign agency as the sole or joint owner of record for each application and registration relating to the Items that are owned by the Company, and all joint owners, if applicable, are listed in Schedule I and identified as joint owners. The registrations of any Intellectual Property rights owned by the Company and detailed in Schedule I are subsisting, in full force and effect, and have not been canceled, expired, or abandoned. To the Company’s knowledge, there is no pending or threatened opposition, interference, re-examination, or cancellation proceeding before any court or registration authority in any jurisdiction against the applications and registrations listed in the Company’s name in Schedule I .

- 9 -



          (d) Without derogating from the representations herein, the Company has delivered to the Purchaser correct and complete copies of all Items (as amended to date), and has made available to the Purchaser correct and complete copies of all other written documentation evidencing ownership and prosecution (if applicable) of each such Item.

          (e) “ Intellectual Property ” in this Agreement shall mean any and all of the following, in any and all legal jurisdictions around the world: (i) the Items, (ii) trade secrets and confidential business information, including without limitation, know-how, inventions, designs, processes, works of authorship, computer programs and technical data and information, (iii) manufacturing and product processes and techniques, research and development information, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, technical data, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information (together “ Trade Secrets ”), and (iv) other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including without limitation associated goodwill and remedies against infringements thereof and rights of protection of an interest therein under the laws of all jurisdictions). The licenses to any Intellectual Property licensed to the Company set forth in Schedule I have not been canceled, expired, or abandoned, by the Company, and, to the Company’s knowledge, by any third party licensor.

          (f) Except for the Intellectual Property rights expressly identified on Schedule I and other than in-bound “shrink-wrap” end-user licenses that are not used for software development or in any software, products or services provided by the Company to customers, the licenses granted to the Company under the license agreements to which the Company is a party are perpetual and irrevocable licenses, and without obligation to pay royalty or commission.

          (g) To the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company is not subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge.

          (h) No action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand has been served on the Company or to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened, which challenges the legality, validity, enforceability, use, or ownership of the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company. The Company has no reason to believe that any Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company may be invalid or unenforceable.

          (i) To the knowledge of the Company, the conduct of the Company’s businesses as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and all products and processes, as now or as currently proposed by the Company to be manufactured, marketed, licensed, distributed, offered, sold, imported or used by the Company, do not violate or infringe any right or claim of others or any license, misappropriate any Trade Secrets, or infringe (either directly or indirectly, including without limitation through contributory infringement or inducement to infringe) any Intellectual Property of any other person.

- 10 -



          (j) To the Company’s knowledge, no third party is misappropriating, infringing, or violating any Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by the Company; and no such claims have been brought against any third party by the Company.

          (k) Except as set forth in Schedule I , the Company is not a party to any agreement that obligates it to compensate any person for the use of any Intellectual Property, whether requiring the payment of royalties or not. Except as set forth in Schedule I , the Company has not entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person against any claim of infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property Right. Except as set forth in Schedule I , there are no settlements, covenants not to sue, consents, judgments, or orders or any similar obligations to which the Company’s is a party, that: (1) restrict the Company’s rights to use any of its Intellectual Property or, (2) restrict the Company’s business as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted with respect to its products and services currently under development, in order to accommodate a third party’s Intellectual Property.

          (l) The Company has complied in all respects with the requirements of, and has filed all documentation required in dealing with, the US Patent and Trademark Office, and any other local or foreign patent registry agency in which its patent applications were filed; and the registrations of these Patents are fully valid and in effect, and to the Company’s knowledge there is no prior act or any other publication which renders the inventions of the Company, referred to in the Patents, and related documentation invalid in any manner.

          (m) The Company has taken all customary measures necessary to ensure that any and all Intellectual Property of any kind which has been developed and is currently being developed, by any employee of the Company shall be the property solely of the Company. The Company has taken security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of each Item, Trade Secrets and the other Intellectual Property, which measures are customary, including without limitation, requiring all of its current and former personnel, including without limitation employees and agents, and all of its current and former consultants and contractors, who, either alone or in concert with others, developed, invented, discovered, derived, programmed, designed or otherwise had knowledge of, or access to, the Intellectual Property, to execute written non-disclosure agreements. No Trade Secret has been disclosed or authorized to be disclosed to any third party other than pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement that protects the Company’s proprietary interests in and to such Trade Secrets. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any non-disclosure agreement relating to the Company’s Trade Secrets is in breach or default thereof.

          (n) None of the Company’s employees, consultants or the Founders owns any Intellectual Property that is listed herein as Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and the Company owns all title and rights in such Intellectual Property which have been developed by, or in which any rights may have belonged to, in whole or in part, any of the Company’s employees, consultants or the Founders that is listed herein as Intellectual Property owned by the Company. Other than as stated on Schedule I , the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company is sufficient for the Company to conduct its business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Erez Marom, Aaron Tzadikov, Erez-Net Holdings Ltd. and Aaron-Com Holdings Ltd. are referred to herein, each, as a “ Founder ” and collectively the “ Founders ”.

- 11 -



          (o) The Company has not received any written communications and the Senior Management has not received, within one year prior to Closing, any oral communications, alleging that the Company has violated or by conducting its business as is currently being conducted, would violate any Intellectual Property rights of any other person or entity.

          (p) Except as set forth in Schedule I , the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, including the performance of the First Option and the Second Option, will not result in the loss or impairment of the Company’s right to own, license or use any Intellectual Property that it currently uses, and will not require the consent of any governmental authority or third party in respect of any use of such Intellectual Property which consent has not been obtained prior to the Closing.

          (q) It is not, and will not become, necessary to utilize any inventions of any of the Founders or, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s current and former employees (or people the Company currently intends to hire) made prior to their engagement with the Company other than those that have been assigned to the Company pursuant to the Non-Competition, Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation and Assignment Agreements signed by the Founders or such employee and consultants.

SECTION 2.12.      Computer Programs .

Computer Program(s) ” means (i) any and all computer programs (consisting of sets of statements or instructions to be used directly or indirectly in a computer in order to bring about a certain result) and portions thereof, and (ii) all associated data and compilations of data, regardless of their form or embodiment. “Computer Programs” shall include, without limitation, all source code, object code, natural language code, all versions, all screen displays and designs, all component modules, all descriptions, flow-charts and other work product used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, and all documentation, including without limitation user manuals and training materials, relating to any of the foregoing.

Each and every Computer Program included in whole or in part in the Company’s products is either: (i) owned by the Company, (ii) to the Company’s best knowledge currently in the public domain or otherwise available for use, modification and distribution by the Company without a license from or the approval or consent of any third party, or (iii) licensed or otherwise used by the Company pursuant to the terms of a valid, binding written agreement (each such written agreement in this SECTION 2.12(iii), a “ Software Contract ”). The Company is not required to give its products for free as a result of the use of any open source, GNU or shareware software. Schedule I identifies all Software Contracts.

- 12 -



SECTION 2.13.      Insurance . A complete list of all the Company’s insurance policies is set forth on Schedule I . The Company has not taken any action, or to its knowledge omitted to take any action, which could render any such insurance policy void or voidable or which could result in a material increase in the premium for any such insurance policy. No written notice of any termination or threatened termination of any of such policies has been received, and to the knowledge of the Company such policies are in full force and effect. To the knowledge of the Company, all said policies of insurance will continue in full force and effect immediately following the Closing.

SECTION 2.14.      Taxes . The Company has timely filed all tax returns required to be filed by it, and the Company has timely paid all taxes owed (whether or not shown on any tax return). The Company has withheld and paid all taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, creditor, independent contractor, shareholder or other third party. All such tax returns were complete and correct in all respects, and such tax returns correctly reflected the facts regarding the income, business, assets, operations, activities, status and other matters of the Company and any other information required to be shown thereon. The Company established adequate reasonable reserves for all taxes accrued but not yet payable. The Company will use its best efforts not to incur any liability for taxes through the Closing Date except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Company’s past tax reporting practices. The Company has never been audited by and no issues have been raised or adjustments made or proposed by any tax authority, domestic or foreign, in connection with any such taxes or tax returns. No deficiency assessment with respect to or proposed adjustment of the Company’s taxes is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened. There is no tax lien (other than for current taxes not yet due and payable), imposed by any taxing authority, domestic or foreign, outstanding against the assets, properties or business of the Company. Except as set forth in Schedule I , all material tax elections of any type which the Company has made as of the date hereof are set forth in the financial statements referred to in Section 2.06.

SECTION 2.15.      Other Agreements . The Company represents and warrants it has delivered, disclosed or made available to Purchaser all currently effective written or oral agreements, and all currently effective written contracts, commitments and other instruments and arrangements to which the Company is a party (the “Contracts”). The Contracts so delivered, disclosed or made available by the Company are listed in Schedule IV .

          (a) Except for the Contracts listed in Schedule IV , the Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective contract, including, without limitation:

    (i)        any contract with a customer, user, supplier or distributor;


    (ii)        any contract limiting the freedom of the Company to engage in any line of business or to compete with any other entity or person;


    (iii)        any contract with any entity with whom the Company does not deal at arm's length, any contract entered into not in the ordinary course of business, or any contract with an interested or related party of the Company;


    (iv)        any contracts involving exclusivity or other forms of "most favored nation" arrangements;


    (v)        agreement under which it has granted any person any registration rights;


- 13 -



    (vi)        agreement which entitles a party to terminate or revise its obligations as a result of performance of the First Option and/or the Second Option;


    (vii)        any agreement not terminable by the Company without cause and without penalty upon notice of thirty (30) days or less.


The Company has, and to the Company’s knowledge all other parties have, in all material respects performed all their obligations required to be performed by it/them to date (or each non performing party has received a valid, enforceable and irrevocable written waiver with respect to its non-performance), received no notice of default and is not in default (with due notice or lapse of time or both) under any agreement, instrument, commitment, plan or arrangement to which the Company is a party or by which it or its property may be bound, in each such event which breach or default would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company has no present expectation or intention of not fully performing all its obligations under each such agreement, instrument, commitment, plan or arrangement, and the Company has no knowledge of any breach by the other party to any agreement, instrument, commitment, plan or arrangement to which the Company is a party which breach or default would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company is in full compliance with all of the terms and provisions of its current Articles.

SECTION 2.16.      Loans and Advances . The Company does not have any outstanding loans or advances to any person and is not obligated to make any such loans or advances, except, in each case, for advances to employees of the Company in respect of reimbursable business expenses anticipated to be incurred by them in connection with their performance of services for the Company.

SECTION 2.17.      Assumptions, Guaranties, Etc. of Indebtedness of Other Persons . The Company has not assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise become directly or contingently liable on any indebtedness of any other person (including, without limitation, liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the debtor, or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss), except for guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 2.18.      Significant Suppliers . No supplier which was significant to the Company during the period covered by the Financial Statements or which has been significant to the Company thereafter, has terminated, materially reduced or threatened orally within the year prior to Closing, to Senior Management, or in writing to terminate or materially reduce its provision of products or services to the Company.

SECTION 2.19.      Governmental Approvals .

          (a) Except as set forth in Schedule I , the Company is not required to give any notice to, or to obtain any permit, authorization, license, approval, order, action, designation, declaration, or filing with any governmental authority in connection with the valid execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, the offer, sale or issuance of the Preferred Shares to the Purchaser or the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents, including the performance of the First Option and issuance of the First Option Shares, and the performance of the Second Option. Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in ARTICLE 3, no registration or filing with, or consent or approval of or other action by, any governmental agency or instrumentality is or will be necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Preferred Shares and the First Option Shares or, upon conversion thereof, the issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares, other than with respect to the Rights Agreement.

- 14 -



          (b) Neither the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the performance of the terms thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will conflict with, or result in, a violation of, or constitute any default under the Amended Articles, or any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, or to which any of the Company’s properties are subject, nor will the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder violate any law, rule, administrative regulation, order or decree of any court, or of any governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or applicable to the Company or to any of the Company’s properties, except where such violation would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company. In addition, such execution, delivery and compliance will not: (i) give to any person, any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration, with respect to any agreement, contract or commitment referred to in the Transaction Documents, or to any of the properties of the Company; (ii) contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of, or give any governmental body or other person the right to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any existing applicable laws or any order to which the Company or any of its assets is subject except where such contravention, conflict or violation would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company; or (iii) contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any of the existing material terms or requirements of, or give any governmental body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any material permit, authorization, license or consent that is held by the Company, or that otherwise relates to the business of, or any of the assets owned or used by them.

SECTION 2.20.      Disclosure . Neither this Agreement, including any Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact which the Company has not disclosed to the Purchaser and its counsel in writing and of which the Company is aware which materially and adversely affects the business, financial condition, operations, property or affairs of the Company and which, had it been disclosed to a reasonable experienced investor, such as the Purchaser, would have caused such investor to refrain from investing in the Company.

SECTION 2.21.      Offering of the Preferred Shares . Neither the Company nor any person authorized or employed by the Company as agent, broker, dealer or otherwise in connection with the offering or sale of the Preferred Shares or any security of the Company similar to the Preferred Shares has offered the Preferred Shares or any such similar security for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy the Preferred Shares or any such similar security from, or otherwise approached or negotiated with respect thereto with, any person or persons, and neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken or will take any other action, in either case so as to subject the offering, issuance or sale of the Preferred Shares to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or the Israeli Securities Law, 1968.

- 15 -



SECTION 2.22.      Brokers . The Company has no contract, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 2.23.      Employees and Consultants . Set forth in Schedule I is a list of the names of the employees, consultants, officers and other individuals receiving compensation from the Company, together with the title or job classification of each such person and the monthly salary to be paid to each such person by the Company, the engagement commencement date, notice period, bonuses, company vehicle, social benefits, other compensation and other special terms.

SECTION 2.24.      Transactions With Affiliates . Except as set forth in Schedule I , to the knowledge of the Company, without inquiry, no officer or director of the Company, no shareholder of the Company, or any person directly or indirectly controlled by any such person or entity, has either directly or indirectly, (a) an interest in any person or entity which (i) furnishes or sells services or products which are furnished or sold by the Company, or (ii) purchases from or sells or furnishes to the Company any goods or services, or (b) a beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound, except for normal compensation for services for employees and consultants which has been disclosed in writing to the Purchaser and which have been duly approved by the Board and/or the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Sections 268-284 of the Israeli Companies Law (1999), if necessary. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no existing arrangements or proposed transactions, between (a) the Company and (b) any officer, director, or holder of more than 5% of the capital stock of the Company, or any affiliate or associate of any such person (each, a “Related Person ”) other than employment-at-will arrangements in the ordinary course of business. No Related Person or employee of the Company is indebted to it, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any Related Person or employee, except for expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, and, with regard to employees and officers other than current compensation and benefits incurred in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 2.25.      Employee and Consultant Agreements . Each of the officers of the Company and each employee now or previously employed by the Company has executed a Non-Competition, Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation and Assignment Agreement with the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit E . Each consultant now engaged by Company including (without limitation) the Founders, and each consultant previously engaged by the Company who, either alone or in concert with others, developed, invented, discovered, derived, programmed or designed the Intellectual Property of the Company, or who had knowledge of, or access to, information relating in any way to the Intellectual Property of the Company, has executed a Non-Competition, Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation and Assignment of Inventions Agreement with the Company which is reasonably protective of the Company’s Intellectual Property Rights. All such agreements are in full force and effect. True and correct copies of all such agreements have been delivered to the Purchaser. No current officer or key employee of the Company has advised the Company (orally to Senior Management or in writing) that he intends to terminate employment with the Company. Except as set forth in Schedule I , the Company does not have any contract with any officer or employee or any other consultant or person that is not terminable by it at will without liability, upon a thirty (30) day prior notice. The Company has complied with all legal requirements relating to employment, equal employment opportunity, nondiscrimination, immigration, wages, hours, benefits, collective bargaining, the payment of social security and similar taxes, occupational safety and health except for such non-compliances which would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. All of the Company’s payment obligations regarding severance, pension and other payments to employees required by applicable law have been fully paid by the Company or properly reserved as reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company is not bound by or subject to any contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union; no labor union has requested, sought or attempted to represent any employees, representatives or agents of the Company, nor is the Company aware of any other labor organization activity involving any of them.

- 16 -



SECTION 2.26.      Records . The minute books of the Company, which have been provided to the Purchaser, contain accurate and complete copies of the minutes of every meeting of the Company’s shareholders and Board of Directors (and any committee thereof). No resolutions have been passed, enacted, consented to or adopted, and no action was taken, by the directors (or any committee thereof) or shareholders of the Company, except for those contained in such minute books. The books of account, share record books and all other corporate records of the Company are complete and accurate in all material respects.

SECTION 2.27.      Environmental and Safety Laws . To the Company’s knowledge the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law, or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to the Company’s knowledge no material expenditures are required in order to comply with existing law and regulations. The Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances that exist with respect to the past or present operations or facilities of the Company which would give rise to a material liability or material corrective or remedial obligation under any such statute, law or regulation.

SECTION 2.28.      Employee Benefit Plans.

          (a) Schedule I lists all the documents relating to any employee benefit plans, including any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, pension, severance, savings, deferred compensation, fringe benefit, insurance, welfare, medical, post-retirement health or welfare benefit, medical reimbursement, health, life, option, share purchase, bonus or other plan, agreement, policy, trust fund or arrangement, established, maintained, sponsored or contributed to by the Company on behalf any employee, officer or director of it (whether current, former or retired) or their beneficiaries or with respect to which the Company has or has had any obligation on behalf of any such employee, officer, director, or beneficiary, if any (each a “ Plan ” and, collectively, the “ Plans ”). The Company provided the Purchaser’s counsel with true and correct copies of all Plans. Schedule I includes a chart of all currently outstanding options granted under the Plans, including amount vested, date granted and vesting schedule.

          (b) The Company has performed all of its obligations under all Plans, and has made entries in its financial records and statements as required by the GAAP for all obligations and liabilities under such Plans. The Company is in compliance with all applicable laws regarding such Plans, and no accumulated funding deficiency, whether or not waived, exists with respect to any such Plans. All filings required by applicable laws have been timely filed, and all notices and disclosures to participants required by applicable laws have been timely provided. All contributions and payments made or accrued with respect to the Plans are deductible under the applicable tax laws.

- 17 -



          (c) No employee of the Company will become entitled to any bonus, retirement, severance or similar benefit or enhanced benefit solely as a result of the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents.

SECTION 2.29.      Employees . Except as set forth in Schedule I , each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting one hundred percent (100%) of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware of any officer or key employee of the Company planning to work less than full-time at the Company in the future.

SECTION 2.30.      Office of Chief Scientist; Investment Center . As set forth in Schedule I , the Company has received grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist and possible tax relief from the Investment Center of the Ministry of Industry and Trade and is in full compliance with the requirements of such governmental bodies. The Company has not received any other grants from any governmental entity or other person.

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

SECTION 3.01.      Organization, Standing and Power

Purchaser is a company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel.

SECTION 3.02.      Authority; Conflicts; Consents

Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by Purchaser of its obligations hereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3.03.      Broker’s and Finders’ Fees

Purchaser has not incurred, nor will incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or investment bankers’ fees or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

- 18 -



SECTION 3.04.      Investment Intent .

Purchaser is purchasing the Preferred Shares and, if relevant, will purchase the First Option Shares for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Purchaser confirms that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks relating to entering into this Agreement. Purchaser has not been organized for the sole purpose of acquiring the Preferred Shares.

SECTION 3.05.      No Market for Shares .

Purchaser acknowledges that the Company is a privately held company and that its Preferred Shares are not registered or listed for trade on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 4.01.      Information and Inspection Rights .

          (a) So long as Purchaser continues to hold at least 5% of the Company’s share capital, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser: (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated income statement for such fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and statement of shareholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a consolidated statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with US GAAP, and audited and certified by one of the “Big Four” independent public accountant firms,; (ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited and reviewed income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited and reviewed balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter. The aforesaid reports shall be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods; (iii) within fifteen (15) days of the end of each month, a short form report as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail, and compared against plan (iv) a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including operating budget, balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months at least 30 days prior to the beginning of the fiscal year (v) monthly CEO status report covering the past month together with R&D, Sales and Marketing activities and plans for the following month; (vi) prompt notice of any litigation or material adverse claims or disputes; and (vii) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as the Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request.

          (b) With respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (i) and (ii), estimates made in good faith shall be delivered to Purchaser immediately upon closing of the fiscal year or quarter (as applicable). With respect to the financial statements called for in subsection (ii) of Section (a), such shall include an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer on behalf of the Company certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with the terms of those subsections and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment.

- 19 -



          (c) So long as Purchaser appoints a director, such reports will be based on the requests of such director.

          (d) So long as Purchaser continues to hold at least 5% of the Company’s share capital, Purchaser shall be entitled to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by Purchaser.

          (e) Notwithstanding this Section 4.01, a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors may determine in good faith that Purchaser should not have access to certain information if (i) such exclusion is necessary in order to avoid a material conflict of interest, and (ii) its disclosure to Purchaser may cause an adverse effect on the Company. If such information is related to a transaction with a third party, this limitation shall only apply with respect to such third party’s proprietary information.

          (f) These information rights shall terminate upon the Company’s initial public offering or upon a merger or other acquisition of the Company.

          (g) Without derogating from any other agreement or undertaking to which any of the parties hereto is or may become in the future subject, and in addition to any such agreement or undertaking, the Purchaser undertakes that it shall keep in confidence, and not to use for any purpose whatsoever except in connection with the exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement, any and all information relating to the Company which has been provided to it by the Company or was otherwise obtained by it, except for information which is or shall be in the public domain not due to any act of the Purchaser in breach of law or agreement or which the Purchaser is required to disclose under any applicable law or stock exchange regulations.

SECTION 4.02.      Use of Proceeds .

The Company and its subsidiaries undertake to use the funds received from Purchaser substantially for the purpose of: A) building a sales and marketing team that will mainly promote the sale of joint CTI2-AudioCodes solutions and (B) successfully completing the integration of the Company’s applications into AudioCodes’ IPmedia product line. The Company covenants to use the proceeds in accordance with the Statement of Work and Budget, attached hereto as Exhibit F .

SECTION 4.03.      Protection of Proprietary Information .

The Company will take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that any and all Intellectual Property developed in the future by any employee or consultant of the Company and necessary for the Company to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, shall be the property solely of the Company.

- 20 -



SECTION 4.04.      Distribution Agreement

Purchaser and the Company shall execute a non exclusive distribution and marketing agreement by which Purchaser shall be entitled to resell the Company’s products and/or refer customers to Company and receive a commission on such referrals, within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, in the form as shall be agreed upon by the parties.

ARTICLE 5
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER

        The obligation of Purchaser to purchase and pay the Aggregate Purchase Price for the Preferred Shares being purchased at the Closing is, at its option, subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or before the Closing, of the following conditions:

          (a) Opinion of Company's Counsel . The Purchaser shall have received from Ori Rosen & Co., Law Offices, counsel for the Company, an opinion dated as of the Closing Date, in form and scope satisfactory to the Purchaser and its counsel, as set forth on Exhibit G .

          (b) Representations and Warranties to be True and Correct . The representations and warranties contained in Article 2 shall be true, complete and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date, and the Company, by its Chief Executive Officer, shall have certified to such effect to the Purchaser in writing.

          (c) Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements contained herein required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing Date, and the Company, by its Chief Executive Officer, shall have certified to the Purchaser in writing to such effect and to the further effect that all of the conditions set forth in this Article 5 have been satisfied.

          (d) All Proceedings to be Satisfactory . All corporate and other proceedings to be taken by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser and their counsel, and the Purchaser and their counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as they reasonably may request.

          (e) Supporting Documents . The Purchaser and their counsel shall have received copies of the following documents:

    (i)        the Amended Articles;


    (ii)        a certified copy of the Company's Register of Shareholders;


- 21 -



    (iii)        a certificate of the Company, by its Chief Executive Officer, dated the Closing Date and certifying: (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of all resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Preferred Shares and the reservation, issuance and delivery of the First Option Shares against payment therefore in accordance with the First Option, and the Conversion Shares and the issuance and delivery of the First Option, and reconfirmation of issuances of the previously authorized classes of Preferred shares of the Company; and that all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are all the resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (B) that the Amended Articles has not been amended since the date of their adoption; and


    (iv)        such additional supporting documents and other information with respect to the operations and affairs of the Company as the Purchaser or their counsel reasonably may request.


          (f) Rights Agreement . The Company and other parties whose signature is required for the amendment of the Rights Agreement, shall have executed and delivered the Rights Agreement.

          (g) Employment Agreements . Employees shall be bound by or have entered into employment agreements and a Non-Competition, Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation and Assignment Agreement with the Company, pursuant to terms acceptable to Purchaser.

          (h) Employee Bonus Plan . The Company shall have adopted an employee bonus plan, acceptable to Purchaser.

          (i) Articles . The Amended Articles shall read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit D .

          (j) Election of Directors . The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall consist of up to seven members. Mr. Shabtai Adlesberg shall have been appointed by Purchaser as a member of the Board of Directors and Yehuda Hershkovits shall have been appointed by Purchaser as an observer to the Board of Directors.

          (k) Preemptive Rights . All shareholders of the Company having any preemptive, first refusal or other rights with respect to the issuance of the Preferred Shares, First Option Shares or the Conversion Shares, and exercise of the Second Option, shall have irrevocably waived the same in writing or, in the absence of such waiver, the same have irrevocably expired.

          (l) Insurance . The Company shall have obtained from a financially sound and reputable insurer a directors and officers liability insurance coverage covering all the directors of the Company on terms acceptable to the Purchaser (the " D&O Insurance Policy ").

- 22 -



          (m) Third Party Consents . The Company shall have delivered to Purchaser, all third party consents, including the consent of any governmental authority, required or necessary, in the reasonable opinion of Purchaser, in order to consummate the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents.

          (n) Injunction . There shall be no effective injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order or any order of any nature issued by a court of competent jurisdiction directing that the transactions provided for herein or any of them not be consummated as herein provided.

          (o) Absence of Adverse Changes . From the date hereof until the Closing, there will have been no material adverse change in the financial or business condition or the assets or properties of the Company in the good faith judgment of the Purchaser, except for any change resulting from lack of funds.

ARTICLE 6
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

        The obligation of the Company to sell the Preferred Shares to the Purchaser at the Closing is, at its option, subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

          (a) Representations and Warranties to be True and Correct . The representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE 3 shall be true, complete and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date.

          (b) Performance . Purchaser and any other party whose signature on any of the Transaction Documents shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained herein required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing Date.

          (c) Rights Agreement . The Purchaser shall have executed and delivered the Rights Agreement.

          (d) Payment of Purchase Price . Purchaser shall have paid to the Company the Aggregate Purchase Price.

ARTICLE 7
INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.01.      Survival of Agreements . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Company, and on behalf of the Company in any of the Transaction Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of all of the Transaction Documents, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Preferred Shares and the First Option Shares, and the issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares.

- 23 -



SECTION 7.02.      Indemnification . Subject to the terms of this Article 7, the Company (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser from and against, and pay or reimburse, as the case may be, the Purchaser for, any and all Damages as actually incurred or suffered by Purchaser directly based upon, arising out of or otherwise in any way relating to or in respect of :

          (a) any breach of any of the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or on the Closing Date; or

          (b) any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in any Transaction Document.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary: (i) the Indemnifying Parties shall not have any obligation to indemnify the Purchaser from and against any Damages (a) until Purchaser has suffered Damages by reason of all such breaches of representations and warranties and/or covenants and agreements herein in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate (not taking into account any “materiality” qualifiers to such representations and warranties), or (b) that exceed, in the aggregate, the Aggregate Purchase Price plus any legal fees payable pursuant to this Article 7 .

     (ii)        the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or on the Closing Date shall expire eighteen months after the Closing hereunder, except with respect to any good faith claim made in writing by the Purchaser prior to such date, and reasonably supported by documentary evidence, which claim shall survive until finally resolved between the parties.


          (d) “ Damages ” means any and all direct losses, liabilities, claims, deficiencies, fines, payments, taxes, liens, costs and expenses (including all amounts paid in connection with any demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto; interest and penalties with respect thereto; and reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’ and other experts’ fees and expenses, incurred in investigating, preparing for or defending against any such actions or in asserting, preserving or enforcing Purchaser’s rights hereunder). For the avoidance of doubt, none of the parties shall be liable to the other party for any indirect or consequential damage, including lost profits, loss of opportunities, damage to reputation etc.

SECTION 7.03.      Procedures for Indemnification

          (a) If a claim or demand is made against Purchaser, or if Purchaser shall otherwise learn of an assertion, by any person who is not a party to this Agreement (a “ Third Party Claim ”) as to which the Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Purchaser will notify the Indemnifying Party in writing, and in reasonable detail, of the Third Party Claim in a prompt manner a reasonable amount of time after becoming aware of such Third Party Claim; provided, however , that failure to give any such notification will not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party shall have demonstrated that it has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure.

- 24 -



          (b) If a Third Party Claim is made against Purchaser, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to assume the defense thereof (at the expense of the Indemnifying Party) with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser. Should the Indemnifying Party so elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to Purchaser for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Purchaser in connection with the defense thereof; provided that, if pursuant to an opinion of an independent legal counsel retained by both parties a conflict of interest exists in respect of such claim, Purchaser will have the right to employ separate counsel to represent Purchaser and in that event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel will be paid by Indemnifying Party. Purchaser will have the right to be involved in (but not to lead) the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party will be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel employed by the Purchaser for any period during which the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense thereof. The Indemnifying Party will keep Purchaser fully informed of all developments relating to or in connection with such Third Party Claim. Purchaser will fully cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense thereof if requested by the Indemnifying Party (such cooperation to be at the expense, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, of the Indemnifying Party).

          (c) Indemnifying Party will not consent to any settlement, compromise or discharge (including the consent to entry of any judgment) of any Third Party Claim without the Purchaser ‘s prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld.

          (d) Any claim on account of Damages which does not involve a Third Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Purchaser to the Indemnifying Party within the time period set forth above and reasonably supported by documentary evidence.

SECTION 7.04.      Set-off Right. Purchaser shall not be entitled to set-off from any amount due hereunder or pursuant to the Transaction Documents (including pursuant to the First Option and/or the Second Option) any Damages sustained by Purchaser and which are indemnifiable hereunder.

SECTION 7.05.      Exclusive Remedy . This Article 7 constitutes the sole and exclusive remedy to the Purchaser and the sole and exclusive liability of the Company or anyone on its behalf or related to it, in respect of all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Company, and on behalf of the Company in this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit instrument hereunder, except as specifically stated in the Second Option.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.01.      Termination . Purchaser, at its sole discretion, shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement prior to the Closing (whether before or after approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or shareholders meeting), if the conditions to Closing listed in Article 5 have not been satisfied on or before December 9, 2005. In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided above, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; provided, however, that all confidentiality obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect.

- 25 -



SECTION 8.02.      Transfer Taxes . Any transfer, documentary, stamp, sales, use or other taxes assessed upon or with the execution of this Agreement, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Preferred Shares, the First Option Shares and the Conversion Shares, and any recording or filing fees with respect thereto, shall be the responsibility of the Company.

SECTION 8.03.      Brokerage . Each party hereto will indemnify and hold harmless the others against and in respect of any claim for brokerage or other commissions relative to this Agreement or to the transactions contemplated hereby, based in any way on agreements, arrangements or understandings made or claimed to have been made by such party with any third party.

SECTION 8.04.      Parties in Interest . All representations, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 8.05.      Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by telecopier or telex, addressed as follows:

          (a) if to the Company, at 5 Sapir Street, POB 12112, Herzeliya Pituach, Israel 46733, with a copy, which shall not constitute a service of process, to Adv. Ori Rosen & Co. Law Offices, 1 Azrieli Center, Tel Aviv, Israel 67021; Facsimile: +972-3-607-4701; and

          (b) if to Purchaser, at 1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod, Israel 70151, with a copy which shall not constitute a service of process, to Noma Floom, 7 Menachem Begin St, Ramat Gan, Israel, Facsimile: + 972 – 3 – 6110788;

or, in any such case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished in writing by such party to the others.

SECTION 8.06.      Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Israel, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Any dispute arising under or in relation to this Agreement shall be resolved in the competent court in the city of Tel Aviv-Jaffa, and each of the parties hereby submits irrevocably to the jurisdiction of such court.

SECTION 8.07.      Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. All Schedules and Exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

- 26 -



SECTION 8.08.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in more than one counterpart, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 8.09.      Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended or modified, and no provisions hereof may be waived, without the written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

SECTION 8.10.      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared void or unenforceable by any judicial or administrative authority, the validity of any other provision and of the entire Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION 8.11.      Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting any term or provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.12.      Confidentiality .

          (a) Disclosure of Terms . The terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents (including without limitation the existence or terms of the First Option and the Second Option) and all transactions contemplated therein (collectively, the “ Financing Terms ”), including their existence, shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by the Company to any third party.

          (b) Permitted Disclosures . Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Company may disclose any of the Financing Terms (i) to all of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees, as required for the execution and performance hereof, or in order to comply with applicable law; (ii) to their attorneys, independent accountants and other professional advisors or consultants, in each case only where such persons or entities are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations, and (iii) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or its exhibits.

          (c) Legally Compelled Disclosure . In the event that the Company is requested or becomes legally compelled to disclose the existence of the Financing Terms in contravention of the foregoing provisions, the Company shall provide Purchaser with prompt written notice of that fact so that Purchaser may seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the Company) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy. In such event, the Company shall furnish only that portion of the information which is legally required, as determined by the written legal opinion of legal counsel, and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information to the extent reasonably requested by Purchaser.

[The remainder of this page was intentionally left blank]

- 27 -



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, and the Purchaser have executed this Series E Preferred Share Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

CTI SQUARED LTD.


By: /s/ Ofer Barshad
—————————————————
Name: Ofer Barshad
Title: Chief Financial Officer

- 28 -



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, and the Purchaser have executed this Series E Preferred Share Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

PURCHASER:

AUDIOCODES LTD.


By: /s/ Shabtai Adlersberg
——————————————————————
Name: Shabtai Adlersberg
Title: Chairman of the Board, President and CEO

- 29 -





Exhibit 4.32

AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND OPTION AGREEMENT

        This AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND OPTION AGREEMENT (the " Agreement "), dated as of October 9, 2006, is made by and among CTI SQUARED LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Israel (“ CTI ”), AUDIOCODES LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Israel (“ AudioCodes ”) and each of the persons listed on Schedule A hereto and Schedule B hereto (collectively, the “ Shareholders ”).

RECITALS

        WHEREAS, the Shareholders listed on Schedule A are record owners of the issued and outstanding shares of CTI; and

        WHEREAS, CTI, AudioCodes, the Shareholders and Jonathan Sherman (the “ Escrow Agent ”) are parties to that certain Second Option Agreement dated as of December 19, 2005 (the “ Prior Agreement ” and the “ Effective Date ”, respectively); and

        WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Prior Agreement, CTI and AudioCodes have entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “ SPA ”); and

        WHEREAS, as a condition to entering into the SPA, AudioCodes wished to secure an option to purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares of CTI (the “ Shares ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

        WHEREAS, in order to induce AudioCodes to enter into the SPA, CTI and each of the Shareholders entered into the Prior Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the parties desire to consummate the transaction in such manner, that immediately after the acquisition of the Shares by AudioCodes from the Shareholders, AudioCodes shall become the sole and exclusive owner of all the Shares; and

        WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of AudioCodes and CTI believes it is in the best interests of its respective company and shareholders to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and, in furtherance thereof, has approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and

        WHEREAS the Prior Agreement provides that the terms thereof may be amended only with the written consent of CTI, AudioCodes and the Majority Shareholders (as defined herein) (the “ Required Majority ”), and the undersigned parties constitute the Required Majority; and

        WHEREAS the parties desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:



ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Any capitalized term used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement, shall have the following meaning:

  Action ” means any legal, administrative, governmental or regulatory proceeding or other action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration, mediation, alternative dispute resolution procedure, inquiry or investigation by or before any arbitrator, mediator, court or other governmental entity.

  Convertible Securities ” means any and all options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, indebtedness of any type whatsoever or other securities, that are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for shares or other capital stock of CTI or that have the right to vote on any matters on which any shareholders of CTI may vote.

  Damages ” means any and all direct losses, liabilities, claims, deficiencies, fines, payments, taxes, costs and expenses (including all amounts paid in connection with any demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto; interest and penalties with respect thereto; and costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’ and other experts’ fees and expenses, incurred in investigating, preparing for or defending against any such Actions or in asserting, preserving or enforcing an Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder), calculated net of actual recoveries under existing insurance policies (net of any applicable collection costs and reserves, deductibles, premium adjustments and retrospectively rated premiums), all if directly caused by any breach of representations, warranties and covenants of this Agreement, and excluding any indirect or consequential damage, including lost profits, loss of opportunities, damage to reputation etc.

  First Option ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the SPA.

  Indemnified Person ” means AudioCodes and its officers, directors, agents and employees, and each person, if any, who controls or may control AudioCodes.

  Liability ” means any and all claims, debts, obligations and commitments of whatever nature, whether asserted or reasonably expected to be asserted, fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated or due or to become due, and whenever or however arising (including those arising out of any contract or tort, whether based on negligence, strict liability or otherwise) regardless of whether the same would be required by GAAP to be reflected as a liability in financial statements or disclosed in the notes thereto.

  Lien ” means any charge, claim, equitable interest, lien, encumbrance, option, proxy, pledge, security interest, attachment, mortgage, right of first refusal, right of preemption, transfer or retention of title agreement, or restriction by way of security of any kind or nature, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

  Person ” means any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, trust, corporation, limited liability entity, unincorporated organization, estate or other entity (including a governmental entity).



  Shares ” means issued and outstanding shares of CTI.

        Section 1.2. Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any part hereof unless the context shall otherwise require. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Any reference in this Agreement to a “day” or a number of “days” (without explicit reference to “Business Days”) shall be interpreted as a reference to a calendar day or number of calendar days. If any action is to be taken or given on or by a particular calendar day, and such calendar day is not a Business Day, then such action may be deferred until the next Business Day.

ARTICLE II

SECOND OPTION

        Section 2.1. Grant of Option to Purchase Shares . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each of the Shareholders hereby grants AudioCodes an option to purchase all of the Shares of CTI currently held and that will be held by such Shareholder prior to the Closing Date for the consideration and on the other terms and conditions set forth below (the “ Second Option ”).

        Section 2.2 Term . The Second Option shall have a term, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on January 31, 2007 (the “ Option Period ”).

         Section 2.3. Exercise of Option .

    (a)        In the event that AudioCodes elects to exercise the Second Option at any time during the Option Period, it shall deliver to CTI an exercise notice setting out its intent to exercise the Second Option (the “Exercise Notice ”). Within seven (7) business days after the receipt of the Exercise Notice, CTI will deliver to the Shareholder Committee (as defined in Section 9.6 below) and each of the Shareholders and holders of outstanding options, warrants and rights to acquire share capital of CTI, a copy of the Exercise Notice, along with such instruments and instructions regarding any actions on the part of such notice recipients that may be appropriate under the circumstances, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to AudioCodes. Each Shareholder agrees that such notice shall be deemed to be in full satisfaction of any right to receive notice that such Shareholder may have under any agreement or instrument whatsoever, including without limitation the Articles of Association of CTI, and such Shareholder waives any such other notice requirement.


    (b)        The date of the closing of the sale and purchase of the Shares and the payment by AudioCodes for the Shares shall be February 28, 2007 (the “ Closing ” and the “ Closing Date ”).




        Section 2.4 Effect of Expiration. In the event of termination of this Agreement at the sole discretion of AudioCodes or expiration of the Second Option without delivery of Exercise Notice in a timely manner, each party hereto, its affiliates, directors, officers and shareholders shall be released from any and all obligations or undertaking under this Agreement or any exhibits hereto except for obligations regarding confidentiality, and no party shall have any liability to another hereunder.

ARTICLE III

DEPOSIT OF SHARES

        In order to ensure the performance of the Second Option, upon the Effective Date, each Shareholder shall deliver the original share certificates representing its Shares and any original warrant certificates or agreements (“ Share Certificates ”) to the Shareholder Committee, together with duly executed, undated share transfer deeds in respect thereof, provided that such documents shall not be effective or create any AudioCodes rights until they are delivered to AudioCodes pursuant to the terms hereof. In the event that a Shareholder lost a share certificate issued to it or believes it was never issued a share certificate, such Shareholder may discharge its aforesaid obligation to deliver the original share certificate by executing a lost certificate affirmation in a form reasonably satisfactory to AudioCodes.

ARTICLE IV

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

        Section 4.1. Purchase and Sale of Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Shareholders will at the Closing transfer to AudioCodes all their Shares free and clear of all Liens, and AudioCodes will purchase and acquire from Shareholders at the Closing all such Shares, in such manner that immediately after such acquisition, AudioCodes shall become the sole and exclusive owner of all the Shares and of all the issued and outstanding shares of CTI. In the event that not all shareholders of CTI voluntarily become parties to this Agreement, CTI and the Shareholders shall take all necessary actions to cause the Shares of such other shareholders to be transferred to AudioCodes under the terms of this Agreement, by way of a forced sale under the terms of Section 341 of the Israeli Companies Law, 1999.

        Section 4.2. Consideration . The aggregate payment for the Shares will be (a) five million United States Dollars in cash, to be paid by AudioCodes on the Closing Date (the “ First Installment ”); and (b) five million United States Dollars in cash (the “ Second Installment ”), to be paid by AudioCodes on February 28, 2008 (the “ Second Installment Date ”) (the First Installment and Second Installment together shall be referred to as the “ Payment ”).

        Section 4.3. The Registration Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit A to the Prior Agreement is hereby cancelled.



        Section 4.4 Payment to Distribution Trustee . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, as full payment for the transfer of all of the outstanding shares by Shareholders to AudioCodes as of and at the Closing, AudioCodes shall transfer to the Distribution Trustee (as defined in Section 9.6) for the benefit of the Shareholders and holders of options, warrants and any other rights to acquire share capital of CTI, the First Installment at the Closing Date and the Second Installment at the Second Installment Date.

        Section 4.5 Withholding . AudioCodes shall be entitled to withhold from the Payment any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to applicable tax laws or pursuant to reduced rates in accordance with withholding certificates provided to it (not including any applicable stamp tax as a result of this Agreement), provided that, to the extent legally possible, AudioCodes will not withhold any such amount but shall transfer to the Distribution Trustee the entire gross Payment and the Distribution Trustee shall be responsible for withholding applicable taxes when further distributing such Payment. In addition, AudioCodes shall withhold 50% of the amounts payable to Ross Road Partners LLC (“ RRP ”) pursuant to Section 4.6.

        Section 4.6 Brokers Fees and Stamp Tax . AudioCodes shall pay RRP directly any brokerage fee to which RRP are entitled in accordance with the agreement between RRP and CTI of July 21, 2004. AudioCodes shall be responsible for any stamp tax imposed by the Israeli tax authorities as a result of this Agreement.

        Section 4.7 Effect of Exercise . As of the Closing, CTI shall record AudioCodes in its shareholder register as the sole shareholder of CTI and take any other necessary action in order to give full force and effect to the Second Option, and the parties hereto agree that all options, warrants and any other rights to acquire share capital of CTI that have not been exercised on or prior to the Closing shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Payment shall constitute the aggregate amount payable by AudioCodes for all the outstanding share capital of CTI and all options, warrants or other rights to acquire such share capital (other than for shares of CTI held by AudioCodes or issued under the terms of the SPA or the First Option).

ARTICLE V

INDEMNITY FUND

        Section 5.1 Indemnity Fund . To ensure payment for any breach of representations, warranties and covenants of this Agreement and the transfer of all outstanding Shares of CTI to AudioCodes, an amount of $2,500,000 (two million five hundred thousand dollars) out of the Second Installment shall be available to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Person from and against any and all Damages that may be recoverable under Article X (the “Indemnity Fund ”). In determining the amount of any Damages in respect of the failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct as of any particular date, any materiality qualification contained in such representation or warranty shall be disregarded.



        Section 5.2 Period for Claims Against Indemnity Fund . The period during which claims for Damages may be made against the Indemnity Fund shall commence at the Closing and terminate on the Second Installment Date (the “Indemnity Period ”). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, such portion of the Indemnity Fund at the conclusion of the Indemnity Period necessary to satisfy any unresolved or unsatisfied claims for Damages specified in any Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Shareholder Committee prior to expiration of the Indemnity Period with respect to facts and circumstances existing prior to the expiration of the Indemnity Period shall remain in the Indemnity Fund until such claims have been resolved or satisfied pursuant to Article X. Furthermore, if any Share Certificates, together with duly executed share transfer deeds in favor of AudioCodes in respect thereof (or certifications of lost certificates), shall not have been delivered by any shareholder of CTI (“ Dissenting Shareholder ”) to AudioCodes prior to the end of the Indemnity Period, then AudioCodes shall withhold the Indemnity Fund, unless a proceeding for a forced sale of Shares in favor of AudioCodes shall have been previously concluded, under the terms of Section 341 of the Israeli Companies Law, 1999, and if so, AudioCodes shall withhold any portion of the Indemnity Fund at the conclusion of the Indemnity Period necessary to satisfy any unresolved or unsatisfied claims by such Dissenting Shareholders. The remainder of the Indemnity Fund, if any, shall be paid on the Second Installment Date to the Distribution Trustee.

         Section 5.3 Claims .

On or before the last day of the Indemnity Period, AudioCodes may deliver to the Shareholder Committee a certificate signed by any officer of AudioCodes (an “ Officer’s Certificate ”) stating that an Indemnified Person has incurred, paid or accrued Damages or that an Indemnified Person reasonably anticipates that it may incur, pay or accrue, Damages prior to the expiration of the statute of limitations for such matters, stating (A) the amount of such Damages; (B) specifying in reasonable detail (based upon the information then possessed by AudioCodes) the individual items of such Damages included in the amount so stated and the basis of the claim for indemnification to which such Damages are related. After the expiration of a 30-day period from the date of receipt by the Shareholder Committee of the Officer’s Certificate, the amount set forth in the Officer’s Certificate shall be deducted from the Indemnity Fund and from the Second Installment; provided , however , that if and to the extent the Shareholder Committee shall object in a written statement to any claim or claims made in the Officer’s Certificate, and such statement shall have been delivered to AudioCodes prior to the expiration of such 30 – day period, the parties shall follow the procedures set forth in Section 5.4. If there is no Officer’s Certificate timely delivered by AudioCodes and no Dissenting Shareholder holdbacks as above described, the remainder of the Indemnity Fund, if any, shall be paid to the Distribution Trustee on the Second Installment Date as part of the Second Installment.

         Section 5.4 Resolution of Objections to Claims .

          (a) If the Shareholder Committee objects in writing to any claim or claims by AudioCodes made in any Officer’s Certificate within such 30 – day period, AudioCodes and the Shareholder Committee shall attempt in good faith for 20 days after AudioCodes’ receipt of such written objection to resolve such objection. If AudioCodes and the Shareholder Committee shall so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by both parties and each of AudioCodes and the Shareholder Committee hereby agree to promptly act in accordance with the terms of the memorandum regarding amounts withheld (if any) from the Second Installment, which shall bind all parties to this Agreement.



          (b) If no such agreement can be reached during the 20-day period for good faith negotiation, but in any event upon the expiration of such 20-day period, AudioCodes and the Shareholder Committee shall mutually designate an arbitrator to resolve the dispute (“ Arbitrator ”). In case no timely agreement can be reached on the Arbitrator’s appointment, the competent court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa will be asked to designate an arbitrator. The determination of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties as to the validity and amount of any claim in such Officer’s Certificate and shall be nonappealable and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement hereby agree to submit the dispute to the Arbitrator and to act in accordance with such decision.

        (c) Judgment upon any award rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

ARTICLE VI

CLOSING

        Section 6.1. Closing Deliveries of Shareholders and CTI . At the Closing, Shareholders and CTI, as applicable, will deliver to AudioCodes the following:

    (i)        The Shareholder Committee shall deliver Share Certificates registered in the name of Shareholders (or lost certificate affirmations, if applicable), representing all of the Shares to be sold and transferred to AudioCodes, accompanied by a duly executed share transfer deed in form reasonably satisfactory to AudioCodes, transferring the Shares to AudioCodes (and, if requested by AudioCodes, with signatures thereon duly verified) and any other documents (including the executed notice to the Registrar of Companies for the State of Israel, ready for filing) that are necessary to transfer to AudioCodes good and valid title to the Shares, free and clear of any Liens;

    (ii)        A true copy of the register of shareholders of CTI certified by an officer of CTI recording the transfer of the Shares in the name of AudioCodes;

    (iii)        Duly signed resignations of all directors of CTI and of all members of all CTI board of directors’ committees in the forms set forth in Schedule 6.1 , other than the director(s) appointed by AudioCodes;

    (iv)        Legal opinion from CTI’s legal counsel, in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

        Section 6.2. Closing Deliveries of AudioCodes . At the Closing, AudioCodes will pay to the Distribution Trustee the First Installment.

        Section 6.3. Taxes . CTI shall bear and pay any and all use, VAT, duty, charge, fee, levy, consumption and other Israeli transfer taxes arising out of the transfer of the Shares to AudioCodes, if any (excluding any taxes on income or capital gains on such sale) pursuant hereto. AudioCodes shall bear any stamp tax with respect to the transfer of the Shares to AudioCodes. To the extent any tax authority provides notice to AudioCodes of an audit of the taxes, AudioCodes shall promptly notify the Shareholder Committee and the Shareholder Committee shall provide reasonable cooperation to AudioCodes (at AudioCodes’ expense) in connection with such audit. For the avoidance of doubt, each Shareholder or recipient of any portion of the Payment shall bear and pay its own income or capital gains taxes on this transaction.



ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SHAREHOLDERS; GENERAL RELEASE

        Each Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to AudioCodes and acknowledges that AudioCodes is entering into the transaction in reliance hereon that, except as stated in Exhibit C hereto, which representations and warranties shall be true and complete as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing:

        Section 7.1. Organization and Authority .   If Shareholder is not an individual, then it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. Shareholder has all requisite power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to execute and deliver each document delivered or to be delivered by Shareholder and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by Shareholder of each document delivered or to be delivered by Shareholder and the consummation by Shareholder of the Second Option have been duly authorized by all necessary and proper action on the part of Shareholder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Shareholder and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Shareholder, enforceable against Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity. Each document to be delivered by Shareholder will be duly executed and delivered by Shareholder and, when so executed and delivered, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Shareholder, enforceable against Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity.

        Section 7.2. Noncontravention . None of the execution, delivery or performance by Shareholder of any document or the consummation by Shareholder of the Second Option does or will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, or give rise to a right of amendment, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a benefit under (i) the charter, bylaws or memorandum and articles of association (or similar governance documents) of Shareholder, (ii) any contract of Shareholder (other than contracts required to be terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), or (iii) any law, license and permit to which Shareholder or its properties or assets is subject.



        Section 7.3. Title to Shares/No Convertible Securities . Shareholder has good and valid title to, and is the legal and beneficial owner of, the number of Shares as set forth opposite its name in Schedule A and the number of warrants or options set forth in Schedule B , which constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of CTI to which such Shareholder is entitled, and, as of the Closing will have good and valid title to, and will be the legal and beneficial owner of, such Shares set forth on Schedule A and Schedule B , and the transfer of such Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be free and clear of any Liens. In the transfer of Shares to AudioCodes, the Shares held by Shareholder shall be free and clear of any Liens. Upon transfer and delivery to AudioCodes at the Closing, AudioCodes will have good and valid title to the Shares held by the Shareholder free and clear of any Liens. The number of Shares set forth on Schedule A and Schedule B constitutes all of the Shares over which any voting or dispositive power is held by Shareholder, and Shareholder does not own, beneficially or otherwise, directly or indirectly, any other capital stock or share capital of, or other securities, or any Convertible Securities, equity or any other ownership interest in CTI. As of the Closing, there are no (i) outstanding options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, Convertible Securities or other similar contracts relating to such Shareholder’s Shares, (ii) outstanding stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to such Shareholder’s Shares, (iii) voting trusts, proxies, or other contracts or understandings with respect to the voting of such Shareholder’s Shares, (iv) transfer restrictions with respect to such Shareholder’s Shares (other than any securities laws generally applicable to equity interests of an Israeli company), or (v) Actions pending or, to such Shareholder’s knowledge, threatened, which, if determined adversely to Shareholder or CTI, would enjoin, restrict or prohibit the transfer of all or any part of such Shareholder’s Shares as contemplated by this Agreement. Schedule A and Schedule B shall be updated by a written notice by CTI to AudioCodes in the event of any change in the capitalization of CTI and the Shareholders whose holdings have been changed shall confirm in writing that their representation in this Section 7.3 relates to such new updated schedule.

        Section 7.4. Third Party Approvals . No consent or order of, with or to any governmental entity or any other third party, is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to Shareholder in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Shareholder of this Agreement or the consummation by such Shareholder of the Second Option, which consent has not been obtained.

        Section 7.5. Brokers Fees . Neither Shareholder nor any of its affiliates has authorized or retained any Person to act as an investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary who is or might be entitled to any fee, commission or payment in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or delivery of the Second Option, nor is there any basis for any such fee, commission or payment to be claimed by any Person against Shareholder.

        Section 7.6 Deleted.

        Section 7.7 No Claim to Unavailability of Information . Shareholder shall not assert any claim or institute any action or proceeding relating to or based, in whole or in part, upon any allegation that any information relating to CTI, or the Shares was unavailable to it.

        Section 7.8 General Release . Each Shareholder (on behalf of itself and its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns) hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges AudioCodes, CTI and their present and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, subsidiaries, affiliates, partners, joint venturers and successors and assigns (the “ Released Parties ”) and covenants not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted or in any way participate in any legal or other proceedings or actions against any Released Party with respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of such Shareholder’s investment in, or ownership of, CTI Shares, including, but not limited to, (i) any liquidation right or preference under the Articles of Association of CTI or any agreement or otherwise, including without limitation any liquidation right or preference exercisable with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) any right of first refusal or any other right such Shareholder may have for acquiring the Shares subject to this Agreement and any right to receive prior notice of such acquisition, and (iii) any and all manner of action, cause of action, demands, damages and Liabilities, which Shareholder ever had, now has, or shall have against CTI or any other Person referred to above, arising out of any matters, causes, acts, conduct, claims, circumstances or events occurring or failing to occur or conditions existing at or prior to the execution of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the aforesaid release shall not relate to covenants stated in this Agreement or between Shareholders, in connection with any agreements between Shareholders relating to the distribution of the Payment among them that are entered into contemporaneously or following the execution of this Agreement.



        CTI (on behalf of itself and its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns) hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges each Shareholder and such Shareholder’s present and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, subsidiaries, affiliates, partners, joint venturers and successors and assigns (the “ Shareholder Released Parties ”) and covenants not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted or in any way participate in any legal or other proceedings or actions against any Shareholder Released Party arising out of any matters, causes, acts, conduct, claims, circumstances or events occurring or failing to occur or conditions existing at or prior to the execution of this Agreement that relate to, or are in connection with, such Shareholder’s investment in, or ownership of, CTI Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the aforesaid release shall not relate to covenants stated in this Agreement or any ancillary document thereto.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CTI

        CTI hereby represents to AudioCodes as of the Effective Date and will represent and warrant to AudioCodes as of the Closing, by delivery to AudioCodes of an officer’s certificate signed by the chief executive officer of CTI on behalf of CTI and dated the Closing Date provided that for purposes of such representations, Schedule A and Schedule B hereto shall be amended to be current as of the date of the Closing, as follows:

        Section 8.1 Outstanding Shares and Convertible Securities . The Shares set forth on Schedule A hereto represent in the aggregate all of the issued and outstanding share capital of CTI. Set forth on Schedule B hereto is a complete and correct list of the number and class of shares of CTI subject to outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase or receive share capital of CTI.

        Section 8.2 SPA Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties made by CTI in the SPA were true and correct as the date of the closing of the SPA.

         Section 8.3 Additional Representations of CTI.

          (a) This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of CTI, has been executed by a duly authorized officer of CTI and delivered by CTI, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by AudioCodes and each Shareholder, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of CTI, enforceable against CTI in accordance with its terms.



          (b) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by CTI nor the consummation by CTI of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of or be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, or require any consent, approval or notice under, any term of the Articles of Association of CTI or of any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to CTI, or any term of any agreement or other instrument to which CTI is a party or by which CTI is bound, which consent has not been obtained.

          (c) CTI’s shareholders have approved this Agreement and all of the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with applicable law and the Articles of Association of CTI, by the requisite shareholder vote and by the requisite class vote.

    (d) Except as set forth in the attached Schedule A and Schedule B , (i) no person owns of record or is known to CTI to own beneficially any shares of CTI, (ii) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible security, or other right (contingent or other) to purchase or otherwise acquire from CTI equity securities of CTI is authorized or outstanding and (iii) there is no commitment by CTI to issue shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any of its equity securities any evidence of indebtedness or asset. Except as provided for in the Articles of Association, CTI has no obligation (contingent or other) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof.


ARTICLE VIII-A

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF AUDIOCODES

        AudioCodes hereby represents and warrants to CTI and the Shareholders as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing, and acknowledges that CTI and the Shareholders are entering into the transaction in reliance hereon that as follows:

        Section 8A.1 Organization and Authority . AudioCodes is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. AudioCodes has all requisite power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to execute and deliver each document delivered or to be delivered by AudioCodes and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by AudioCodes of each document delivered or to be delivered by AudioCodes and the consummation by AudioCodes of the Second Option have been duly authorized by all necessary and proper action on the part of AudioCodes. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by AudioCodes and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of AudioCodes, enforceable against AudioCodes in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity. Each document to be delivered by AudioCodes will be duly executed and delivered by AudioCodes and, when so executed and delivered, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of AudioCodes, enforceable against AudioCodes in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity.



        Section 8A.2. Noncontravention . None of the execution, delivery or performance by AudioCodes of any document or the consummation by AudioCodes of the Second Option does or will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, or give rise to a right of amendment, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a benefit under (i) the charter, bylaws or memorandum and articles of association (or similar governance documents) of AudioCodes, (ii) any contract of AudioCodes, or (iii) any law, license and permit to which AudioCodes or its properties or assets is subject.

        Section 8A.3. Third Party Approvals . No consent or order of, with or to any governmental entity or any other third party, is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to AudioCodes in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by AudioCodes of this Agreement or the consummation by AudioCodes of the Second Option, which consent has not been obtained.

ARTICLE IX

CONDUCT DURING OPTION PERIOD

        Section 9.1 Conduct of Business of CTI As of the Effective Date, CTI shall, and the Shareholders shall vote their shares (should the matter be brought before the Shareholders) to cause CTI to (except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the SPA) (i) subject to availability of funds, carry on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, (ii) subject to availability of funds, pay all of its debts and taxes when due, subject to good faith disputes over such debts or taxes, (iii) subject to availability of funds, pay or perform its other obligations when due, subject to good faith disputes over such obligations, and (iv) subject to availability of funds, use all commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its key employees and preserve its relationships with material customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it. CTI shall promptly notify AudioCodes of any event not known to AudioCodes which it reasonably expects to have a material adverse effect on CTI.

        Section 9.2 Restriction on Conduct of Business of CTI

        During the period commencing on the date of exercise in full of the First Option and until the earlier of the Closing Date if AudioCodes has timely delivered the Exercise Notice and the termination of this Agreement (“First Option Period ”), except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, CTI shall not do, cause or, to the extent such matter is within the control of CTI, permit any of the following (nor shall the Shareholders permit, to the extent such matter is brought to the vote of the Shareholders):

          (a) any declaration or payment of any dividends on or any making of any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property), or any repurchase or other acquisition, directly or indirectly, of any shares of CTI;



          (b) any entering into of any contract or commitment (i) involving obligations of CTI in excess of $100,000, or (ii) with any competitor of AudioCodes identified in AudioCodes’ most recent Form 20F filed with the SEC, or any violation, amendment or other modification or waiver of any of the terms of any of the foregoing contracts described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section, other than in the ordinary course of business and excluding any sales and procurement arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

          (c) any transfer to any person or entity of any rights to Intellectual Property owned by CTI (as defined in the SPA), other than in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice;

          (d) any entering into or amendment of any agreements pursuant to which any other party is granted exclusive marketing or other exclusive rights of any type or scope with respect to any of its products or technology of CTI;

          (e) any sale, lease, license or other disposition of or encumbrance on any of the tangible assets of CTI which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of CTI, except in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice;

          (f) any incurrence by CTI of any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $100,000 (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business), or any guarantee of any such indebtedness, or any issuance or sale of any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities of others;

          (g) any entering by CTI into any operating lease involving $100,000 or more of aggregate payments over the life of the lease;

          (h) any payment, discharge or satisfaction by CTI, in an amount in excess of $25,000 in any case, of any claim, liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) arising other than in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice, other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements;

          (i) any making by CTI of any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements, other than the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice;

          (j) any material reduction in the amount of any insurance coverage provided by existing insurance policies of CTI;

          (k) any adoption of any employee benefit or stock purchase or option plan;

          (l) any hiring of any new key employee of CTI, or any payment of any special bonus or special remuneration to any director or employee of CTI, or any increase in the salaries or wage rates of any employee of CTI in excess of 5%, without prior notice to AudioCodes;

          (m) any granting of any severance or termination pay (i) to any director or officer of CTI, or (ii) to any other employee of CTI, other than payments made pursuant to applicable law or written agreements outstanding on the date hereof or release of funds accrued in managers’ insurance schemes upon resignation of an employee;



          (n) any commencement of a lawsuit, other than (i) for the routine collection of bills or (ii) in such cases where CTI in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of its business, provided that CTI informs AudioCodes prior to the filing of such a suit;

          (o) any acquisition, or entering into of an agreement to acquire, by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets or capital stock of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of CTI;

          (p) any incorporation or other organization of a corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, joint venture, business trust, association or other business enterprise or entity as a subsidiary of CTI;

          (q) any making or changing of any material election in respect of taxes, or any adoption or changing of any accounting method in respect of taxes, or any filing of any tax return, or any amendment to a tax return, or any entering into of any closing agreement, settle any claim or assessment in respect of taxes, or any consenting to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of taxes, other than any filing or amendment of any tax return in the ordinary course of business;

          (r) any revaluation of any assets or properties of CTI, including, without limitation, any writing down of the value of inventory or writing off of notes or accounts receivable, other than in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice; or

          (s) any taking, or agreeing in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Section 9.2(a) hereof through Section 9.2(r) hereof, inclusive, or any action which would prevent CTI or the Shareholders from performing or cause CTI or the Shareholders not to perform its covenants and obligations hereunder.

         Section 9.3 No Solicitation .

        During the First Option Period, CTI shall not (nor shall the Shareholders (to the extent such matter is brought to their vote) permit CTI) and each Shareholder on its own behalf shall nottake any of the following actions with any Person other than AudioCodes:

          (a) solicit, initiate, entertain or encourage any proposals or offers from, or conduct discussions with or engage in negotiations with any Person relating to any possible acquisition of CTI (whether by way of merger, purchase of shares, purchase of assets or otherwise);

          (b) provide information with respect to CTI to any Person, other than AudioCodes, relating to, or otherwise cooperate with, facilitate or encourage any effort or attempt by any such person with regard to, any possible acquisition of CTI (whether by way of merger, purchase of shares, purchase of assets or otherwise); or

          (c) enter into any agreement with any Person providing for the possible acquisition of CTI (whether by way of merger, purchase of shares, purchase of assets or otherwise).



        Section 9.4 Covenants of Shareholders . Without prejudice to the duties of the Shareholders set forth elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Articles of Association, each Shareholder, severally and not jointly, agrees that during the Option Period:

          (a) Such Shareholder shall not Transfer (as defined below) any or all of the Shares held by such Shareholder to any Transferee (as defined below) without first obtaining from such Transferee and delivering to CTI and AudioCodes a signed counterpart of this Agreement acknowledging that such Transferee is bound by the terms of this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, (A) “ Transfer ” shall include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including but not limited to transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, and (B) “ Transferee ” shall mean a natural person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity or organization.

          (b) Such Shareholder shall notify AudioCodes promptly after becoming aware of any attachment being levied on its Shares, and will take any and all necessary action in order to cancel such attachment on its own expense not later then thirty (30) days after becoming aware of the same.

          (c) Such Shareholder shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary under any applicable law to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to consummate the performance of the Second Option.

          (d) Such Shareholder shall not take, and shall not cause to be taken, any action that might impair, harm or frustrate in any manner the consummation or effectiveness of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the rights granted to AudioCodes under this Agreement.

         Section 9.5 Notices of Certain Events

        CTI and/or the Shareholders shall each promptly notify AudioCodes if they become aware of:

    (i)        any notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;


    (ii)        any notice or other communication from any governmental or regulatory agency or authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and


    (iii)        any actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings commenced or, to its best knowledge threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting CTI or such Shareholder that, if pending on the Effective Date, would have been required to have been disclosed pursuant to this Agreement or that relate to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement




    (iv)        any issuance, delivery or sale, or any authorization or proposed issuance, delivery or sale of, or purchase or proposed purchase of, any shares or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options exercisable for shares, or any entering into of any other agreements or commitments of any kind or character obligating CTI to issue any such shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable for shares, unless the Person to whom such securities are issued executes a signed counterpart of this Agreement acknowledging that such new shareholder is bound by the terms of this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto; notwithstanding, CTI may issue shares pursuant to options or warrants outstanding as of the Effective Date, and shall make best efforts to have any new shareholder execute a signed counterpart of this Agreement acknowledging that such new shareholder is bound by the terms of this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto. CTI acknowledges that AudioCodes shall not assume or substitute for any obligation or undertaking of Shareholders and/or CTI, to grant, issue, exercise or accelerate options or share purchase rights outstanding under any of CTI’s Share Option Plans.


        Section 9.6 Shareholder Committee .

          (a) In this Agreement, the term “ Shareholder Committee ” means a committee comprised of two or more members who shall be elected and removed by the holders of the majority of the Shares, calculated on an as-converted basis (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) by a written notice provided to the other members of the Shareholder Committee, CTI, the Shareholders and AudioCodes. Initially, the members of the Shareholder Committee will be Aaron Mankovski and Thomas Langer.

          (b) Without any further act of any Shareholder, the Shareholder Committee is hereby appointed as representative, agent and attorney-in-fact for and on behalf of each Shareholder (i) to give and receive notices and communications in respect of this Agreement, (ii) to appoint and replace a Distribution Trustee (the “Distribution Trustee ”) with notice to CTI, AudioCodes and the Shareholders, such Distribution Trustee to have the duties set forth in this Agreement and in any other agreement between the Shareholders and the Distribution Trustee in respect of this Agreement; initially, the Distribution Trustee shall be Do Ventures Ltd., an Israeli company, (iii) to authorize the disbursement of the Payment in such amounts and for such purposes as the Shareholder Committee shall deem appropriate in accordance with the terms of distribution agreements among the Shareholders; the Company shall provide to the Shareholder Committee all information requested by the Shareholder Committee in order to determine the identities of the persons and entities entitled to receive the Payment and any information required by the Shareholder Committee to calculate the Payment due to each such recipient, in a written statement signed by an officer, (iv) to take any and all action that may be required, including voting in any and all shareholder meetings and signing any shareholder consent, in order to effectuate the performance of the Second Option (including voting in favor thereof if shareholder approval thereof or of any portion thereof shall be sought), (v) to transfer to AudioCodes share transfer deeds in respect of the Shares and any other shares of CTI that are issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date, and (vi) to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Shareholder Committee for the accomplishment of the foregoing, and, in connection therewith, to hire or retain, with expenses borne by the Shareholders, such counsel, accountants, representatives and other professional advisors as the Shareholder Committee determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be necessary, advisable or appropriate in order to carry out and perform the Shareholder Committee’s duties, rights and obligations hereunder. Such authorization by each Shareholder of the Shareholder Committee is irrevocable. With respect to AudioCodes, notices or communications required under this Agreement to or from the Shareholder Committee shall constitute notice to or from each of the Shareholders.



          (c) All decisions of the Shareholder Committee shall be adopted by unanimous consent. In the event of any dispute among the members of the Committee the written decision of the Majority Shareholders shall determine and be binding. All instruments signed by the Shareholder Committee must be signed by at least two members of the Shareholder Committee, and any party receiving such an instrument from the Shareholder Committee shall have the right to rely in good faith upon such certification, and to act in accordance with the instrument without independent investigation.

          (d) The Shareholder Committee and its members shall not be liable for any act which the Shareholder Committee may do or omit to do hereunder as the Shareholder Committee while acting in good faith. The Shareholders hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Shareholder Committee against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including reasonable costs of investigation and reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, which may be imposed upon any of them or incurred by any of them hereunder or in the performance of their duties hereunder, including any litigation arising from this Agreement or involving the subject matter hereof, unless the members of the Shareholder Committee acted with bad faith. In addition, the Shareholder Committee shall not be required to take any action, unless it receives advance payment, or other prior confirmation, from the Majority Shareholders, to its complete satisfaction, that any and all costs and expenses with regard to such action shall be borne by the Shareholders, and it shall not be liable to the Shareholders for any omission to act in the absence of such confirmation. The members of the Shareholder Committee shall be deemed third party beneficiaries of this Section 9.6.

          (e) A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Shareholder Committee within the scope of the authorities granted to it under this Agreement shall constitute a decision of all the Shareholders and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each of such Shareholders, and AudioCodes may rely upon any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Shareholder Committee as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of every such Shareholder. AudioCodes is hereby relieved from any liability to any person for any acts done by it in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Shareholder Committee. Any act reasonably done or omitted pursuant to the advice or opinion of counsel or professional advisor shall be conclusive evidence of the good faith of the Shareholder Committee.

          (f) The Shareholder Committee shall have reasonable access to information about CTI and the Shareholders and the reasonable assistance of Shareholders, officers and employees of CTI for purposes of performing its duties and exercising its rights hereunder, provided that the Shareholder Committee shall treat confidentially and not disclose any nonpublic information from or about CTI or a Shareholder to anyone (except on a need to know basis to individuals who agree to treat such information confidentially).

          (g) The Shareholder Committee shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying on any instrument reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Shareholder Committee shall not be liable for forgeries or false personations. The Shareholder Committee shall in no case or event be liable for any representations or warranties of the parties hereunder or for punitive, incidental or consequential damages.



          (h) The Shareholder Committee is hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court or rulings of any arbitrators. In case the Shareholder Committee obeys or complies with any such order, judgment or decree of any court or such ruling of any arbitrator, the Shareholder Committee shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person by reason of such compliance.

         Section 9.7 Confidentiality .

          (a) The terms and conditions of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated herein (collectively, the “ Financing Terms ”), including their existence, shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Shareholder to any third party.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Shareholder may disclose any of the Financing Terms (i) to its shareholders, directors, officers and employees, only as required for the execution and performance hereof, or in order to comply with applicable law; (ii) to its attorneys, independent accountants and other professional advisors or consultants, in each case only where such persons or entities are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations, and (iii) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or its exhibits.

          (c) In the event that a Shareholder is requested or becomes legally compelled to disclose the existence of the Financing Terms in contravention of the foregoing provisions, the Shareholder shall provide AudioCodes with prompt written notice of that fact so that AudioCodes may seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the Shareholder and CTI) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy. In such event, Shareholder shall furnish only that portion of the information which is legally required, as determined by the written legal opinion of legal counsel, and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information to the extent reasonably requested by AudioCodes.

          (d) The Shareholders will hold, and will use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause its officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, advisors and agents to hold, in confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of law, all confidential documents and information concerning CTI and/or AudioCodes provided to it or otherwise obtained by it by virtue of their relationship with CTI, excluding any information that is in the public domain.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

        Section 10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties of the parties contained herein above shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect until the Second Installment Date.

        Section 10.2 Indemnification Subject to the terms of this Article X, Shareholders or CTI, as relevant (the “Indemnifying Parties ”), shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless an Indemnified Person from and against, and pay or reimburse an Indemnified Person for, any and all Damages as actually incurred or suffered by an Indemnified Person in respect of:

          (a) any breach of any of the representations or warranties made by the Shareholders or made by CTI, on the Effective Date or on the Closing Date; or



          (b) any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement of Shareholders or CTI contained in this Agreement or;

          (c) payments in respect of stamp tax accrued by the Company prior the end of the Indemnity Period other than stamp tax due on this Agreement or with respect to the transaction hereunder (“ Stamp Tax ”) or;

          (d) any failure by the Distribution Trustee to withhold any tax required from the Payment.

          (e) Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary: (i) the Indemnifying Parties shall not have any obligation to indemnify AudioCodes from and against any Damages until AudioCodes has suffered Damages by reason of all such breaches of representations and warranties and/or covenants and agreements herein in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate (not taking into account any “materiality” qualifiers to such representations and warranties) (the “Threshold ”) and thereafter, shall be liable for all Damages, including the Threshold; notwithstanding, there shall be no Threshold for Damages related to claims by Dissenting Shareholders or failure by the Distribution Trustee to withhold tax in the amounts required by applicable law; (ii) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall expire at the Second Installment Date, except with respect to any good faith claim made in writing by AudioCodes prior to such date, and reasonably supported by documentary evidence, which claim shall survive until finally resolved between the parties; and (iii) except in respect of a misrepresentation under Section 7.1 above, no Shareholder shall be liable (nor shall such Shareholder portions in the Indemnity Fund be used to recover Damages) for the representations, warranties and covenants of any other Shareholder or for any failure to withhold any tax (whether by the Distribution Trustee or anyone else) from Payment to any other Shareholder.

         Section 10.3 Procedures for Indemnification

          (a) If a claim or demand is made against an Indemnified Person, or if an Indemnified Person shall otherwise learn of an assertion, by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement (a “ Third Party Claim ”) as to which CTI or Shareholders (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) may be obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, an Indemnified Person will notify the Indemnifying Party in writing, and in reasonable detail, of the Third Party Claim in a prompt manner a reasonable amount of time after becoming aware of such Third Party Claim (the “ Claim Notice ”); provided, however , that failure to give any such notification will not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party shall have demonstrated that it has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure; provided, further, however , that in any event, such notification must be given within the particular survival period noted in Section 10.1 above to be eligible for indemnification.



          (b) If a Third Party Claim is made against an Indemnified Person, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to assume the defense thereof (at the expense of the Indemnifying Party) with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to AudioCodes. Should the Indemnifying Party so elect to assume the defense and settlement of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to an Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with the defense thereof as long as the Indemnifying Party diligently conducts such defense; provided that, if a conflict of interest exists in respect of such claim, an Indemnified Person will have the right to employ separate counsel to represent the Indemnified Person and in that event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel will be paid by such Indemnifying Party. An Indemnified Person will have the right to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party will be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel employed by an Indemnified Person for any period after the receipt of the Claim Notice during which the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense thereof. The Indemnifying Party will promptly supply to AudioCodes copies of all correspondence and documents relating to or in connection with such Third Party Claim and keep AudioCodes fully informed of all developments relating to or in connection with such Third Party Claim (including, without limitation, providing to AudioCodes on request updates and summaries as to the status thereof). Indemnified Person will reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense thereof if requested by the Indemnifying Party (such cooperation to be at the expense, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, of the Indemnifying Party).

          (c) Indemnifying Party will not consent to any settlement, compromise or discharge (including the consent to entry of any judgment) of any Third Party Claim which does not include a provision whereby the plaintiff or claimant in the matter releases the relevant Indemnified Party from all Liability with respect thereto, without AudioCodes’ prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld.

          (d) Any claim on account of Damages which does not involve a Third Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by an Indemnified Person to the Indemnifying Party and by a claim upon the Indemnity Fund as stated in Article V.

         Section 10.4 Indemnity Fund .

        To remove any doubt, the Indemnity Fund pursuant to Article V shall constitute a sole remedy for any indemnification and any breach of representation, warranty or covenant hereunder, except (i) in case of fraud by CTI in which event, the Indemnity Fund shall not be AudioCodes’ sole remedy, or (ii) in case of a Shareholder’s misrepresentation in Section 7.2-7.7 above or with regard to the amount of tax to be withheld from Payment, in such cases the remedy against such Shareholder shall be up to full portion of the Payment received or receivable by such Shareholder.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

        Section 11.1 Expenses . Each of AudioCodes and the Shareholders shall pay its own expenses in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

         Section 11.2 Notices

        All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with confirmation of receipt) to the parties at the following address (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):



  If to AudioCodes, to:
PO Box 255, Ben Gurion Airport 70100 Israel
Fax: +972 3 976 4040
notices@audiocodes.com
Attn: President

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Adv. Noma Floom,
Noma Floom & Co., Law Offices
125 Azar, Kfar Saba, Israel, Facsimile: + 972-9-7674707

If to CTI to:
5 Sapir Street, POB 12112, Herzeliya Pituach, Israel 46733
Fax: +972-9-960-5200

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Adv. Ori Rosen
Ori Rosen & Co. Law Offices,
1 Azrieli Center, Tel Aviv, Israel 67021; Facsimile: +972-3-607-4701

If to the Shareholder Committee, to :
Aaron Mankovski and Thomas Langer
c/o Pitango Venture Capital Fund
11 HaMenofim St., Eastern Tower
Herzliya 46725, Israel
Facsimile: +972-9-971-8102

If to a Shareholder, to:
The addresses as provided on such Shareholder's signature page,

or to such other address as the party receiving such notice shall have properly designated to the other party hereto in writing.

        Section 11.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto, it being understood that all parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart.

        Section 11.4 Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest. This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including the exhibits and schedules hereto (i) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety (including any side letter signed regarding the subject matter herein prior to the date hereof), (ii) are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder, and (iii) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise except as otherwise specifically provided herein or therein.



        Section 11.5 Severability. The parties hereby agree that each of the sections herein, including each representation or warranty, is material to the transaction, and that the breach of any section, covenant, representation or warranty shall constitute a material breach of the Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

        Section 11.6 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Israel, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Any dispute arising under or in relation to this Agreement shall be resolved in the competent court in the city of Tel Aviv-Jaffa, and each of the parties hereby submits irrevocably to the jurisdiction of such court.

        Section 11.7 Injunctive Relief; Specific Performance . The parties hereto acknowledge that damages would be an inadequate remedy for a breach of this Agreement by any party hereto and that the obligations of the parties hereto shall be enforceable by any party hereto through injunctive relief, specific performance or other similar relief.

        Section 11.8 Waivers; Amendments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party hereto, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenant or agreement made by the parties hereto. Other than with respect to failure to exercise the Option during the Option Period in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereunder shall be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or a waiver of any similar breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Except by the addition of Transferees and new shareholders as “Shareholders” under this Agreement as contemplated by Sections 9.2(c) and 9.4(a) above, this Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented, and the observance of any term herein cannot be waived, prospectively or retroactively, except upon the execution and delivery of a written instrument executed by (i) AudioCodes, (ii) the Majority Shareholders (provided that any amendment or waiver that adversely changes the rights of a certain class of shares of CTI in a manner different from the rights of other classes of shares of CTI shall require also the consent of the holders of the majority of the shares of such adversely and differently affected class), and (iii) CTI. Notwithstanding, an explicit waiver hereunder with respect to Sections 9.1-9.5 shall take effect upon execution by AudioCodes and CTI.

        Section 11.9 Release of Founders Shares held in Escrow . CTI and each of the parties hereto who is a beneficiary in respect of the 51,800 Ordinary Shares of the Company that were placed by Erez Marom and Aharon Tzadikov (the “ Founders ”) in escrow with Yodan Trust Company Ltd. (“ Yodan ”), hereby agrees to the release of such shares to the Founders or to companies under their control in accordance with instructions provided by the Founders to Yodan, at the Founders’ discretion.



[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

AUDIOCODES LTD.


By: /s/ Shabtai Adlersberg
——————————————
Name: Shabtai Adlersberg
Title: Chairman of the Board, President and CEO



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

CTI SQUARED LTD.


By: /s/ Ofer Barshad
——————————————
Name: Ofer Barshad
Title: Chief Financial Officer



        The undersigned, the Escrow Agent under that certain Second Option Agreement as of December 19, 2005, between CTI Squared Ltd., AudioCodes LTD. the Shareholders of CTI (as such term is defined therein) and the undersigned (the “ Agreement ”), hereby acknowledges that the Agreement has been amended and restated as of October 9, 2006 (the “ Amended Agreement ”), and that as the provision regarding the holding in escrow of a portion of the consideration under the Agreement had been cancelled, the undersigned is no longer a party to the Amended Agreement.




/s/ Jonathan Sherman
——————————————
Jonathan Sherman, Adv.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

Erez-Net Holdings Ltd. Erez Marom

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Erez Marom
——————————————
CEO
——————————————
/s/ Erez Marom
——————————————
 
——————————————
 

Signature:

 

Address:
 
 
/s/ Erez Marom
——————————————
 
 
 
——————————————

Marom Investments LP Aaron-Com Holdings Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Erez Marom
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Erez Marom
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Aaron Tzadikov
——————————————
CEO
——————————————
/s/ Aaron Tzadikov
——————————————
 
——————————————

A. Eldor 1 Ltd. Alex Eldor

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Alex Aldor
——————————————
[with company stamp]
——————————————
/s/ Alex Aldor
——————————————
 
——————————————
 

Signature:

 

Address:
 
 
/s/ Alex Aldor
——————————————
 
 
 
——————————————

Joseph Vardi Yair Shamir

Signature:

Address:
/s/ Joseph Vardi
——————————————

——————————————
Signature:

Address:
/s/ Yair Shamir
——————————————
 
——————————————

Virgotech Ltd. Bar Shekel (1991) Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Shulamit Langor
——————————————
Manager
——————————————
/s/ Shulamit Langor
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————

Berman & Co. Trading and Investment Ltd. D.N.S.T. Holdings Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
[illegible]
——————————————
[with company stamp]
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Ilan Orenstein
——————————————
CEO
——————————————
/s/ Ilan Orenstein
——————————————
 
——————————————



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

Eucalyptus Ventures LP Eucalyptus Ventures (Israel) LP

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
[illegible]
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
[illegible]
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————

Eucalyptus Ventures (Cayman) LP Eucalyptus Ventures Affiliate Fund LP

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
[illegible]
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
[illegible]
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

CLEG, Inc. Omniron Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Lucian Bebchuk
——————————————
President
——————————————
/s/ Lucian Bebchuk
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Giora Bitan
——————————————
Director
——————————————
/s/ Giora Bitan
——————————————
 
——————————————

Polaris Fund I LP Millmount Holdings Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Hila Zisapel and Amir Ashrab
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————

Pitango Fund II (Tax Exempt Investors) LLC Pitango Fund II LLC

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————

——————————————
/s/ Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————

Pitango Fund II LP DS Polaris Trust (Foreign Residents) (1997) Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

Pitango Fund II LLC Canada Israel Opportunity Fund II LP

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Hila Zisapel and Amir Ashrab
——————————————
 
——————————————

Dovrat Shrem Founders Group LP DS Polaris Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Hila Zisapel and Amir Ashrab
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Chemi Peres
——————————————
 
——————————————

E.Z.A.D. Holdings Ltd. Line Roset Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ illegible
——————————————
 
——————————————

Golden Wings Ltd. Victor Halpert

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Dorit Onn
——————————————
General Manager
——————————————
/s/ Dori Onn
——————————————
 
——————————————
 

Signature:

 

Address:
 

/s/ Victor Halpert
——————————————
 

 
——————————————

Dan Trajman Sherm Fudim Kelner and Co. Ltd.

 

Signature:

 

Address:
 

 
——————————————
 
 

——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Hila Zisapel and Amir Ashrab
——————————————
 
——————————————

Canada Israel Opportunity Fund LP Canada Israel Opportunity Fund III LP

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Hila Zisapel and Amir Ashrab
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Hila Zisapel and Amir Ashrab
——————————————

——————————————

Aurum Holdings M.K.I. Ltd. Aurec Capital Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ illegible and Benjamin Kahn
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Nitzan Shalit and Avi Heller
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Nitzan Shalit and Avi Heller
——————————————
 
——————————————



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered, or caused this Amended and Restated Second Option Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective as of the date first above written.

Yezuka Ltd. International Capital Holdings LLC

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Nitzan Shalit
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Nitzan Shalit
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Ofer
——————————————
President
——————————————
/s/ Ofer Warsikovsky
——————————————
 
——————————————

Maltan Holdings Consulting & Management Ltd. Aurum-SBC Management Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Yossi Breuer and Arie Cohen
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Yossi Breuer and Arie Cohen
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
Dan Shamgar and Arie Cohen
——————————————
 
——————————————
/s/ Dan Shamgar and Arie Cohen
——————————————
 
——————————————

Amdocs (Denmark) APS Paragon Industries Ltd.

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————

David Lisbona Bank Leumi Le'Israel Trust Company Ltd.

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 
/s/ David Lisbona
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————
 
——————————————

US Bancorp Piper Jaffray EMC Fund I LLC CTI Squared Investors LP

By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
R. N. Dolan
——————————————
Managing member
——————————————
/s/ R. N. Dolan
——————————————
 
——————————————
By:

Title:

Signature:

Address:
John Sternfield
——————————————
Admin Partner
——————————————
/s/ John Sternfield
——————————————
 
——————————————

Zamir Bar Zion

 

Signature:

 

Address:
 
 
 
——————————————
 
 
 
——————————————



Exhibit A: Deleted
 
Exhibit B: Legal Opinion of Counsel to CTI
 
Exhibit C: Exceptions Schedule by Shareholder
 
Exhibit D: Undertaking
 
Schedule A Outstanding Shares, Warrants, Options and Convertible Securities
 
Schedule B Outstanding Warrants, Options, Convertible Securities
 
Schedule 6.1 Director Resignation





Exhibit 4.33

Nortel Confidential

Nortel Networks Agreement No. 011449
Nortel Networks Amendment No. 011449-7

AMENDMENT #7

(File # 011449-7; Nortel CRB # 637)

To

OEM PURCHASE, SALE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”)

BETWEEN SELLER CORPORATION AND NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED

This Amendment No. 7 to the OEM Purchase, Sale and Support Agreement by and between Nortel Networks Limited, a Canada corporation with offices located at 8200 Dixie Road, Suite 100, Brampton, Ontario, Canada L6T 5P6 (“Nortel Networks ”) and AudioCodes Ltd., an Israeli corporation with offices located at 4 HaHoresh Street, 56470 Yehud, Israel (Seller), will be effective as of December 15, 2006.

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks and Seller entered into an OEM Purchase, Sale and Support Agreement (“Agreement”) with an Effective Date of April 28, 2003; and

WHEREAS, effective as of June 1, 2003 Nortel Networks and Seller amended the Agreement for the purposes of revising the terms and conditions of the Agreement pertaining to the sale and purchase of “Norstar Gateway Products” (“Amendment 1”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of January 1, 2005 Nortel Networks and Seller amended the Agreement for the purposes of Seller obligating itself to pay over a cash incentive to promote and sell AudioCodes’ Mediant 5000 Trunk Gateway Product (i.e., the Nortel Media Gateway 3500) (“Gateway 3500”) (“Amendment 2”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of February 15, 2005 Nortel Networks and Seller amended the Agreement for the purposes of adding an OEM Interface License to the Agreement to address interoperability issues with regard to certain Products described therein (“Amendment 3”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of January 1, 2005 Nortel Networks and Seller amended the Agreement for the purposes of updating M5K pricing and amending various contract terms and conditions (“Amendment 4”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of January 1, 2005 Nortel Networks and Seller amended the Agreement for the purposes of updating Support provisions (“Amendment 5”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of April 1, 2005 Nortel Networks and Seller amended the Agreement for the purposes of Seller’s obtaining the use of Nortel Network’s code-signing certificate and private key in relation to a Nortel Network’s customer’s use of the Mediant Products (“Amendment 6”); and

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks and Seller wish to further amend the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the promises set forth herein, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1/2



1. In Section 9.4 of the Agreement, delete the last sentence (i.e., "Nortel Networks will pay Seller within 45 days of Nortel Networks' receipt of invoices.") and replace it with the following new sentence:

  “Nortel Networks will pay Seller within 60 days of Nortel Networks’ receipt of invoices.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 7 to the Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives.

NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED


By:
——————————————

Print Name:
——————————————

Title:
——————————————

Date:
——————————————
AUDIOCODES LTD.,


By:
——————————————

Print Name:
——————————————

Title:
——————————————

Date:
——————————————

2/2





Exhibit 4.34

Endorsement and Transfer of Rights Agreement by and between Nortel Networks (Sales and Marketing) Ltd Israel (“Lessee ”) and AudioCodes Ltd. (“ AudioCodes ”) dated March 29, 2007 (“ Endorsement Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lessee transferred to AudioCodes its rights and obligations under a lease agreement with Airport Campus Ltd (“Lessor ”) regarding a building in “Airport City” (Modiin municipal area as further detailed in the Agreement) together with two sublease agreements as further detailed hereinafter:

Commencement date of the transfer of rights and obligations: No later than December 31, 2007, according to Lessee’s 14-day prior notice to AudioCodes (the “ Commencement Date ”).

On the Commencement Date, $725,000 USD (+V.A.T) shall be paid to AudioCodes.

Rights and Obligations transferred:

  Lease Agreement with Airport Campus Ltd. dated November 14, 2000 (" Lease Agreement ")
           Premises : Lease of a building with an area of approximately 17,784 square meters and an additional parking basement of approximately 6,913 square meters, together with 300 open air parking spaces. This area also includes the premises currently subleased by AudioCodes from Lessee under the sublease agreement between such parties. After the Commencement Date, AudioCodes will lease these premises directly from Lessor under the conditions of the Lease Agreement.
           Lease period :  From the Commencement Date until January 2013 with an option to extend lease for two additional periods of five years each.
           Rent : For the main premises, $9.98 per square meter per calendar month, for the parking basement area, $2.92 per square meter per calendar month. All of the above prices exclude all taxes and are converted to New Israeli Shekels (NIS) as of signing of the agreement ($1 US= 4.87 NIS) and linked thereafter to changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index (“ ICPI” ) from 9/2000
           Restrictions on use : AudioCodes has the right to sublease up to 33% of the premises to a third party without obtaining Lessor’s approval. AudioCodes can also transfer all of its rights under the Lease Agreement to a third party subject to Lessor’s approval as further detailed in the Lease Agreement.
           Security Deposit : AudioCodes is required to provide a guarantee for 13,151,000 NIS linked to changes in ICPI from September 2000.

  Sublease Agreement, dated January 28, 2004, by and between Lessee and Bezek – The Israeli Communications Company Ltd. (“ Bezek ”) according to which Lessee subleases to Bezek a room consisting of 23 square meters. Rent paid by Bezek is approximately 1500 NIS per month, linked to the ICPI from December 2003. The term of the lease expires January 2008, after which Bezek has an option to extend the lease for an additional five-year period.

  Sublease Agreement between Lessee and Cargo Airlines Ltd. (“ CAL ”) dated December 8, 2002, pursuant to which Lessee subleases to CAL an area of 994 square meters and 45 parking spaces. Rent paid by CAL is approximately 65,000 NIS per month (including rent for parking spaces) linked to ICPI from October 2002. The term of the lease expires January 2008, after which CAL has an option to extend the lease for an additional five-year period.





Exhibit 8.1

Subsidiaries of AudioCodes Ltd.

AudioCodes Inc.

AudioCodes National Inc.

AudioCodes USA Inc.

AudioCodes California Inc.

AudioCodes San Diego Inc.

AudioCodes Texas Inc.

AudioCodes UK Ltd.

Nuera Communications Singapore Pte Ltd.

AudioCodes Singapore Pte Ltd

AudioCodes Europe Ltd.

AudioCodes Brasil Equipamentos de Voz sobre IP Ltda

AudioCodes Korea Co. Ltd.

AudioCodes Germany GmbH

AudioCodes Argentina SA

AudioCodes India Private Ltd.

AudioCodes Russ Ltd.

AudioCodes France SAS

AudioCodes Japan K.K.

CTI Squared Ltd.

CTI Squared Inc.





Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Shabtai Adlersberg, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of AudioCodes Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and



5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 27, 2007

/s/ SHABTAI ADLERSBERG
Shabtai Adlersberg
Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Nachum Falek, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of AudioCodes Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and



5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 27, 2007

/s/ NACHUM FALEK
Nachum Falek
Vice President Finance and
Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of AudioCodes Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Shabtai Adlersberg, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

    (1)        The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

    (2)        The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: June 27, 2007


/s/ SHABTAI ADLERSBERG
Shabtai Adlersberg
Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of AudioCodes Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Nachum Falek, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

    (1)        The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

    (2)        The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: June 27, 2007


/s/ Nachum Falek
Nachum Falek
Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 14.1


              KOST FORER & GABBAY

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

  1. Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11894) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F) and the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-US Employees (F),
  2. Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-13268) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F), as amended, and the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-US Employees (F),
  3. Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-105473) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F) and the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-US Employees (F) and
  4. Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File Number 333-13378) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan-Global Non-U.S. and the AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

of our report dated March 28, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of AudioCodes Ltd. included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) of AudioCodes Ltd.

Tel-Aviv, Israel KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
June 27, 2007 A member of Ernst & Young Global





Exhibit 14.2

SQUAR MILNER
[LETTERHEAD]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 7, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Nuera Communications, Inc. at December 31, 2006, included in this Form 20-F of AudioCodes Ltd., in the following Registration Statements of AudioCodes Ltd.:

    1.        Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11894) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F) and the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-US Employees (F);

    2.        Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-13268) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F), as amended, and the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-US Employees (F);

    3.        Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-105473) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F) and the AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-US Employees (F); and

    4.        Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File Number 333-13378) pertaining to the AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan-Global Non-U.S. and the AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

/s/ SQUAR, MILNER, PETERSON, MIRANDA AND WILLIAMSON, LLP
SQUAR, MILNER, PETERSON, MIRANDA AND WILLIAMSON, LLP

San Diego, California
June 25, 2007